Skip to main content

Full text of "Oglethorpe University Bulletin, 2004-2006"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/oglethorpeuniver0406ogle 


OGLETHORPE    . 

UNIVERSITY 


Make  a  Life.  Make  a  Living.  Make  a  Difference. 

2004-2006  BULLETIN 

for  the 

Traditional  Undergraduate  Program 

and 

Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education 


For  evening  undergraduate  and  MBA  programs  for  working  adults,  please  see 
the  University  College  Bulletin. 


Oglethorpe  Universit}'  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Colleges  of  the  Southern 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools  (1866  Southern  Lane,  Decatur,  Georgia  30033-4097; 
telephone  (404)  679-4500)  to  award  bachelor's  degrees  and  master's  degrees.  The  graduate 
teacher  education  program  is  approved  by  the  Georgia  Professional  Standards  Commission. 


Oglethorpe  makes  no  disdnction  in  its  admission  policies  or  procedures  on  grounds  ot  age,  race,  gender, 
religious  belief,  color,  sexual  orientation,  national  origin,  or  disabilit)'.  This  Bulletin  is  published  by  the 
Office  of  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Oglethorpe  University'.  The  information  included  in  it  is 
accurate  for  the  2004-2006  academic  years  as  of  the  date  of  publication,  August  2004;  however,  the 
programs,  policies,  requirements,  and  regulations  are  subject  to  change  as  circumstances  may  require.  The 
listing  of  a  course  or  program  in  this  Bulletin  does  not  constitute  a  guarantee  or  contract  that  it  will  be 
offered  during  the  2004-2006  academic  years.  Final  responsibilit}^  for  selecting  and  scheduling  courses  and 
satisfactorily  completing  curriculum  requirements  rests  with  the  student. 


1 


Directory  of  Correspondence 


Oglethorpe  University,  4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E.,  Atlanta,  Georgia  30319-2797 

(404)  261-1441 
www.  Oglethorpe,  edu 


General  College  Policy 
Academic  Policy 


Larry  D.  Large 
President 

Christopher  Ames 

Provost  and  Senior  I  ^ice  President 


Adult  Education  Karen  S.  Carter 

(Evening  Classes  /  MBA  Program,  MAT  Program)      Director  of  University  College 


Alumni  Reladons 

Business  Affairs  /  Financial  Planning 

Campus  Safety 

Enrollment  /  Admission 
Fundraising  and  Gifts 

Public  Information  /  Public  Relations 

Student  Financial  Aid  /  Scholarships 
Student  Records  /  Transcripts 


Student  Services   (Residence  Life, 

Food,  Health,  Counseling,  Career  Services) 


Student  Tuidon/Fees 

Visitors 


Barbara  Bessmer  Henry  '85 
Director  of  A^lumni  Relations 

John  A.  Boland  III 

Interim  T  7rf  President  for  Business  and  Finance 

Rus  Drew 

Director  of  CanTptis  Safety  /  Assistant 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

David  J.  Rhodes 

Vice  President  for  Enrollment 

Peter  A.  Rooney 

I  ^ice  President  for  Development  and 
Alumni  Relations 

Rebecca  A.  \XTiicker 

Executive  Director  of  Marketing  and 

Public  Relations 

Patrick  N.  Bonones 
Director  of  Financial  Aid 

Susan  A.  Bacher 
Registrar 

Timothy  Doyle 

T  7rf  President  for  Student  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Students 

Georgann  Billetdeaux 
Director  of  Finance 


Oglethorpe  Universit}'  welcomes  visitors  to  the  campus  throughout  the  year.  To  be  sure  of 
seeing  a  particular  staff  or  faculty  member,  visitors  are  urged  to  make  an  appointment  in  advance. 
Administrative  offices  are  open  from  8:30  a.m.  to  5  p.m.  on  weekdays.  In  addition,  appointments  are 
available  on  Saturday.  AH  of  the  offices  of  the  L^niversit)'  can  be  reached  by  calling  Adanta  (404)  261- 
1441  (switchboard).  The  Public  Relations  Office  (404)  364-8446  is  available  for  assistance.  The 
Admission  Office  can  be  reached  directiy  by  calling  (800)  428-4484  or  (404)  364-830''  in  the  Adanta 
calling  area. 


Table  of  Contents 


Academic  Calendar 4 

Mission   7 

History 11 

Campus  Facilities    17 

Admission 25 

Financial  Assistance  35 

Tuition  and  Costs 51 

Student  Affairs   57 

Academic  Regulations  and  Policies   69 

Educational  Enrichment    81 

The  Core  Curriculum 93 

Programs  of  Study 99 

Board  of  Trustees 205 

President's  Advisory  Council 208 

National  Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors 210 

The  Faculty 212 

University  Officers 217 

Index 226 

Map  228 


Academic  Calendar 


FaU  Semester,  2004 


Sa-M 

August  21-23 

Sun 

August  22 

Mon 

August  23 

Tu 

August  24 

Tu 

August  31 

Mon 

September  6 

Mon 

October  11 

Fri 

October  15 

Fri 

October  29 

M-F 

November  8-12 

Fri 

November  12 

W-Sun 

November  24-28 

Mon 

November  29 

Mon 

December  6 

Tu 

December  7 

W-F 

December  8-10 

M-Tu 

December  13-14 

Orientation  for  New  Students 

Opening  of  Residence  HaUs  for  Returning  Students 

Registration  for  All  Students 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Labor  Day  Holiday 
Columbus  Day  Holiday 
Mid-Term 

Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course  with  a  "^)("'  Grade 
Pre-Registration  for  Spring  Semester,  2005 
Withdrawal  from  a  Course  with  a  "WF"  After  This  Date 
Thanksgiving  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations   . 


Spring  Semester,  2005 


Mon 

January  10 

Tu 

January  1 1 

Wed 

January  12 

Mon 

January  17 

Wed 

January  19 

Wed 

February  9 

Fri 

March  4 

Sat-Sun 

March  12-20 

Mon 

March  21 

Fri 

March  25 

M-F 

April  4-8 

Fri 

Aprils 

Wed 

April  13 

Tu 

April  26 

Wed 

April  27 

Th-F 

April  28-29 

M-W 

May  2-4 

Sat 

May  7 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  and  Orientation 

Orientation  and  Registration 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Holiday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Oglethorpe  Day  Convocation 
Mid-Term 
Spring  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 

Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course  with  a  "W"  Grade 
Pre-Registration  for  Summer  and  FaU  Semesters,  2005 
Withdrawal  from  a  Course  with  a  "WF"  After  This  Date 
Symposium  in  the  Liberal  Arts 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 
Commencement 


FaU  Semester,  2005 


Sa-M  August  27-29  Orientation  for  New  Students 

Sun  August  28  Opening  of  Residence  Halls  for  Returning  Students 

Mon  August  29  Registration  for  All  Students 

Tu  August  30  First  Day  of  Classes 

Mon  September  5  Labor  Day  Holiday 

Wed  September  7  Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 

Mon  October  10  Columbus  Day  Holiday 

Fri  October  21  Mid -Term 

Fri  November  4  Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course  with  a  "^X"'  Grade 

M-F  November  14-18  Pre-Registration  for  Spring  Semester,  2006 

Fri  November  18  Withdrawal  from  a  Course  with  a  "WT"  After  This  Date 

W-Su  November  23-27  Thanksgiving  Holidays 

Mon  November  28  Classes  Resume 

Mon  December  12  Last  Day  of  Classes 

Tu  December  13  Reading/Preparation  Day 

W-F  December  14-16  Final  Examinations 

M-T  December  19-20  Final  Examinations 


Spring  Semester,  2006 


Mon        January  16 


Tu 

January  17 

Wed 

January  18 

Wed 

January  25 

Wed 

February  8 

Fri 

March  10 

Sat-Sun 

March  18-26 

Mon 

March  27 

Fri 

March  31 

M-F 

April  10-14 

Fri 

April  14 

Wed 

April  19 

Tu 

May  2 

Wed 

May  3 

Th-F 

May  4-5 

M-W 

May  8-10 

Sat 

May  13 

Opening  of  Residence  Halls  and  Orientation; 

Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  Holiday 

Orientation  and  Registration 

First  Day  of  Classes 

Last  Day  to  Drop  or  Add  a  Course; 

End  of  Late  Registration 
Oglethorpe  Day  Convocation 
Mid-Term 
Spring  Holidays 
Classes  Resume 

Last  Day  to  Withdraw  from  a  Course  with  a  "XX"'  Grade 
Pre-Registration  for  Summer  and  FaU  Semesters,  2006 
Withdrawal  from  a  Course  with  a  "WT"  After  This  Date 
Symposium  in  the  Liberal  Arts 
Last  Day  of  Classes 
Reading/ Preparation  Day 
Final  Examinations 
Final  Examinations 
Commencement 


Courses  also  are  offered  during  several  summer  sessions.   For  dates  and  course  offerings, 
contact  the  Registrar's  Office. 


July  2004 

S    M    T    W    T     r 

S 

AMglHit2004 

S    M    T    W    T     F 

s 

S    M    T    W    T     F    $ 

October  2004 
S    M    T    W    T     F     S 

1     2 

i 

1     2     3    4     S     6 

7 

12     3     4 

1     2 

4     5     6     7     19 

10 

8    9  10  11  12  13 

14 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 

3    4     5     6     7     8     9 

n  1?  13  14  15  n  U 

15  16  17  18  19  20 

21 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

10  11  12  13  14   15  16 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

22  23  24  25  26  27 

28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

17  18  19  20  21  22  23 

25  n  27  2«  29  30 

31 

29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

24  25  26  27  28  29  90 

31 

November  2004 
S     M    T    W    T     f 

S 

December  2004 
$    M    T    W    T     r 

$ 

ianiMrv200S 
S    M    T    Mr    T     r    S 

February  200S 
$    M    T    Mr    T     F    S 

1    2     3     4     S 

6 

12     3 

4 

1 

12    3     4     5 

7    8    9  10  11  12 

13 

S     6    7     8     9  10 

11 

2     3    4     S     6     7     8 

6     7    8     9  10  11  12 

14  IS  16  17  18  19  20 

12  13  14  15  16  17 

18 

9  10  11  12  13  14  IS 

13  14  15  16  17  18  19 

21  22  23  24  2S  26  27 

19  20  21  22  23  24 

25 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

20  21  22  23  24  2S  26 

28  29  30 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31 

27  28 

Marcii200S 

5    M    T    W    T    f 

S 

Ap«1i200S 
$    Ii   T    W    T    P 

S 

May200S 
S    M   T    W   T     F    S 

Jum200S 
S    M    T    W   T    F    S 

12     3     4 

S 

I 

2 

12    3    4     5     6     7 

12     3    4 

6     7    8     9  10  U 

12 

J    4    5    6     7     • 

9 

8    S  to  11  12  13  14 

S     6     7     8     9  10  11 

13  14  IS  16  17  IS 

19 

10  tl  11  13  14  IS 

16 

IS  16  17  IB  19  20  21 

12  13  14  IS  16  17  18 

20  21  22  23  24  2S 

26 

1?  IS  19  20  21  22 

23 

22  23  24  2S  26  27  28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

27  28  29  30  31 

24  25  26  27  28  211 

30 

29  30  31 

26  27  28  29  30 

July  ZOOS 

S    M    T    W    T     F 

S 

Aiifimzoos 

5    M    T    W    T     F 

s   • 

Stt|Mwnbw200S 

S    M    T    Wr   T     F    S 

OttOb6f  aoo5 

S    M   T   W   T    F    S 

t 

2 

12     3     4     5 

6 

i     2     } 

1 

3    4    5    6    7    8 

9 

7     8    9  10  11   12 

13 

4     5    6     7    8     9  10 

2    3    4    5    6     7    8 

10  11  12  II  14  15 

16 

14  tS  16  t?  18  19 

?0 

11  12  1)  14  15  16  17 

9  10  U  12  13  14  15 

17  18  19  20  21  22 

2) 

21  22  23  24  25  26 

27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

16  17  18  19  20  21  U 

24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

28  29  30  )1 

25  26  27  28  29  10 

2}  24  25  26  27  28  29 

ii 

30  31 

Nov«m(Mr  200S 
$    M    T   W   T    f 

S 

OMember  2005 
S    M    T    W    T     F 

S 

iMiMry200« 
S    M    T    Mr    T     F    S 

February  200« 

S     M    T    W    T     F     S 

12    3     4 

5 

1     7 

3 

12    3    4    5    6     7 

12     3     4 

6    7     8    9  10  11 

12 

4     5     6     7     8     9 

10 

8    9  10  11  12  13  14 

5     6     7     8    9  10  11 

13  14  IS  16  17  18 

19 

11  12  13  14  15   16 

17 

15  16  17  18  19  20  21 

12  13  14  15  16  17  18 

20  21  22  23  24  2S 

26 

18  19  20  21  22  23 

24 

22  23  24  2S  26  27  28 

19  20  21  22  23  24  25 

27  28  29  30 

25  26  27  28  29  *0 

31 

29  30  31 

26  27  28 

March  2006 
&    M    T    W    T     f 

S 

AfMll2006 
S    M    T    W    T     F 

S 

May  2006 
S    M    T    W    T    F    S 

June  2006 
S    M    T    W    T     F    S 

1     2     3 

4 

1 

12     3    4     5     6 

12     3 

S    6     7     8    9  10 

11 

2    3    4    S    6     7 

8 

7    8    9  10  U   12  13 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 

12  13  14  IS  16  17 

18 

9  10  11  12  13  14 

IS 

14  IS  16  17  18  19  20 

11  12  13  14  IS  16  17 

19  20  2t  22  23  24 

25 

16  17  18  19  20  21 

22 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

26  27  28  29  30  31 

23  24  25  26  27  28 

)0 

29 

28  29  30  31 

2$  26  27  28  29  30 

OGIFTHORi 


Mission 


Oglethorpe  derives  its  institutional  purpose  from  an  awareness  and  appreciation  of 
the  Universit)''s  heritage  and  from  an  analysis  of  the  needs  of  contemporary  societ}'.  The 
goals  of  the  educational  program  and  of  other  component  parts  of  the  University,'  are  based 
on  this  sense  of  institutional  purpose. 

The  Oglethorpe  Tradition 

Oglethorpe  University  was  established  in  1 835  and  named  after  General  James  Edward 
Oglethorpe,  the  founder  of  Georgia.  The  Universit}'  was  patterned  on  Corpus  Christi  College, 
Oxford,  General  Oglethorpe's  alma  mater.  Although  influenced  by  other  conceptions  of  higher 
education,  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  has  been  shaped  principally  by  the  English  tradition  of 
collegiate  education,  which  many  observers  believe  is  the  finest  t}'pe  produced  by  Western 
civilization. 

Briefly  stated,  four  characteristics  have  made  this  kind  of  college  widely  admired: 

1.  Colleges  in  the  English  tradition  emphasize  broad  education  for  intelligent  leadership. 
They  recognize  that  this  is  a  more  useful  undergraduate  education  for  the  able  voung 
person  than  technical  training  for  a  specific  job. 

2.  Colleges  such  as  Oglethorpe  stress  the  basic  academic  competencies  —  reading,  writing, 
speaking,  and  reasoning  —  and  the  fundamental  fields  of  knowledge  —  the  arts  and 
sciences.  These  are  essential  tools  of  the  educated  person. 

3.  Close  relationships  between  teacher  and  student  are  indispensable  to  this  t\-pe  of 
education.  A  teacher  is  not  merely  a  conveyor  of  information  —  the  invention  of  the 
printing  press  and  advances  in  information  technology  have  made  that  notion  of 
education  obsolete.  Rather,  the  most  irnportant  function  of  the  teacher  is  to  stimulate 
intellectual  activity'  in  the  student  and  to  promote  his  or  her  development  as  a  mamre 
person. 

4.  A  collegiate  education  is  far  more  than  a  collection  of  academic  courses.  It  is  a  process 
of  development  in  which  campus  leadership  opportunities,  residential  life,  athletics, 
formal  and  informal  social  functions,  aesthetic  experiences,  and  contact  with  smdents 
from  other  culmres,  in  addition  to  classroom  exercises,  all  play  important  roles. 
Versatilit}^  and  abilit)'  to  lead  are  important  goals  of  this  t^-pe  of  undergraduate 
education. 

Another  aspect  of  Oglethorpe's  tradition  was  contributed  by  Philip  Welmer,  President 
of  the  University  from  1944  to  1953.  Oglethorpe,  he  said,  should  be  a  coUege  that  was 
"superlatively  good."  Only  at  a  college  with  carefully  selected  students  and  facult};  he  believed, 
could  young  persons  achieve  their  fiallest  intellectual  development  through  an  intense  dialogue 
with  extraordinary  teachers.  Thus,  a  commitment  to  superior  performance  is  an  important 
element  of  the  Oglethorpe  tradition. 

Purpose:  Education  for  a  Changing  Society 

While  an  institution  may  take  pride  in  a  distinguished  heritage,  it  is  also  essential  that  its 
educational  program  prepare  young  people  to  function  effectively  in  a  complex  and  rapidly 
developing  societ}^,  which  places  a  premium  on  adaptabUit}'.  People  in  positions  of  leadersliip  must 
be  able  to  function  effectively  in  changing  circumstances.  The  broadly  educated  person,  schooled 
in  fundamental  principles,  is  best  equipped  to  exercise  leadership  in  a  world  that  is  being 
transformed  by  high  technology  and  new  information.  Oglethorpe  emphasizes  the  preparation  of 
the  humane  generalist  -  the  kind  of  leader  needed  by  a  complex  and  changing  societv'. 


The  location  of  the  University  in  the  dynamic  cit}'  of  Atlanta  offers  unique 
opportunities  for  students  to  experience  first-hand  the  relevance  of  their  education  to  the  exciting 
changes  that  are  a  part  of  modern  development.  Students  are  encouraged  to  explore  the 
connections  between  their  educational  experiences  on  campus  and  the  challenges  that  face  a  cit\' 
today.  Atianta  offers  a  multitude  of  opportunities  for  students  to  see  the  process  and  result  of 
change  and  innovation  in  areas  such  as  government,  business,  education,  cultural  affairs,  artistic 
endeavors,  international  exchanges,  transportation,  recreation,  medical  services,  science,  and 
technology. 

Oglethorpe  University  provides  a  superior  education  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and 
selected  professional  disciplines  in  a  coeducational,  largely  residential,  small-college  environment 
within  a  dynamic  urban  setting.  Oglethorpe's  academically  rigorous  programs  emphasize 
intellectual  curiosiU',  individual  attention  and  encouragement,  close  collaboration  among  facult)' 
and  students,  and  active  learning  in  relevant  field  experiences.  Oglethorpe  is  committed  to 
supporting  the  success  of  all  students  in  a  diverse  communit}'  characterized  by  civilit}',  caring, 
inquiry,  and  tolerance.  Oglethorpe's  talented,  self-reliant,  and  motivated  graduates  are  prepared  to 
make  a  life  and  to  make  a  living,  to  grow  as  life-long  learners,  and  to  be  energetic  and  intelligent 
contributors  in  a  rapidly  changing  world. 

Goals 

Educators  at  Oglethorpe  expect  their  graduates  to  display  abilities,  skills,  intellectual 
attitudes,  and  sensitivities  that  are  related  to  the  University's  purpose.  The  curriculum  and 
extracurricular  life  are  designed  to  develop  the  following: 

1 .  The  abiUt}^  to  read  critically  -  to  evaluate  arguments  and  the  evidence,  and  to  draw 
appropriate  conclusions. 

2.  The  ability  to  convey  ideas  in  writing  and  in  speech  -  accuratel)',  grammatically,  and 
persuasively. 

3.  Skill  in  reasoning  logically  and  thinking  analytically  and  objectively  about  important 
matters. 

4.  An  understanding  of  the  most  thoughtful  reflections  on  right  and  wrong  and  an 
allegiance  to  principles  of  right  conduct,  as  reflected  by  Oglethorpe's  Honor  Code. 

5.  The  willingness  and  abilit}'  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  leadership  in  public  and 
private  life,  including  skill  in  organizing  the  efforts  of  other  persons  on  behalf  of 
worthy  causes. 

6.  An  inclination  to  continue  one's  learning  after  graduation  from  college  and  skill  in 
the  use  of  books,  information  technology,  and  other  intellectual  tools  for  that 
purpose. 

7.  A  considered  commitment  to  a  set  of  career  and  life  goals. 

8.  An  awareness  of  the  increasingly  international  character  of  contemporary  life  and 
skill  in  interacting  with  persons  of  diverse  cultural  backgrounds. 


In  its  dedication  to  a  broad,  comprehensive  liberal  education  for  each  student, 
Oglethorpe  has  created  a  common  set  of  core  courses  that  invites  students  to  be  thoughtful, 
inquisitive,  and  reflective  about  the  human  condition  and  the  world  surrounding  them.  These  core 
courses  work  together  with  students'  experiences  in  advanced  courses  in  their  chosen  disciplines 
to  encourage  the  lifelong  "habit  of  mind"  that  is  extolled  in  John  Henry  Newman's  "The  Idea  of 
a  University."  Students  are  thus  urged  to  consider  carefuUy  what  they  see,  hear,  and  read,  to 
examine  questions  from  more  than  one  point  of  view,  and  to  avoid  leaping  quickly  to  conclusions. 

AH  undergraduate  programs  also  require  the  student  to  develop  a  deeper  grasp  of  one 
or  more  fields  of  knowledge  organized  coherentiy  as  a  major.  The  smdent's  major  may  be  pursued 
in  a  single  field,  such  as  biology,  economics,  or  English,  or  it  may  cut  across  two  or  more 
traditional  fields  (as  an  interdisciplinary  or  individually  planned  major). 

The  success  of  Oglethorpe  alumni  and  students  in  their  subsequent  education,  a  wide 
variety  of  careers,  and  community  life  attests  to  the  soundness  of  this  approach  to  education. 

Oglethorpe  University  Vision 

Oglethorpe  University  is  a  liberal  arts  institution  with  a  170-year  tradition  of  excellence 
in  teaching  and  learning.  The  University's  location  in  Atianta  offers  world-class  oppormnities  in 
business,  government,  and  the  arts  and  provides  a  powerful  complement  to  Oglethorpe's  small- 
college  environment. 

The  University's  promise  to  smdents  that  they  will  learn  to  "make  a  life,  make  a  li^'ing, 
and  make  a  difference"  continues  to  be  confirmed  by  the  significant  accomplishments  of  our 
graduates. 

Our  vision  is  to  be  known  as  the  leading  Uberal  arts  institution  in  the  Southeast. 

We  will  achieve  this  vision  by  building  on  our  tradition  of  academic  excellence  both 
inside  and  outside  of  the  classroom,  energizing  the  campus  experience,  and  connecting  and 
contributing  to  the  community. 

Oglethorpe  University  Promise 

Oglethorpe  promises  a  classic  education  in  a  contemporarv  cit}\  Oglethorpe  students 
learn  to  "make  a  Life,  make  a  living,  and  make  a  difference."  Our  graduates  become  community- 
leaders  who  are  distinctive  in  their  abilit}'  to  think,  communicate,  and  contribute. 


10 


History 


Chartered  in  1835 

Old  Oglethorpe  University  began  in  the  early  1800s  with  a  movement  by  Georgia 
Presbyterians  to  establish  in  their  state  an  institution  for  the  training  of  ministers.  For  generations, 
southern  Presbyterian  families  had  sent  their  sons  to  Princeton  College  in  New  Jersey,  and  the  long 
distance  traveled  by  stage  or  horseback  suggested  the  building  of  a  similar  institution  in  the  South. 

Oglethorpe  University  was  chartered  by  the  state  of  Georgia  in  1835,  shortiy  after  the 
centennial  observance  of  the  state.  The  college  was  named  after  James  Edward  Oglethorpe,  the 
founder  of  Georgia.  Oglethorpe  University,  which  commenced  actual  operations  in  1838,  was  thus 
one  of  the  earliest  denominational  institutions  in  the  South  located  below  the  Virginia  line.  The 
antebellum  college,  which  began  with  four  faculty  members  and  about  25  students,  was  located  at 
Midway,  a  small  community  near  MiUedgeviUe,  then  the  capital  of  Georgia. 

Distinguished  Alumni  and  Faculty 

Throughout  its  antebellum  existence,  the  Oglethorpe  curriculum  consisted  primarily  of 
courses  in  Greek,  Latin,  classical  literature,  theology,  and  a  surprising  variety  of  natural  sciences. 
Oglethorpe's  president  during  much  of  this  period  was  Samuel  Kennedy  Taknage,  an  eminent 
minister  and  educator.  Other  notable  Oglethorpe  faculty  members  were  Nathaniel  M.  Crawford, 
professor  of  mathematics  and  a  son  of  Georgia  statesman  William  H.  Crawford;  Joseph  LeConte, 
destined  to  earn  world  fame  for  his  work  in  geology  and  optics;  and  James  Woodrow,  an  uncle  of 
Woodrow  Wilson  and  the  first  professor  in  Georgia  to  hold  the  Ph.D.  degree.  Oglethorpe's  most 
distinguished  alumnus  from  the  antebellum  era  was  the  poet,  critic,  and  musician  Sidney  Lanier, 
who  graduated  in  1860.  Lanier  remained  as  a  tutor  in  1861  until  he,  with  other  Oglethorpe  cadets, 
marched  away  to  war.  Shortly  before  his  death,  Lanier  remarked  to  a  friend  that  his  greatest 
intellectual  impulse  was  during  his  college  days  at  Oglethorpe  University. 

Periods  of  Challenge 

Old  Oglethorpe  in  effect  "died  at  Gettysburg."  During  the  Civil  War  its  students  were 
soldiers,  its  endowment  was  lost  in  Confederate  bonds,  and  its  buildings  were  used  for  barracks 
and  hospitals.  The  school  closed  in  1862  and  afterward  conducted  classes  irregularly  at  the  Midway 
location.  In  1 870  the  instimtion  was  briefly  relocated  in  Georgia's  postbellum  capital  of  Atlanta, 
at  the  site  of  the  present  City  Hall.  Oglethorpe  at  this  time  produced  several  educational 
innovations,  expanding  its  curriculum  to  business  and  law  courses  and  offering  the  first  evening 
college  classes  in  Georgia.  The  dislocation  of  the  Reconstruction  era  proved  insurmountable, 
however,  and  in  1872  Oglethorpe  closed  its  doors  for  a  second  time. 

Relocation  to  North  Atlanta 

Oglethorpe  University  was  rechartered  in  1913,  and  in  1915  the  cornerstone  to  die  new 
campus  was  laid  at  its  present  location  on  Peachtree  Road  in  north  Atianta.  Present  to  witness  the 
occasion  were  members  of  the  classes  of  1860  and  1861,  thus  linking  the  old  and  the  new 
Oglethorpe  University.  The  driving  force  behind  the  LIniversity's  revival  was  Dr.  Thornwell  Jacobs, 
whose  grandfather.  Professor  Ferdinand  Jacobs,  had  served  on  the  faculrv  of  Old  Oglethorpe. 
Thornwell  Jacobs,  who  became  the  Oglethorpe  president  for  nearly  three  decades,  intended  for 
the  new  campus  to  be  a  "living  memorial"  to  James  Oglethorpe.  The  distinctive  Gothic  re\nval 
architecture  of  the  campus  was  inspired  by  the  honorary  alma  mater  of  James  Oglethorpe,  Corpus 
Christi  College,  Oxford.  The  coUegiate  coat-of-arms,  emblazoned  with  three  boar's  heads  and  the 
inscription  Nescit  Cedere  ("He  does  not  know  how  to  give  up"),  replicated  die  Oglethorpe  family 
standard.  For  the  college  athletic  teams,  Jacobs  chose  an  unusual  mascot  -  a  small,  persistent 
seabird,  which  according  to  legend,  had  inspired  James  Oglethorpe  while  on  board  ship  to  Georgia 
in  1732.  The  Oglethorpe  University  nickname  "Stormy  Petrels"  is  unique  in  intercollegiate 
athletics. 

12 


Periods  of  Expansion 

Although  Presbyterian  congregations  throughout  the  South  contributed  to  the  revival  of 
Oglethorpe  University,  the  school  never  re-established  a  denominational  affiliation.  Since  the  early 
1920s  Oglethorpe  has  been  an  independent  nonsectarian  co-educational  higher  educational 
institution.  Its  curricular  emphasis  continued  in  the  liberal  arts  and  sciences  and  expanded  into 
professional  programs  in  business  administration  and  education.  From  the  1920s  through  the 
1940s,  the  institudon  received  major  contributions  from  several  individuals.  Some  of  the  most 
prominent  benefactors  were:  John  Thomas  Lupton,  Coca-Cola  bottler  from  Chattanooga, 
Tennessee;  Atlanta  business  communit)'  members  Harry  Hermance  and  Mrs.  Robert  J.  Lowry;  and 
publisher  William  Randolph  Hearst.  The  latter  gave  to  Oglethorpe  a  sizable  donation  of  land.  In 
the  early  1930s  the  Oglethorpe  campus  covered  approximately  600  acres,  including  30-acre  Silver 
Lake,  which  was  renamed  Lake  Phoebe  after  the  publisher's  mother,  Phoebe  Apperson  Hearst. 

During  Thornwell  Jacobs'  tenure  he  launched  several  projects  which  brought  national 
and  even  international  repute  to  Oglethorpe  Universit}'.  In  1923  Jacobs  discovered  the  tomb  of 
James  and  Elizabeth  Oglethorpe  in  Cranham,  England.  For  about  a  decade  Oglethorpe  Universin' 
was  involved  in  major  college  athletics,  and  the  Stormy  Petrels  fielded  football  teams  that  defeated 
both  Georgia  Tech  and  the  University  of  Georgia.  Perhaps  Oglethorpe's  most  famous  athlete  was 
Luke  Appling,  enshrined  in  the  Major  League  Baseball  Hall  of  Fame.  Dr.  Jacobs  in  the  1930s 
became,  however,  one  of  the  earliest  and  most  articulate  critics  of  misplaced  priorities  in 
intercollegiate  athletics,  and  Oglethorpe  curtailed  development  in  this  area.  In  the  early  1930s 
Oglethorpe  attracted  widespread  attention  witii  its  campus  radio  station,  WJTL,  named  after 
benefactor  John  Thomas  Lupton.  Oglethorpe's  Universit}'  of  the  Air  was  a  notable  experiment, 
which  lasted  about  five  years,  that  broadcast  college  credit  courses  on  the  air  waves.  Oglethorpe 
Universit)'  was  one  of  the  first  institutions  to  confer  honorary  doctorates  on  national  figures  in 
order  to  recognize  superior  civic  and  scientific  achievement.  Among  Oglethorpe's  earlv  honorarv 
alumni  were  Woodrow  Wilson,  Walter  Lippman,  Franldin  Roosevelt,  Bernard  Baruch,  Amelia 
Earhart,  and  David  Sarnoff 

The  Crypt  of  Civilization 

Perhaps  the  best  known  of  all  of  Jacobs'  innovations  was  the  Oglethorpe  Crx-pt  of 
Civilization,  which  he  proposed  in  the  November  1936  issue  of  Scientific  American.  This  prototype 
for  the  modern  time  capsule  was  an  effort  to  provide,  for  posterit)-,  an  encvclopedic  inventorv  of 
life  and  customs  from  ancient  times  through  the  middle  of  the  20"^^^  century.  The  CrNpt,  sealed  in 
the  foundation  of  Phoebe  Hearst  Hall  in  1940,  is  not  to  be  opened  untU  8113  A.D.  It  has  been 
hailed  by  the  Guinness  hook  of  World  Records  as  "the  first  successful  attempt  to  bury  a  record  for 
future  inhabitants  or  visitors  to  the  planet  Earth." 


13 


The  Oglethorpe  Idea 

In  1944  Oglethorpe  University  began  a  new  era  under  Philip  Weltner,  a  noted  attorney 
and  educator.  With  a  group  of  faculty  associates,  Dr.  Weltner  initiated  an  exciting  approach  to 
undergraduate  education  called  the  "Oglethorpe  Idea."  It  involved  one  of  the  earliest  efforts  to 
develop  a  core  curriculum,  with  the  twin  aims  to  "make  a  life  and  to  make  a  living."  The 
Oglethorpe  core,  which  was  applauded  by  The  New  York  Times,  aimed  at  a  common  learning 
experience  for  students  with  about  one-half  of  every  student's  academic  program  consisting  of 
courses  in  "Citizenship"  and  "Human  Understanding."  After  World  War  II,  Oglethorpe  University- 
emphasized  characteristics  it  had  always  cultivated,  notably  close  personal  relationships,  in  order 
to  be,  in  Dr.  Welmer's  words,  "a  small  college  superlatively  good."  From  1965  through  part  of 
1972  the  institution  was  called  Oglethorpe  College.  But  the  historical  identity'  of  Oglethorpe 
University  was  so  strong  that  in  1972  the  original  chartered  name  was  re-established.  Oglethorpe 
continued  toward  its  goals  and  in  the  late  1960s  began  a  facilities  expansion  program,  which 
created  a  new  part  of  the  campus,  including  a  modern  student  center  and  residential  complex. 

A  Selective  Liberal  Arts  College 

By  the  1980s,  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  had  classified 
Oglethorpe  in  the  category  of  Liberal  Arts  I  (after  referred  to  as  Baccalaureate  Colleges  -  Liberal 
Arts).  These  highly  selective  undergraduate  institutions  award  more  than  half  of  their  degrees  in 
the  arts  and  sciences.  By  the  1990s,  the  University'  was  listed  favorably  in  the  Fiske  Guide  to  Colleges, 
The  Princeton  Rei'iew  Student  Access  Guide,  Barron's  300  Best  Buys  in  College  Education,  National  Kemw 
College  Guide  —  America's  Top  Uheral  Arts  Schools  and  many  other  guides  to  selective  colleges. 
Oglethorpe  is  currentiy  a  member  of  the  Annapolis  Group,  an  organization  of  the  100  most 
selective  liberal  arts  colleges. 

The  student  body,  while  primarily  from  the  South,  has  become  increasinglv 
cosmopolitan;  in  a  typical  semester,  Oglethorpe  draws  students  from  about  30  states  and  30 
foreign  countries.  The  University  has  established  outreach  through  its  evening-weekend  degree 
programs:  a  graduate  program  in  education  and  teacher  certification;  a  graduate  program  in 
business  administration;  and  the  Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art.  The  Universit\'  is  also 
home  to  the  Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival. 

Entering  the  21**  Century 

As  Oglethorpe  University  enters  the  21*'  century,  it  has  demonstrated  continued 
leadership  in  the  development  and  revision  of  its  core  curriculum,  with  efforts  funded  bv  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities.  The  historic  district  of  the  100-acre  campus  has  been 
designated  in  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places.  Enrollment  is  about  1 ,200  with  the  plans 
for  controlled  growth  to  about  1,500.  Oglethorpe  remains  on  the  forefront  of  educational 
innovation,  with  a  curriculum  that  features  interactive  learning.  The  University'  uses  a  variety-  of 
effective  pedagogical  techniques:  perhaps  most  notable  are  the  peer  tutoring  program,  classroom 
learning  that  is  actively  connected  to  contemporary  experience  through  internships  and  other 
opportunities  for  experiential  education,  and  a  unique  program  in  urban  leadership  that  in\-ites 
students  to  consider  ways  in  which  they  can  become  communir\'  leaders  for  the  future.  Reflecting 
the  contemporary  growth  of  the  cit}'  of  Atianta,  Oglediorpe  has  recentiv  developed  a  distinctive 
international  dimension.  Students  at  the  Universit}'  may  complement  their  campus  programs  with 
foreign  studies  at  sister  institutions  in  Argentina,  China,  Ecuador,  France,  Germanv,  japan, 
Mexico,  Monaco,  the  Netherlands,  and  Russia.  As  Oglethorpe  University-  continues  to  grow, 
academically  and  materially,  it  is  ever  mindful  of  its  distinguished  heritage  and  will  still  remain,  in 
the  affectionate  words  of  poet  and  alumnus  Sidnev  Lanier,  a  "college  of  the  heart." 


14 


J 


Presidents  of  the  University 


Carlyle  PoUock  Beman,  1836-1840 
Samuel  Kennedy  Talmage,  1841-1865 
WiUiam  M.  Cunningham,  1869-1870 
David  WiUs,  1870-1872 
ThornweU  Jacobs,  1915-1943 
Philip  Welmer,  1944-1953 
James  Whitney  Bunting,  1953-1955 
Donald  Wilson,  1956-1957 


Donald  Charles  Agnew,  1958-1964 
George  Seward,  Acting,  1964-1965 
Paul  Rensselaer  Beall,  1965-1967 
Paul  Kenneth  Vonk,  1967-1975 
Manning  Mason  Pattillo  Jr.,  1975-1988 
Donald  Sheldon  Stanton,  1988-1999 
Larry  Denton  Large,  1999- 


15 


Campus  Facilities 


Oglethorpe  University's  facilities  are  generally  accessible  to  physically  impaired  students. 
All  buildings  on  campus  are  equipped  with  either  ramps  or  ground-floor  entry.  With  the  exception 
of  Lupton  Hall,  the  primary  classroom  and  office  buildings  have  elevators  to  all  floors. 
Appointments  with  faculty  members  or  administrators  with  inaccessible  offices  are  scheduled  in 
accessible  areas.  Only  three  classrooms  are  not  accessible  to  those  physically  impaired.  \XTien 
appropriate,  classes  are  reassigned  so  all  classes  are  available  to  all  students.  All  residence  halls 
include  accessible  housing  space. 

Smoking  is  prohibited  in  all  campus  buildings  at  Oglethorpe  Universit}'.  This  includes 
classrooms,  offices,  laboratories,  meeting  rooms,  lounge  areas,  restrooms,  corridors,  stairu'eUs,  the 
Library,  the  Field  House,  the  Schmidt  Center,  the  Student  Center,  and  any  other  interior  spaces  in 
buildings.  An  exception  to  the  rule  is  provided  for  residents  in  the  privacy  of  their  residence  haU 
rooms. 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 

This  new  performing  arts  center,  completed  in  1997,  is  a  four-story  facilit\'  located 
adjacent  to  the  Philip  Weltner  Library.  It  provides  a  permanent  home  for  the  Georgia  Shakespeare 
Festival  and  for  classes  in  theatre  and  music  for  Oglethorpe's  undergraduate  liberal  arts  students. 
It  houses  a  mainstage  theatre  with  seating  for  500,  a  lobby,  rehearsal  and  dressing  rooms,  an  area 
for  receptions,  offices,  and  shipping  and  receiving  facilities. 

Dorough  Field  House 

The  Dorough  Field  House  is  the  site  of  intercollegiate  basketball  and  vollevbaU  and 
large  campus  gatherings  such  as  concerts  and  commencement  exercises.  Built  in  1960,  the 
structure  underwent  major  renovation  in  1979.  The  building  is  named  for  the  late  R.  E.  Dorough, 
a  former  Trustee  of  the  University. 

Emerson  Student  Center 

The  Emerson  Student  Center  is  named  in  honor  of  William  A.  and  jane  S.  Emerson, 
benefactors  of  the  University.  As  the  hub  of  campus  life,  the  Emerson  Smdent  Center  houses  the 
dining  hall,  the  student  association  office,  the  student  newspaper  and  yearbook  offices,  the  student 
post  office,  a  lounge,  television  area,  and  a  snack  bar/game  room.  The  administrative  offices  of 
the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs,  the  Director  of  Residence  Life,  the  Director  of  Campus 
Safety,  the  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services,  and  the  Director  of  Musical  Activities  are 
also  located  here.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  the  building. 


Goodman  Hall 


Goodman  HaU  was  built  in  1956  and  renovated  in  1970,  when  it  was  transformed  from 
a  men's  into  a  women's  residence  hall.  In  1997  it  was  again  renovated  to  pro^^de  support  ser\ices 
for  students  such  as  the  Academic  Resource  Center,  Career  Ser\aces,  the  Oglethorpe  Cafe,  and  a 
computer  laboratory.  Also  located  in  the  building  are  the  Universir\-'s  Information  Technologv 
Services,  the  administrative  offices  of  the  program  in  Certified  Financial  Planning,  and  the 
administrative  offices  of  Universit}^  College,  which  offers  programs  for  adult  students:  accelerated 
undergraduate,  MBA,  and  MAT  degrees. 


18 


Goslin  Hall 


Goslin  Hall,  named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Roy  N.  Goslin,  the  late  Professor  Emeritus  of 
Physics,  was  completed  in  1971  and  houses  the  Division  of  Natural  Sciences.  Lecture  halls  and 
laboratories  for  biology,  chemistry,  and  physics  are  located  in  the  building.  A  new  physics 
laboratory,  made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Olin  Foundadon,  was  opened  in  1979.  All 
laboratories  were  renovated  in  1985  and  again  in  2001  when  major  reconstruction  was  completed 
in  the  interior  of  the  building  with  the  assistance  of  the  Robert  W.  Woodruff  Foundadon  and 
other  major  foundations,  as  well  as  a  bequest  from  Eugene  W.  Ivy  '49.  A  computer  laboratory  is 
also  available  for  student  use. 


Hearst  Hall 


Phoebe  Hearst  Hall  was  built  in  1915  in  the  handsome  neo-Gothic  architecture  that 
dominates  the  Oglethorpe  campus.  The  building  is  named  in  honor  of  Phoebe  Apperson  Hearst, 
the  mother  of  William  Randolph  Hearst  Sr. 

It  was  renovated  in  the  fall  of  1972  as  a  classroom  and  facult}'  office  building.  Most 
classes,  with  the  exception  of  science  and  mathematics,  are  held  in  this  building,  which  is  located 
directiy  across  from  Lupton  Hall.  Newly  equipped  multi-media  classrooms  include  the  Georgia 
Power  Model  Classroom. 

The  dominant  feature  of  the  building  is  the  beautiful  Great  Hall,  the  site  of  many 
traditional  and  historic  events  at  Oglethorpe.  Located  on  the  lower  level  of  the  building  is  the 
Universit}^  Bookstore  and  the  much-publicized  Cr^^pt  of  Civilization.  The  capsule  was  sealed  on 
May  28,  1940,  and  is  not  to  be  opened  until  May  28,  8113. 


Lupton  Hall 


Lupton  Hall,  built  in  1920  and  named  in  honor  of  John  Thomas  Lupton,  was  one  of 
the  three  original  buildings  on  the  present  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  campus.  Renovated  in  1973  and 
1996,  it  contains  primarily  administrative  offices,  facult}'  offices,  classrooms,  and  an  auditorium  for 
300  persons.  Administrative  offices  located  in  Lupton  HaU  include  the  President,  Vice  President 
for  Business  and  Finance,  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Vice  President  for  Enrollment,  Vice 
President  for  Development  and  Alumni  Relations,  Director  of  Admission,  Director  of  Financial 
Aid,  and  the  Registrar.  The  cast-bell  carillon  in  the  Lupton  tower  has  42  bells,  which  chime  the 
quarter  hours. 


Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art 


Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art,  occupying  the  entire  third  floor  of  die  Philip 
Weltoer  Library,  opened  in  the  spring  of  1993  after  extensive  renovations  of  the  previous 
Oglethorpe  University  Art  Galler}^  The  museum,  covering  7,000  square  feet,  has  a  comfortable, 
intimate  environment  that  includes  two  spacious  galleries,  the  Museum  Gift  Shop,  and  offices.  It 
is  considered  an  important  cultural  addition  to  Atianta's  growing  art  scene,  drawing  thousands  of 
visitors  each  year. 


19 


In  addition  to  the  permanent  collection,  three  exhibitions  are  held  each  year,  which 
feature  artwork  that  is  international,  representational,  often  figurative  and  spiritual  in  nature. 
Recent  exhibitions  such  as  "The  Mystical  Arts  of  Tibet:  Featuring  Personal  Sacred  Objects  of 
the  Dalai  Lama"  and  "The  Grand  Tour:  Landscape  and  Veduta  Paintings,  Venice  and  Rome  in 
the  18'^'^  Century"  have  garnered  national  media  attention  and  brought  international  art  experts 
from  around  the  world  to  lecture  on  campus.  For  museum  hours  and  exhibit  information,  call 
(404)  364-8555. 

J.  Mack  Robinson  Hall 

Newly  renovated  in  2001,  J.  Mack  Robinson  HaU  is  a  state-of-the-art  classroom  and 
facult}'  office  building,  which  also  houses  art  studios,  a  darkroom,  video  editing  facilities,  a  slide 
library  and  a  resource  center  for  study  abroad. 

Steve  Schmidt  Sport  and  Recreation  Center 

Dedicated  in  1995,  the  Schmidt  Center  is  a  22,000  square-foot  addition  to  Dorough 
Field  House.  The  Center  has  basketball. and  volleyball  courts,  a  running  track,  seven  offices,  a 
conference  room,  locker  rooms,  a  weight  room,  racketbaU  courts,  a  training  room,  and  an  entrance 
lobby.  The  facility  is  used  primarily  for  recreation  and  intramural  sports.  The  Center  is  named  for 
Stephen  J.  Schmidt,  Oglethorpe  University  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1940  and  long-time  member 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  who  personally  led  the  fund-raising  effort  for  the  addition. 

Sheffield  Alumni  Suite 

The  Sheffield  Alumni  Suite,  adjacent  to  the  Great  HaU  in  Hearst  HaU,  is  named  in  honor  of 
O.K.  Sheffield,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1953,  a  loyal  supporter,  and  member  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees.  Over  the  years  this  suite  of  rooms  has  served  as  a  parlor,  office  of  the  provost, 
classroom,  and  meeting  room.  Today  it  provides  an  inviting  space  in  which  alumni,  smdents,  and 
facult}?  gather.   Memorabilia  is  on  display  in  the  anteroom  along  with  a  portrait  of  its  namesake. 

Philip  Weltner  Library  (Lowry  Hall) 

Located  in  Lowry  Hall,  the  Ubrary  functions  as  a  gateway  to  research  information  and 
services  in  support  of  the  LIniversity's  academic  programs.  The  Ubrarv  also  serves  as  the 
University  Archives  and  supports  the  extracurricular  interests  of  Oglethorpe's  communitw 

The  Ubrary  houses  over  1 50,000  volumes  consisting  of  books,  reference  materials,  print 
periodicals,  audio-visual  materials,  and  microfilm.  Two  areas  of  note  include  a  coUection  of  more 
than  1,600  DVDs  and  a  juvenile  Uterature  coUection.  In  addition,  the  Ubrarv  pro\-ides  campus- 
wide  computer  access  to  the  catalog,  research  databases  and  resources,  GALILEO  (Georgia's 
Virtual  Library),  and  more  than  13,000  fuU-text  periodical  titles.  Many  of  the  Ubrarv's  onUne 
resources  are  also  available  off  campus.  Ser\'ices  available  to  students  include  reference  and 
instruction,  circulation,  course  reserves,  interlibrarv-loan,  and  borrowing  pri\nleges  at  other 
consortium  (Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for  Higher  Education)  Ubraries.  A  formal  reading 
atrium,  private  rooms,  individual  carrels,  and  a  24-hour  lounge  offer  ample  oppormnities  for  both 
quiet  study  and  group  work.  Other  equipment  and  facilities  include  computer  workstations  for 
Ubrary  research,  an  Information  Technology  Services  computer  laboratory,  two  small  media 
viewing  rooms,  the  larger  Earl  DoUve  Theatre,  a  photocopier,  and  a  microfilm/ fiche  reader.  More 
information  about  PhiUp  Weltner  Library  and  its  ser^^ces  can  be  found  at  the  Ubrarv's  Web  site: 

20 


hftp:l  I  library.  Oglethorpe,  edu. 

Lowry  Hall  was  built  in  1927  and  is  on  the  National  Register  c;f  Historic  Places.  The 
library  moved  to  its  present  location  in  1972.  A  renovation  in  1992  combined  the  building's 
original  neo-Gothic  exterior  with  a  contemporary  and  gready  expanded  interior.  y\t  that  dme,  the 
library  was  named  after  Philip  Weltner,  who  served  as  Universit)'  President  fnjm  1944  to  1953. 
The  Oglethorpe  Museum  of  Art  and  the  Learning  Resources  Center  are  also  located  in  Lowry 
Hall. 

Traer  Residence  Hall 

Built  in  1969,  Traer  Hall  is  a  three-story  freshmen  residence  that  houses  168  students. 
Construction  of  the  building  was  made  possible  thfough  the  generosit}'  of  the  late  Wayne  S.  Traer, 
Oglethorpe  Universit\'  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1928.  The  double  occupancy  rooms  arranged  in 
suites,  open  onto  a  central  plaza  court}'ard. 

Upper  Residence  Quadrangle 

Constructed  in  1968,  these  residences  house  both  men  and  women.  All  rooms  on  the 
first  and  second  floors  are  suites  with  private  entrances  and  baths.  Rooms  on  the  third  floor  are 
traditional  residence  hall  floors  with  a  common  bathroom. 

New  Residence  Hall 

Opened  in  the  spring  of  1996,  the  new  residence  hall  is  coed,  non-smoking,  and 
accommodates  73  students.  It  is  designed  as  a  more  traditional  facility  with  a  central  entrance.  The 
rooms  consist  of  two-,  three-,  and  four-person  suites  off  central  hallways. 


Greek  Row 


Greek  Row  consists  of  six  houses  devoted  to  two  sororities  —  Chi  Omega  and  Sigma 
Sigma  Sigma  -  and  four  fraternities  —  Chi  Phi,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Kappa  Alpha  Order,  and  Sigma 
Alpha  Epsilon.  Each  house  feamres  one-bedroom  doubles  with  a  shared  bathroom  and  kitchen 
facilities.  The  houses  on  Greek  Row  were  constructed  in  1994. 


21 


Computer  Facilities  and  Services 


Every  residence  hall  room,  faculty  office,  and  appropriate  staff  office  has  a  connection 
to  the  Oglethorpe  computer  network  and  through  that  intranet,  to  the  greater  world  of  the 
Internet  with  all  its  resources.  Access  is  also  available  to  students  through  computers  located  in 
the  library,  GosUn,  and  Goodman  Halls.  Through  the  OUNet  users  can  also  connect  to  the 
Voyager  Library  System,  which  provides  access  to  the  library's  catalog  and  to  Galileo,  the  Georgia 
Library  Learning  Online  services  of  the  University  System  of  Georgia.  The  G7\LILEO  system 
provides  access  to  databases  containing  bibliographical  information,  summaries,  and  in  manv 
cases,  access  to  full  text  of  articles  and  abstracts. 

E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy 

A  policy  has  been  established  to  ensure  the  proper  use  of  Oglethorpe  Universit\-'s 
computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services  by  its  smdents,  employees, 
independent  contractors,  and  other  computer  users.  All  individuals  have  the  responsibilit}'  to  use 
computer  resources  in  an  efficient,  effective,  ethical,  and  lawful  manner.  The  policy,  rules,  and 
conditions  apply  to  all  users  of  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services, 
wherever  the  users  are  located.  Violations  of  this  policy  may  result  in  suspension  without  notice 
of  privileges  to  use  the  resources  and  services,  disciplinary  action,  including  possible  termination, 
and/or  legal  action. 

Oglethorpe  Universit}'  has  the  right,  but  not  the  dut)',  to  monitor  any  and  all  aspects  of 
the  computer  and  network  systems,  including  employee  and  smdent  e-mail,  to  ensure  compliance 
with  this  policy.  The  University  has  the  right  to  use  information  gained  in  this  way  in  disciplinarv 
or  criminal  proceedings.  The  computers  and  computer  accounts  in  use  by  employees  and  smdents 
are  to  assist  them  in  the  performance  of  their  jobs  and  in  attaining  their  educational  goals. 
Employees  and  students  should  not  have  an  expectation  of  privacy  in  anything  they  create,  send, 
or  receive  on  their  network-attached  computers.  The  computer,  netu'ork  and  telecommunication 
systems  belonging  to  Oglethorpe  University  are  for  University'  business  and  educational  purposes. 
Any  other  use  in  conflict  with  these  purposes  is  not  permitted. 

Computer  users  are  governed  by  the  following  provisions,  which  applv  to  all  use  of 
computer  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services.  Computer  and  telecommunication 
resources  and  services  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  following:  host  computers,  file  servers, 
workstations,  standalone  computers,  laptops,  software,  and  internal  or  external  communications 
networks  (Internet,  commercial  online  services,  bulletin  board  systems,  and  e-mail  systems)  that 
are  accessed  directiy  or  indirectiy  from  Oglethorpe  University's  computer  facilities.  This  policy 
may  be  amended  or  revised  periodically  as  the  need  arises. 

The  term  "users,"  as  used  in  this  policy,  refers  to  all  employees,  smdents,  independent 
contractors,  and  other  persons  or  entities  accessing  or  using  Oglethorpe  Universit\-'s  computer, 
network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services. 

1.  Users  must  comply  with  all  copyrights  laws  and  fair  use  provisions,  software  licenses, 
and  all  other  state  and  federal  laws  governing  intellecmal  propert\'.  Inappropriate 
reproduction  and/or  distribution  of  copyright  music,  movies,  computer  software,  text, 
images,  etc.  is  strictiy  prohibited. 

2.  The  electronic  mail  system  shall  not  be  used  for  "broadcasting"  of  unsolicited  mail 
(unless  authorized  by  the  department  chair  or  unit  head)  or  for  sending  chain  letters. 
Fraudulent,  harassing,  obscene,  or  other  unlawful  material  may  not  be  sent  by  e-mail 
or  other  form  of  electronic  communication  or  displayed  on  or  stored  in  Oglethorpe 
University's  computers. 


22 


3.  Users  should  use  the  same  care  in  drafting  e-mail  and  other  electronic  documents  as  they 
would  for  any  other  written  communication.  Anything  created  on  the  computer  may, 
and  likely  will,  be  reviewed  by  others. 

4.  Users  may  not  install  software  onto  their  individual  computers  (facult)'  and  staff),  lab 
computers  or  the  network  without  first  receiving  express  authorizadon  to  do  so  from 
Information  Technology  Services. 

5.  Users  shall  not  forward  e-mail  to  any  other  person  or  endt)-  without  the  express 
permission  of  the  sender. 

6.  Users  should  not  alter  or  copy  a  file  belonging  to  another  user  without  first  obtaining 
permission  from  the  owner  of  the  file.  The  ability  to  read,  alter  or  copy  a  file  belonging 
to  another  user  does  not  imply  permission  to  read,  alter  or  copy  that  file. 

7.  The  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services  of  Oglethorpe 
University  may  not  be  used  for  the  transmission,  creation  or  storage  of  commercial 
activity,  personal  advertisements,  solicitations,  promotions,  destructive  programs 
(viruses  and/or  self  replicating  code),  political  material,  or  any  other  unauthorized  or 
personal  use. 

8.  Users  are  responsible  for  safeguarding  their  passwords  for  the  system.  Individual 
passwords  should  not  be  printed,  stored  online,  or  given  to  others.  Users  are  responsible 
for  all  transactions  made  using  their  passwords. 

9.  A  user's  abilit}'  to  connect  to  other  computer  systems  through  the  network  does  not 
imply  a  right  to  connect  to  those  systems  or  to  make  use  of  those  systems  unless 
specifically  authorized  by  the  operators  of  those  systems. 

10.  Entry  into  a  system,  including  the  network  system,  by  individuals  not  specifically 
authorized  or  attempts  to  circumvent  the  protective  mechanisms  of  any  Universit}' 
system  are  prohibited.  Deliberate  attempts  to  degrade  system  performance  or  capabHitA', 
or  attempts  to  damage  systems,  software  or  Intellectual  propert}^  of  others  are 
prohibited. 

11.  Any  network  activity  that  impedes  the  flow  of  network  traffic  or  diminishes  the 
avaHabHit}^  of  resources  to  other  users  is  stricdy  prohibited. 

12.  Oglethorpe  University'  is  not  responsible  for  the  actions  of  individual  users. 

Antivirus  Policy 

In  order  to  prevent  virus  problems  from  impacting  the  Oglethorpe  Universit}- 
computing  network,  all  computers  which  attach  to  the  network  must  have  up-to-date  anti\irus 
software  installed.  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  currentiy  uses  the  Symantec  Anti-Virus  product  for 
facult}'  and  staff,  and  any  universit}^  personal  computer  which  connects  to  the  network  is  required 
to  have  this  software  installed. 

Beginning  in  the  Fall  Semester  2004,  smdents  who  connect  computers  to  the  University- 
netv\'ork  must  have  the  Universit)''s  managed  antivirus  software  installed.  The  Universit}'  wiU 
provide  this  managed  antivirus  software  at  no  additional  cost  to  the  student,  and  the  student  may 
use  this  software  as  long  as  they  are  attending  Oglethorpe  Universit}'.  Any  exceptions  to  this  policy 
must  be  approved  by  the  Information  Technology  Services.  Students  can  install  this  software  by 
following  the  instructions  in  the  Installing  Symantec  Antivirus  section  of  the  student  handbook  - 
The  O  Book. 


23 


While  having  antivirus  software  is  important,  the  protection  it  affords  is  only  as  good  as 
the  virus  definitions  which  are  loaded  into  it.  New  viruses  are  written  and  released  daUv,  and 
keeping  the  definitions  up-to-date  is  essential  in  protecting  against  new,  rapidl^'-spreading  viruses. 

Any  computer  which  is  found  not  to  have  antivirus  software  installed  or  which  is  not 
kept  up-to-date  will  be  disconnected  from  the  network  until  the  situation  has  been  resolved.  The 
potentially  disruptive  nature  of  certain  viruses  on  a  shared  network  can  create  problems  for  all 
users  on  the  network.  Please  refer  to  the  Acceptable  Use  PoUcy  in  The  O  Book  for  additional 
background  information  about  proper  usage  and  stewardship  of  Oglethorpe  computing  and 
communication  resources. 

Use  of  Oglethorpe's  computer,  network  and  telecommunication  resources  and  services 
constitutes  acceptance  of  this  E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy. 


24 


Admission 


I 


The  admission  policy  of  Oglethorpe  University  is  based  on  an  individual  selection 
process.  Throughout  its  history,  Oglethorpe  has  welcomed  students  from  all  sections  of  the 
country,  as  well  as  from  abroad,  as  candidates  for  degrees.  It  is  the  polic}'  of  the  Admission 
Committee  to  select  for  admission  to  the  University  applicants  who  present  strong  evidence  of 
purpose,  maturity,  scholastic  ability,  and  probable  success  at  Oglethorpe.  Applicants  wishing  to 
enroU  in  the  evening  credit  program  may  refer  to  a  brief  description  of  Universit}'  College  in  the 
Programs  of  Study  section  of  this  Bulletin  or  consult  the  University  College  Undergraduate  and  Graduate 
Bulletin  available  from  the  University  College  Office  (404)  364-8383. 

Freshman  Applicants 

Admission  to  the  undergraduate  division  of  the  Universm^  may  be  gained  by  presenting 
evidence  of  successful  completion  of  secondary  school  work  in  the  form  of  results  from  the 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board's  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  (SAT)  or  the  results  from  the 
American  College  Testing  Program  Assessment  (ACT);  and,  by  submitting  a  letter  of 
recommendation,  and  completing  an  application  essay. 

Arrangements  to  take  the  SAT  or  ACT  may  be  made  through  a  secondar}-  school 
guidance  counselor  or  by  writing  directiy  to  one  of  the  testing  agencies.  For  SAT  write  to  College 
Board,  Box  592,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540,  or  Box  1025,  Berkele)^,  CaHfornia  90701.  For  ACT 
write  to  American  College  Testing  Program,  P.O.  Box  451,  Iowa  Cit\',  Iowa  52240.  It  is  to  the 
applicant's  advantage  to  take  one  of  the  tests  in  the  junior  year  of  high  school. 

Applicants  should  normally  have  or  be  in  the  process  of  completing  a  secondary  school 
program  including  appropriate  courses  in  English,  social  smdies,  mathematics,  and  science.  While 
an  admission  decision  is  typically  based  on  a  partial  secondary  school  transcript,  a  final  transcript 
must  be  sent  to  the  Admission  Office  by  the  candidate's  school,  showing  exidence  of  academic 
work  completed  and  official  graduation. 

The  Oglethorpe  application  contains  a  recommendation  form  and  a  list  of  other 
materials,  which  must  be  submitted  by  the  applicant.  No  application  wiU  be  considered  and  acted 
upon  until  the  items  indicated  have  been  received. 

Students  may  choose  from  either  Early  Action  or  Regular  Decision  admission. 

Application  Procedure 

All  correspondence  concerning  admission  should  be  addressed  to  the  Admission  Office, 
Oglethorpe  Universit)?,  4484  Peachtree  Road  N.E.,  Atianta,  Georgia  30319-2797  or  \na  e-mail  at 
admission@oglethorpe.edu.  Comprehensive  admission  information  can  also  be  found  at 
www.oglethorpe.edu/admission.  After  receiving  an  application  form,  the  applicant  should  complete  and 
return  it  with  an  application  fee  of  $35.  Students  may  also  apply  online.  Links  to  application 
procedures  and  the  online  application  may  be  found  at  www.oglethorpe.edu  I  admission. 

Entering  freshmen  must  submit  the  following:  an  application  essay,  official  liigh  school 
transcripts,  standardized  test  scores  (SAT/ ACT),  and  a  recommendation  form  completed  by  a 
high  school  counselor  or  teacher.  Achievement  tests,  portfolios,  or  \ideos  are  not  required  for 
admission  purposes  but  will  be  considered  if  submitted.  Home  Schooled  applicants  should 
contact  the  Home  School  Advisor  for  portfolio  requirements.  Interviews  and  campus  visits  are 
strongly  recommended.  If,  upon  review  of  an  applicant's  file,  it  is  felt  that  further  information 
would  be  helpful  (i.e.  mid-year  grades),  die  student  wiU  be  notified. 


26 


Transfer  students  must  submit  the  cc^mpleted  application  form,  essay  and 
recommendation  form  with  the  $35  application  fee,  official  transcripts  from  each  college  attended, 
and  certification  of  good  academic  standing  at  the  most  recent  or  present  college.  High  school 
transcript  and  test  scores  are  also  required  if  less  than  24  semester  hours  of  college  credit  have 
been  completed. 

When  a  student  has  completed  the  application  process,  the  Admission  Committee  will 
review  the  application.  If  accepted,  the  student  will  be  required  to  submit  an  enroUment  deposit 
to  reserve  accommodations  for  the  appropriate  semester.  Residence  haU  students  submit  a  deposit 
of  $300;  commuters  submit  a  deposit  of  $100.  The  deposit  is  refundable  through  May  1. 

Early  Action 

Early  Action  allows  students  who  have  a  strong  interest  in  the  University'  to  apply 
early  and  receive  a  quick  response.  Completed  applications  with  supporting  materials  must  be 
postmarked  by  December  5.  Notification  letters  will  be  mailed  no  later  than  December  20 
unless  the  Admission  Committee  requires  additional  information.  Early  Action  students  who 
are  admitted  and  indicate  an  interest  in  scholarships  will  be  considered  prior  to  Regular 
Decision  candidates.  (Please  note  that  early  action  is  non-binding).  The  deposit  is 
refundable  through  May  1. 

Regular  Decision 

Regular  Decision  enables  students  to  apply  at  any  time.  Applications  will  be  reviewed  on 
a  rolling  basis  beginning  immediately  after  Early  Action  reviews  (late  December)  and  continuing 
as  long  as  space  in  the  class  is  available.  Notification  letters  will  typically  be  mailed  within  two 
weeks  of  completion  unless  additional  information  is  needed.  The  deposit  is  refundable  through 
May  1. 

Campus  Visit 

While  not  a  requirement  of  the  admission  process,  the  candidate  is  urged  to  visit  the 
campus  and  explore  the  academic  and  leadership  opportunities  that  encompass  the  Oglethorpe 
tradition  of  a  collegiate  education.  Additional  information  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  the 
Admission  Office  (404)  364-8307  in  the  Atlanta  caUing  area  or  (800)  428-4484  from  other 
locations.  Comprehensive  campus  visit  information  can  be  found  at  wiinv.oglethorpe.edu  I  admission. 


Transfer  Students  and  Transfer  Policies 


Students  who  wish  to  transfer  to  Oglethorpe  from  other  regionally  accredited  colleges 
are  welcome  to  apply,  provided  they  are  in  good  standing  at  the  last  institution  attended.  They  are 
expected  to  follow  regular  admission  procedures  and  will  be  notified  of  the  decision  of  the 
Admission  Committee  in  the  same  manner  that  freshmen  are  notified. 

Most  financial  aid  awards  and  scholarships  are  available  to  transfer  students  as  well  as 
first-time  freshmen. 


27 


The  same  application  information  is  required  of  the  transfer  student  as  for  the  entering 
freshman,  although  high  school  records  and  test  scores  are  not  required  of  students  having  at  least 
24  semester  hours  of  transferable  credit. 

Transfer  students  must  submit  transcripts  of  all  current  and  previous  college  work.  A 
separate  official  transcript  from  each  college  attended  must  be  received  before  any  action  will  be 
taken  on  the  application. 

Oglethorpe  University  will  accept  as  transfer  credit  courses  comparable  to  Universit}- 
courses  that  are  applicable  to  a  degree  program  offered  at  Oglethorpe.  Acceptable  work  must  be 
shown  on  an  official  transcript  and  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better.  Oglethorpe 
does  not  accept  a  "D"  grade  as  transfer  credit,  unless  a  student  has  graduated  from  an  accredited 
junior  college,  or  a  "D"  grade  is  followed  by  a  "C"  grade  or  better  in  a  normal  sequence  course 
(for  example.  General  Biology  I  and  II). 

For  transfer  credit  that  may  apply  toward  fulfillment  of  core  curriculum  requirements, 
please  see  the  Core  Curriculum  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Transfer  students  on  probation  or  exclusion  from  another  institution  will  not  be 
accepted. 

Transfer  students  must  have  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  2.8  (on  a  4.0  scale)  to 
be  considered  for  admission. 

Transfer  students  who  have  earned  an  associate  degree  at  a  regionally  accredited  junior 
college  will  be  awarded  two  years  of  credit.  Junior  college  graduates  with  strong  academic  records 
are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission. 

Oglethorpe  University  wiU  accept  as  many  as  30  hours  of  United  States  Armed  Forces 
Institute  (USAFI)  credit. 

Students  who  hold  the  R.N.  credential  from  an  appropriately  accredited  institution  are 
awarded  credit  for  their  arts  and  sciences  courses.  To  earn  a  bachelor's  degree,  the  student  must 
complete  the  core  curriculum,  a  major,  and  other  applicable  requirements. 

Residency  Requirement:  Effective  Fall  Semester  2003,  the  maximum  total  number  of 
semester  hours  that  may  be  transferred  into  Oglethorpe  is  64.  A  minimum  of  64  semester  hours 
must  be  earned  through  course  work  at  Oglethorpe  in  order  for  an  Oglethorpe  degree  to  be 
awarded,  with  52  of  the  last  64  hours  earned  in  residence. 

Credits  earned  at  post-secondary  institutions  accredited  by  the  six  regional  accrediting 
bodies  (for  example.  Southern,  Middle  States,  New  England,  etc.,  Associations)  will  be  accepted. 

Courses  taken  at  schools  accredited  by  national  crediting  bodies  (for  example, 
Association  of  Independent  Schools  and  Colleges,  American  Association  of  Bible  Colleges,  etc.) 
may  be  credited.  In  these  cases,  student  transcripts  will  be  evaluated  on  an  indi\idual  basis.  Actual 
catalog  course  descriptions  and  relevant  course  syllabi  should  be  pro\aded  bv  the  student.  The 
Registrar  will  determine  whether  or  not  courses  are  to  receive  transfer  credit. 

Courses  recognized  by  the  American  Council  on  Education  (ACE)  mav  be  credited  bv 
the  Registrar.  Programs  not  recognized  by  ACE  wiU  not  be  given  credit. 

A  maximum  of  32  semester  hours  may  be  earned  through  College  Level  Examination 
Program  (CLEP)  tests.  Maximum  credit  for  Advanced  Placement  tests  (AP  testing)  is  also  32 
semester  hours.  Please  consult  the  section.  Credit  by  Examination,  on  the  following  pages. 

In  all  cases,  only  64  semester  hours  earned  outside  of  Oglethorpe  through  any  oi  tlie 
means  described  above  may  be  applied  toward  an  Oglethorpe  degree.  At  least  64  semester  hours 
must  be  earned  in  course  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe,  and  at  least  half  of  the  semester  hours 
required  for  a  major  must  be  in  course  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe.  (Courses  taken  at  Adanta 
Regional  Consortium  for  Higher  Education  (ARCHE)  institutions  on  a  cross-registration  basis 
and  courses  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program  also  count  as  Oglethorpe  courses.) 


28 


Transfer  students  should  note  that  only  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe  is  reflected  in  the 
Oglethorpe  grade-point  average,  and  transfer  work  is  not  included  in  determination  for  Latin 
academic  honors.  To  be  eligible  for  academic  honors,  the  student  must  complete  68  or  mtjre  hours 
at  Oglethorpe. 

International  Students 

Admission  to  Oglethorpe  is  open  to  qualified  students  from  all  countries.  Students  who 
are  able  to  provide  evidence  of  suitable  academic  background,  adequate  financial  resources,  and 
seriousness  of  purpose  are  eligible  to  apply. 

All  students  from  countries  where  English  is  not  the  native  language  must  meet 
one  of  the  following  requirements  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1.  Complete  level  109  from  an  ELS,  Inc.  language  center. 

2.  Score  a  minimum  of  550  on  the  TOEFL  -  or  213  on  the  computer-based  test  (Test  of 
English  as  a  Foreign  Language). 

3.  Score  480  or  more  on  the  verbal  section  of  the  Internafional  Scholasdc  Assessment 
Test. 

4.  Have  a  combined  2.8  grade-point  average  with  no  grade  below  a  "C"  in  two  English 
composition  courses  from  an  AACRAO  (American  Association  of  Collegiate  Registrars 
and  Admissions  Officers)  accredited  college  or  universit}'. 

5.  Earn  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  G.C.E.  or  G.S.C.E.  examinations  or  their  equivalent. 

6.  All  secondary  transcripts  must  have  a  "Document-by-Document"  evaluation  and 
"Grade-Point  Average  Equivalent."  Post-secondary  transcripts  must  have  the  same;  or, 
if  a  student  wishes  to  receive  transfer  credit  for  his  or  her  previous  course  work,  a 
"Course-by-Course"  evaluation  is  required.  Applications  for  evaluation  are  available  in 
the  Office  of  Admission  or  by  calling  Joseph  Silny  and  Associate,  Inc.  at  (305)  666-0233. 

An  international  student's  secondary  school  credentials  are  subject  to  the  acceptance 
criteria  stated  for  his  or  her  country  in  the  AACRAO  world  education  series,  governed  by  the 
National  Council  on  the  Evaluation  of  Foreign  Educational  Credentials,  1717  Massachusetts 
Avenue,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20036. 

AH  students  from  nations  where  EngUsh  is  the  native  language  must  have  one  of  the 
following  to  be  considered  for  admission: 

1.  A  combined  SAT  score  of  1000,  with  at  least  500  on  the  verbal  section. 

2.  An  ACT  score  of  at  least  21. 

3.  Above-average  scores  on  the  "A"  and/or  "O"  level  examinations  in  British  system 
schools  or  their  equivalent  in  Northern  Ireland  or  Scotiand. 

Joint  Enrollment  Students 

Students  who  have  attained  junior  or  higher  standing  in  their  secondarv  schools  mav 
apply  for  enrollment  in  suitable  courses  offered  at  the  Universit}^  Admission  to  the  joint 
enrollment  program  will  depend  upon  an  assessment  by  appropriate  personnel  of  the  smdent's 
secondary  school  and  by  Oglethorpe  admission  personnel. 

In  general,  the  candidate  must  have  the  social  maturit}'  to  benefit  from  a  collegiate 
experience  and  possess  a  "B"  or  liigher  grade-point  average  along  with  a  combined  score  of  1 140 
or  higher  on  the  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  or  its  equivalent.  A  student  seeking  admission  should 
write  or  call  the  Joint  Enrollment  Counselor  in  the  Admission  Office  at  Oglethorpe  to  receive  an 
application.  Normally  no  more  than  five  courses  mav  be  taken  as  a  joint  enrollment  student. 

29 


Early  Admission  (Early  Entrance) 


A  gifted  student  of  unusual  maturit}'  whose  high  school  record  shows  excellent 
academic  performance  through  the  junior  year  in  a  college  preparatory  program,  and  whose  score 
on  a  standardized  assessment  test  is  high,  may  submit  his  or  her  application  for  admission  to  the 
University  for  enrollment  after  the  junior  year  in  high  school.  The  candidate  should  have  the 
support  of  his  or  her  parents  in  writing  submitted  with  the  application.  A  strong  recommendation 
from  the  high  school  is  expected,  and  the  candidate  must  come  to  campus  for  a  personal  inter^dew 
with  a  senior  admission  officer. 


Transient  Students 


Transient  students  may  take  any  course  offered  by  the  Universit}',  pro\'ided  that  thev 
secure  permission  from  their  current  institution  certifying  that  the  institution  will  accept  for 
transfer  credit  the  academic  work  done  by  the  student  at  Oglethorpe.  This  permission  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  transient  student. 

A  letter  of  good  standing  or  a  current  transcript  must  be  sent  to  the  Admission  Office 
before  a  transient  student  can  be  accepted. 


Special  Status  Admission 


Special  Status  Admission  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  take  a  limited  number  of 
post-baccalaureate  classes  at  Oglethorpe,  or  for  non-traditional  students  who  desire  to  begin 
college  course  work  prior  to  being  admitted  to  a  degree-seeking  program. 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  Oglethorpe's  undergraduate  day  program  as  a  special  stams 
candidate  if  they  meet  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

1.  They  are  at  least  25  years  of  age  and  at  least  five  years  removed  from  their  last 
educational  experience. 

2.  They  have  graduated  from  another  accredited  college  or  university; 

Under  the  program,  students  may  enroll  for  a  maximum  of  16  semester  hours. 
Individuals  desiring  to  enroll  for  additional  courses  must  apply  as  regular,  degree-seeking 
candidates. 

To  apply  for  Special  Status  Admission,  students  must  submit  a  completed  application 
form,  a  $35  non-refundable  application  fee,  and  proof  of  their  last  educational  experience  or  a 
copy  of  their  college  diploma. 

Special  status  students  are  not  eligible  for  financial  assistance. 


30 


Home-Schooled  Students 


Students  who  have  completed  high  school  graduation  requirements  in  a  home  school 
may  be  considered  for  admission  if  the  following  information  is  provided: 

1 .  SAT  or  ACT  scores. 

2.  A  portfolio  recording  all  high   school  work  completed   (including  courses  studied, 
textbooks,  assignments,  and  extracurricular  achievements). 

3.  A  personal  interview  with  a  senior  admission  officer. 

4.  Two  recommendations. 

5.  A  home  school  transcript  (if  applicable). 

More  information  can  be  found  at  http:l I ivnnv.oglethorpe.edu,  key  word  "home  school." 

Re-admission 

Students  in  good  academic  standing  who  leave  the  Universit}'  and  return  after  a  year's 
absence  or  more  should  notify  the  Admission  Office  of  intent  to  re-enroll.  Students  who  apply 
for  re-activation  or  re-admission  whether  in  good  academic  standing  or  not,  are  governed  by  the 
current  graduation  requirements.  Any  exceptions  are  granted  at  the  discretion  of  the  Provost  and 
Senior  Vice  President. 


Credit  by  Examination 


There  are  three  testing  programs  through  which  students  may  earn  credit  for  required 
or  elective  courses.  Any  student  who  has  questions  about  these  examinations  should  consult  the 
Registrar.  No  more  than  32  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  accepted  from  each  of  the  programs 
described  below. 

College  Level  Examination  Program  -  CLEP 

Within  the  CLEP  testing  program  are  two  categories.  The  General  Examinations  cover 
the  areas  of  English  Composition,  Humanities,  Mathematics,  Natural  Science,  and  Social  Science 
and  History.  Oglethorpe  Universitv  does  not  award  credit  for  the  General  Examinations  in 
English  Composition,  Natural  Science,  Mathematics,  or  Social  Science  and  History.  Minimum 
acceptable  scores  are  500  for  each  general  area  and  50  in  each  sub-total  category.  The  Subject 
Examinations  are  designed  to  measure  knowledge  in  a  particular  course.  A  minimum  acceptable 
score  of  50  on  a  Subject  Examination  is  required  for  credit.  The  Oglethorpe  Registrar  should  be 
contacted  concerning  which  Subject  Examinations  may  lead  to  credit  at  Oglethorpe. 

CLEP  examinations  normally  are  taken  before  the  student  matriculates  at  Oglethorpe. 
Only  under  special  circumstances  will  credit  be  awarded  for  an  examination  taken  after  the  smdent 
completes  his  or  her  first  semester  at  Oglethorpe  University'.  A  maximum  of  four  semester  hours 
will  be  awarded  for  each  examination.  A  maximum  of  32  semester  hours  may  be  earned  with 
acceptable  CLEP  scores. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  mathematics  and  foreign 
languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course  in  these  areas  or  subjects)  and  are  placed  accordingly. 


31 


Advanced  Placement  and  International  Baccalaureate  Programs 

The  University  encourages  students  who  have  completed  Advanced  Placement 
examinations  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  to  submit  their  scores  prior  to 
enrollment  for  evaluation  for  college  credit.  Please  contact  the  Office  of  Admission  or  the 
Registrar's  Office  for  the  appropriate  course  of  action  to  be  taken  in  order  to  receive  credit  for 
AP  exams.  The  general  policy  of  Oglethorpe  toward  such  scores  is  the  following:  Academic  credit 
will  be  given  in  the  appropriate  area  to  students  presenting  Advanced  Placement  grades  of  3,  4, 
or  5;  neither  credit  nor  exemption  will  be  given  for  a  grade  of  2;  maximum  credit  allowed  to  any 
student  for  Advanced  Placement  tests  will  be  32  semester  hours.  Specific  policies  are  indicated  in 
the  chart  which  follows.  These  are  subject  to  change  at  any  time. 

Students  who  have  studied  in  an  approved  International  Baccalaureate  Program  (IB)  are 
also  encouraged  to  apply  for  credit  based  on  scores  earned,  and  should  contact  the  Office  of 
Admission  or  the  Registrar's  Office  to  learn  how  to  receive  credit  for  IB  exams.  Scores  must  be  5, 
6,  or  7  on  the  Higher  Level  Exam  to  be  considered  for  college  credit.  Sophomore  standing  may 
be  awarded  to  smdents  who  complete  the  IB  diploma  and  obtain  a  total  of  33  points  or  better  for 
the  full  program,  assuming  all  examination  scores  are  4  or  better,  and  no  Higher  Level  Exam  score 
is  below  5. 

All  smdents  are  required  to  take  placement  examinations  in  mathematics  and  foreign 
languages  (if  they  plan  to  take  a  course  in  these  areas  or  subjects)  and  are  placed  accordingly. 

ADVANCED  PLACEMENT  and  INTERNATIONAL  BACCALAUREATE 

CREDIT  CHART 

Accepted  Examination  Grades  (unless  stated  otherwise) 
AP:  3,  4,  5  /  IB  (Higher  Level  Exam):  5,  6,  7 


AP  Exam 


Semester 

Hours 

Awarded 


Course  Equivalents 


Art 

Studio 

4 

Elective  Credit 

Histor}' 

4 

Elective  Credit 

Biology 

Grade  4  or  5  AP 

Grade  3  AP 


GEN  102  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences  and 
(subject  to  placement)  BIO  102  General  Biolog\-  II 
GEN  102  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences 


Chemistry 

Grade  4  or  5  AP 

Grade  3  AP 


CHM  101  General  Chemistn'  I  (subject  to  placement  exani) 
GEN  101  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences 


Computer  Science' 


CSC  243  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C+  + 


Economics 

Microeconomics 
Macroeconomics 


ECO  121  Introduction  to  Economics 
Elective  Credit 


32 


English 

Language  and  Composition 
Grade  4  or  5  AP,  6  or  7  IB       4 
Grade  3  AP  or  5  IB  4 

Literature  and  Composition 
Grade  4  or  5  AP,  6  or  7  IB       4 
Grade  3  AP  or  5  IB  4 


Elective  Credit 

Essay  wUl  be  evaluated  by  English  facult)^ 

Elective  Credit 

Essay  will  be  evaluated  by  English  tacult\' 


French 

Language 
Literature 


ERE  101,  FRE  102  Elementan,-  French  I  and  II 
General  credit  in  French 


German 

Language 
Literature 


GER  101,  GER  102  Elementan,-  German  I  and  II 
General  credit  in  German 


Government' 


POL  101  Introduction  to  American  Politics 


History 

American 
European 


Elective  Credit 
Elective  Credit 


Japanese 


JPN  101,  JPN  102  Elementar)- Japanese  1  and  II 


Latin 


LAT  101,  LAT  102  Elementan-  Latin  I  and  II 


Mathematics* 

Calculus  AB 
Calculus  BC 
Statistics 


MAT  131  Calculus  I 

MAT  131,  MAT  132  Calculus  I  and  II 

MAT  1 1 1  Statistics 


Music' 

Theory 
Appreciation 


Content  will  be  evaluated  by  music  faculty- 
COR  103  Music  and  Culture 


Physics' 

Physics  B 
Physics  C 


10 

4 


PHY  101,  PHY  102  General  Physics  I  and  II 
PHY  201,  PHY  202  CoUege  Physics  I  and  II 
GEN  101  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences 


Psychology' 


PSY  101  Psychological  Inquiry- 


Spanish 

Language 
Literature 


SPN  101,  SPN  102  Elementan,-  Spanish  I  and  II 
General  credit  in  Spanish 


1  .      -  . 

Credit  for  the  IB  exam  will  be  determined  through  discussion  with  the   faculr\-  within  the 

appropriate  academic  field.  Any  exams  not  included  in  this  chart  should  be  brought  to  the  attention 

of  the  Registrar,  and  the  appropriate  faculty  members  will  determine  credit. 


33 


34 


Financial  Assistance 


Programs 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  a  variety  of  strategies  and  resources  to  keep  the  net  cost 
of  an  Oglethorpe  education  affordable.  Both  need-based  aid  and  awards  based  on  academic 
achievement  are  available.  Students  interested  in  financial  aid  should  complete  the  Free 
Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA).  FAFSA  is  the  approved  needs-analysis  form  bv 
which  students  may  apply  for  the  following  need-based  programs:  Federal  Pell  Grant,  Federal 
Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Federal  Work-Study,  Federal 
Stafford  Loan,  Leveraging  Educational  Assistance  Program,  and  the  Oglethorpe  Need-based 
Grant.  After  a  student  submits  the  FAFSA  to  the  federal  processor,  the  school  will  receive  from 
the  processor  an  Institutional  Student  Information  Record  (ISIR).  Upon  acceptance  to  the 
University  and  receipt  of  the  student's  ISIR,  Oglethorpe's  financial  aid  professionals  will  prepare 
a  comprehensive  financial  aid  package,  which  may  include  assistance  from  any  one  or  more  of  the 
following  sources: 

James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Scholarships  provide  tuition,  room  and  board  for  four 
years  of  undergraduate  study,  if  scholarship  criteria  continue  to  be  met.  Recipients  are  selected  on 
the  basis  of  an  academic  competition  held  on  campus  in  the  spring  of  each  year.  Smdents  must 
have  a  combined  SAT  score  of  at  least  1360  (ACT  31),  a  3.75  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point 
average,  and  a  superior  record  of  leadership  in  extracurricular  activities  either  in  school  or  in  the 
communit}'.  For  application  procedures  and  deadlines,  contact  the  Admission  Office. 

Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards  (OS A)  (including  Presidential  Scholarships,  Oxford 
Scholarships,  Universit}'  Scholarships,  and  Lanier  Scholarships)  are  based  on  achievement  and 
available  to  entering  students  with  superior  academic  abilit}'.  A  fundamental  aim  of  Oglethorpe 
Universit}'  is  to  prepare  students  for  leadership  roles  in  societ}'.  One  way  of  promoting  this 
purpose  is  to  give  special  recognition  to  students  who  demonstrate  superior  academic  abilities  as 
undergraduates.  Scholarships  range  from  $4,000  to  $11,000. 

Recipients  of  funds  from  this  program  are  expected  to  maintain  specified  levels  of 
academic  achievement  and  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  Oglethorpe  communit}".  Each 
award  is  for  one  year  but  can  be  renewed  on  the  basis  of  an  annual  evaluation  of  academic  and 
other  performance  factors. 

Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  freshmen  who  are  residents  of 
Georgia  and  who  demonstrate  active  participation  in  their  churches.  Academic  qualifications  for 
consideration  include  SAT  scores  of  1100  or  higher  and  a  senior  class  rank  in  the  upper  25 
percent.  Awards  range  up  to  $1,500  per  academic  year.  Recipients  are  required  to  maintain  a  3.0 
cumulative  grade-point  average  and  engage  in  a  service  project  during  the  academic  year.  For 
application  procedures  and  deadlines,  contact  the  Admission  Office  or  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid. 

Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grants  (GTEG)  are  available  for  Georgia  residents 
who  are  full-time,  degree-seeking  students  at  Oglethorpe.  The  program  was  established  by  an  act 
ot  the  1971  Georgia  General  Assembly.  The  GTEG  program  helps  to  "promote  the  private 
segment  of  higher  education  in  Georgia  by  providing  non-repayable  grant  aid  to  Georgia  residents 
who  attend  eligible  independent  colleges  and  universities  in  Georgia."  All  students  must  complete 
an  application  and  verify  their  eligibility  for  the  grant.  In  the  2004-05  academic  school  year,  this 
grant  is  $900.  Financial  need  is  not  a  factor  in  determining  eligibilit\'.  A  separate  application  and 
proof  of  residency  is  required. 


36 


HOPE  Scholarships  of  $1,5UU  per  semester  are  available  U)  Gec^rgia  residents  who 
have  graduated  from  an  eligible  high  school  in  1996  or  later,  with  at  least  a  3.0  grade-point  average 
in  specific  core  curriculum  classes.  Georgia  residents  who  do  not  qualify  under  these  guidelines 
but  have  now  attempted  30  or  more  semester  hours  with  a  3.0  grade-pcjint  average  or  higher  may 
also  be  eligible.  The  applicant  must  be  a  Georgia  resident  for  one  year  prior  to  attendance  at  any 
college  or  universit}'  in  Georgia.  Applicants  must  be  registered  as  full-time,  degree-seeking 
students  at  a  participadng  Georgia  private  college  or  university.  Students  entering  the  HOPE 
Scholarship  program  for  the  first  time  after  attempting  30  or  60  semester  hours  should  be  aware 
that  their  grade-point  average  is  calculated  to  include  all  attempted  hours  taken  after  high  school 
graduation.  Recipients  of  the  Scholarship  are  required  to  maintain  a  3.0  or  higher  cumulative 
grade-point  average  for  reinstatement.  For  more  informadon,  contact  the  HOPE  Scholarship 
Program  (770)  724-9000  or  (800)  505-GSFC,  or  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  (Oglethorpe 
Universit}'. 

The  Leveraging  Educational  Assistance  Program  (LEAP)  is  one  of  the  need-based 
grants  for  qualified  Georgia  residents  to  enable  them  to  attend  eligible  post-secondary  institutions 
of  their  choice  in  the  state.  The  grant  awards  are  designed  to  provide  only  a  portion  of  the 
student's  resources  in  financing  the  total  cost  of  a  coUege  education.  A  student  should  complete 
the  FAFSA  for  consideration. 

The  Federal  PeU  Grant  is  a  federal  aid  program  that  provides  non-repavable  funds  to 
eligible  students.  Flligibilitv  is  based  upon  the  results  from  the  FAFSA. 

Federal  Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  (FSEOG)  are  awarded  to 
undergraduate  students  with  exceptional  financial  need.  Priorit\'  is  given  to  Federal  Pell  Grant 
recipients  and  does  not  require  repayment. 

Oglethorpe  Need-based  Grants  are  available  to  full-time  dav  undergraduate  students 
who  demonstrate  financial  need  by  completing  the  FAFSA.  Oglethorpe  Need-based  Grants  in 
conjunction  with  federal,  state,  private,  or  institutional  assistance  cannot  exceed  the  student's 
financial  need. 

Federal  Work-Study  Program  (FWSP)  permits  a  student  to  earn  part  of  his  or  her 
educational  expenses.  The  earnings  from  this  program  and  other  financial  aid  cannot  exceed  the 
student's  financial  need.  Students  eligible  for  this  program  work  part  time  primarily  on  the 
Oglethorpe  campus.  A  Limited  number  of  communit}'  service  positions  are  available  at  locations 
near  the  campus. 

Federal  Perkins  Loans  are  long-term,  low-cost  educational  loans  to  students  who  have 
demonstrated  need  for  such  assistance.  Priorit}-  is  given  first  to  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior 
students.  Interest  is  charged  at  a  five  percent  annual  rate  beginning  nine  months  after  the  borrower 
ceases  to  be  at  least  a  half-time  student  (a  minimum  course  load  of  six  semester  hours). 
Information  regarding  repayment  terms,  deferment  and  cancellation  options  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Federal  Stafford  (Subsidized  and  Unsubsidized)  Loans  are  long-term  loans 
available  through  banks  and  other  lending  institutions.  Students  must  submit  the  FAFSA  and  be 
attending  at  least  half  time  to  receive  consideration.  A  separate  Master  Promissory  Note  (MPN) 
is  also  required.  Information  regarding  repayment  terms,  deferment  and  cancellation  options  are 
available  in  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Federal  PLUS  Loans  are  relatively  long-term  loans  available  through  banks  and  other 
lending  institutions.  Parents  desiring  to  seek  a  loan  from  this  program  should  consult  the  various 
lenders  indicated  on  the  Oglethorpe  Universit}^  Lender  List  for  additional  information.  This  Ust 
may  be  found  in  the  current  "Financial  Aid  Info  Guide"  available  in  the  Office  of  Financial  .Aid. 


37 


Choral  Music  Scholarships  (Performance)  are  awarded  annually  to  incoming  students 
pursuing  any  degree  offered  at  Oglethorpe  who  demonstrate  exceptional  achievement  in  choral 
singing  or  kej'board  accompanying.  Candidates  must  be  nominated  with  a  letter  of 
recommendation  by  the  conductor  of  their  choral  ensemble  on  a  special  form  obtainable  from 
the  Director  of  Musical  Activities  at  Oglethorpe. 

Playmakers  Scholarships  (Performance)  are  awarded  annually  to  current  students  who 
have  demonstrated  exceptional  ability  in  the  area  of  dramatic  performance  and  a  strong 
commitment  to  Oglethorpe's  theatre  program.  Awards  are  based  on  abiUt}',  not  financial  need. 

Note:       Dual-degree  students  in  art  and  engineering  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  assistance 
to  attend  other  institutions. 


38 


Academic  Policies  Governing  Student  Financial  Aid 

Applicants  for  federal  aid,  state  grants,  or  institutional  need-based  programs  must  be 
making  sadsfactorv  progress  toward  the  completion  of  their  degree  requirements  and  be  in  good 
academic  standing  with  the  Universit)'  in  order  to  receive  financial  aid  consideration.  Students 
must  meet  at  least  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Satisfactory  Completion  Ratio  —  Students  must  satisfactorily  complete  at  least  75 
percent  of  the  cumulative  course  work  attempted  at  Oglethorpe  Universit}'. 
Unsatisfactorv  grades  that  count  against  the  student's  progress  are: 

D  —  If  a  "C-"  or  better  is  required  for  the  major 

F  —  Failure 

FA  —  Failure  bv  Absence 

NG  -  No  Grade 

W  -  Withdrew  Passing 

WF  -  Withdrew  Failing 

WX  —  Grade  Withdrawn/ Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 

I  —  Incomplete 

U  —  Unsatisfactory 

AU  -  Audit 

2.  Repeated  Courses  —  Courses  that  are  being  repeated  will  not  be  considered  when 
determining  financial  aid  eligibiUt}'  unless  a  grade  of  at  least  a  "C"  is  required  to  fulfill 
the  degree  requirements.  The  student  must  notify  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  if  a  course 
is  being  repeated. 

3.  Good  Academic  Standing  and  Maximum  Time  Frames  —  Students  must  remain  in 
good  academic  standing  by  achieving  the  minimum  cumulative  grade-point  average  and 
bv  completing  their  degree  requirements  within  the  maximum  time  frames  Listed  below: 


Number  of  Hours 

Minimum  Cumulative 

Maximum  Years  to 

Earned 

Grade-Point  Average 

Complete  Program  * 

0-24 

1.50 

1 

25-35 

1.50 

2 

36-48 

1.75 

2 

49-64 

1.75 

3 

65-72 

2.00 

3 

73-96 

2.00 

4 

97-120 

2.00 

5 

121-144 

2.00 

5 

*  Based  upon  full-time  enrollment.  The  maximum  time  frame  for  students  enrolled  part 
time  will  be  pro-rated.  Students  who  earn  over  144  hours  will  not  be  eligible  for  financial 
aid  unless  approved  through  the  appeal  process. 

4.  Academic  Standing  Consistent  with  Graduation  Requirements  -  Students  who 
have  completed  their  second  academic  year  (measured  as  a  period  of  time,  not  grade 
level)  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  grade-point  average  in  order  to  be 
academically  consistent  with  Oglethorpe  Universit}'s  graduation  requirements. 


39 


5.  Annual  Review  -  The  satisfactory  progress  requirements  will  be  reviewed  at  the 
completion  of  each  spring  semester.  If  the  student  is  not  meeting  these  requirements, 
written  notificadon  will  be  sent  to  the  student  placing  him  or  her  on  "Financial  ^-Vid 
Probation"  for  the  fall  semester.  The  student  may  continue  to  receive  aid  during  this 
probationary  period  but  will  be  encouraged  to  enroll  in  summer  session  courses  at 
Oglethorpe  Universit}'  in  order  to  make  up  the  deficiency.  Any  student  who  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the  requirements  by  the  end  of  the  fall  probationar}'  period  will  not  be 
eligible  for  financial  aid  for  the  spring  or  subsequent  sessions  until  the  requirements  are 
met  or  a  written  appeal  is  submitted  and  approved. 

6.  Appeal  Process  -  If  significant  mitigating  circumstances  have  hindered  a  student's 
academic  performance  and  the  student  is  unable  to  make  up  the  deficiencies  bv  the  end 
of  the  financial  aid  probationary  period,  the  student  may  present  those  circumstances  in 
a  written  appeal  to  the  Admission  and  Financial  Aid  Committee.  Documentation  to 
support  the  appeal,  such  as  medical  statements,  should  also  be  presented.  The  appeal 
should  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  start 
of  the  semester  for  which  the  student  wishes  to  receive  consideration.  The  student  will 
be  notified  in  writing  if  the  appeal  has  been  approved  or  denied. 

Application  Procedure 

Students  applying  for  the  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  and  HOPE  Scholarship 
programs  for  the  first  time  must  submit  a  Georgia  Tuition  Equalization  Grant  Application  which 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Georgia  Student  Finance  Commission  Web  site  at  irmi'.gsfc.org.  The 
application  may  also  be  completed  online  at  that  site. 

Smdents  meeting  the  requirements  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  (OSA)  are 
considered  for  such  based  on  their  admission  application.  Students  applying  for  an  Oglethorpe 
Christian  Scholarship  must  complete  the  appropriate  scholarship  application,  which  mav  be 
obtained  from  the  Admission  Office. 

The  application  procedures  for  the  Federal  Pell  Grant,  Federal  Supplemental 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant,  Federal  Perkins  Loan,  Oglethorpe  Need-based  Grant,  Federal 
Stafford  Loan,  Federal  Work-Study  Program,  and  Leveraging  Educational  Assistance  Program  are 
as  follows: 

1.  Apply  and  be  admitted  as  a  regular  degree-seeking  student. 

2.  Complete  the  Free  Application  for  Federal  Student  Aid  (FAFSA)  after  January  1 ,  but  no 
later  than  May  1 .  Students  should  keep  a  copy  of  the  FAFSA  before  submitting  it  to  the 
federal  processor.  The  original  FAFSA  may  be  filed  electronically  at 
http:  1 1  mmv.fafsa.ed.gov  or  mailed  to  the  processor  using  the  paper  form.  Oglethorpe's 
Federal  Code  is  001586. 

3.  Once  the  FAFSA  has  been  received  and  processed  by  the  federal  processor,  an 
Institutional  Student  Information  Record  (ISIR)  will  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Financial 
Aid. 

4.  Keep  copies  of  all  federal  income  tax  returns,  etc.  as  these  documents  may  be  required 
in  order  to  verify  the  information  provided  on  the  FAFSA. 

5.  Complete  Oglethorpe's  Financial  Aid  Application,  which  is  available  from  the  Office  of 
Financial  Aid. 


40 


6.  New  students  who  are  offered  employment  through  the  Federal  Work-Study  Program 
must  complete  the  Student  Employment  Application  form.  This  form  will  be  sent  as 
needed. 

7.  If  eligible  for  a  Federal  Stafford  Loan  or  Federal  PLUS  Loan,  a  Master  Promissory  Note 
(MPN)  must  be  completed.  Contact  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  for  more  information. 

Federal  Aid  Eligibility  Requirements 

1.  Demonstrate  financial  need  (exception:  Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan  and  Federal 
PLUS  Loan  programs). 

2.  Have  a  high  school  diploma  or  a  General  Education  Development  (GED)  certificate  or 
pass  an  independendy  administered  test  approved  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education. 

3.  Be  enrolled  as  a  regular  degree-seeking  student  in  an  eligible  program. 

4.  Be  a  U.S.  citizen  or  eligible  noncitizen. 

5.  Generally,  have  a  social  security  number. 

6.  Register  with  Selective  Service,  if  required. 

7.  Must  not  owe  a  refund  on  any  grant  or  loan;  not  be  in  default  on  any  loan  or  have  made 
satisfactory  arrangements  to  repay  any  defaulted  loan;  and  not  have  borrowed  in  excess 
of  the  loan  limits,  under  Tide  IV  programs,  at  any  institution. 

8.  Make  satisfactory  academic  progress.  Refer  to  the  Academic  Policies  Governing  Student 
Financial  Aid. 

9.  May  not  be  a  member  of  a  religious  community',  societ}',  or  order  who  by  direction  of 
his  or  her  community,  societ}'  or  order  is  pursuing  a  course  of  study  at  Oglethorpe,  and 
who  receives  support  and  maintenance  from  his  or  her  community,  societ}',  or  order. 

Payment  of  Awards 

All  awards,  except  Federal  Work-Study  earnings,  and  some  Federal  Stafford  Loans,  and 
Federal  PLUS  Loans,  are  disbursed  to  students  by  means  of  a  direct  credit  to  their  account. 
Financial  aid  disbursements  are  made  on  a  semester-by-semester  basis  only;  disbursement  of  all 
awards  is  dependent  upon  final  approval  by  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid.  Only  when  a  student's 
fde  is  complete  can  aid  be  credited  to  the  account. 

Renewal  of  Awards 

Renewal  FAFSA  information  is  provided  to  students  by  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education.  Students  must  meet  the  eligibilit}'  requirements  indicated  above  and  file  the 
appropriate  applications  for  each  program.  The  preferred  deadline  for  receipt  of  a  completed 
financial  aid  file  is  May  1.  Applicants  whose  files  become  complete  after  this  time  will  be 
considered  based  upon  availability'  of  funds. 

For  renewal  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award,  all  smdents  must  maintain  a  cumulative 
grade-point  average  consistent  with  good  academic  standing.  A  3.2  or  higher  grade-point  average 
is  required  for  renewal  of  a  James  Edward  Oglethorpe  scholarship. 


41 


Students  who  fail  to  meet  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  requirement  may  attend 
Oglethorpe's  summer  school  program  in  order  to  make  up  deficiencies.  Courses  taken  elsewhere 
will  not  affect  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  at  Oglethorpe. 

In  addition  to  the  cumulative  grade-point  average  requirement,  students  must  earn  at 
least  24  semester  hours  during  the  current  academic  year.  Students  who  are  deficient  in  the 
number  of  hours  required  might  attend  summer  school  at  Oglethorpe.  Students  also  have  the 
opfion  of  submitting  a  written  appeal  to  the  Admission  and  Financial  Aid  Committee. 

Students  who  meet  the  scholarship  renewal  criteria  will  have  their  awards  automatically 
renewed  for  the  next  academic  year. 

Endowed  Scholarships 

Oglethorpe  Scholars  may  receive  special  recognition  of  their  outstanding  achievement 
by  being  named  as  an  endowed  or  annual  scholar.  Selection  of  this  honoran,'  designation  is  based 
upon  the  criteria  outlined  below: 

The  Ivan  Allen  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  grant  from  The 
Allen  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Atianta,  in  memory  of  Ivan  Allen  Sr.,  who  was  a  Trustee  of  the 
University  for  many  years  and  General  Chairman  of  the  first  major  fundraising  campaign.  The 
Ivan  AUen  family  and  Foundation  are  long-time  benefactors  of  the  Universit}-.  Ivan  Allen 
Scholars  must  be  from  the  Southeast,  have  at  least  a  3.2  grade-point  average,  leadership  ability 
and  demonstrated  financial  need. 

The  Marshall  A.  and  Mary  Bishop  Asher  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  the  Asher  family  in  1988.  The  late  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Asher  were  both  alumni  (classes  of 
1941  and  1943  respectively)  and  both  served  for  many  years  as  Trustees  of  the  Universit\;  The 
scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  superior  student  in  science. 

The  Keith  Baker  Endowed  Scholarship:  Funding  was  established  by  former  smdents 
in  honor  of  Professor  Keith  Baker,  a  valued  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  accounting  facult\-  from 
1983  to  1999.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  junior  majoring  in  accounting.  The  smdent 
must  demonstrate  a  strong  academic  record,  active  campus  and  communit\'  involvement,  relevant 
work  experience,  and  aspirations  for  a  career  in  the  field  of  accounting. 

The  Bank  of  America  Scholars  Program:  This  endowed  scholarship  program  was 
established  in  1999  by  Bank  of  America,  formerly  NationsBank,  and  is  awarded  to  students 
majoring  in  business  or  computer  science. 

The  Earl  Blackwell  Endowed  Scholar:  Earl  Blackwell,  distinguished  publisher, 
playwright,  author,  and  founder  of  Celebrit}'  Services,  Inc.,  headquartered  in  New  York, 
established  this  scholarship  for  deserving  students  with  special  interest  in  English,  journalism,  or 
the  performing  arts.  Mr.  Blackwell  was  a  1 929  graduate  of  the  University. 

The  Class  of  1963  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  through  the  efforts  of 
the  class  of  1963.  The  intention  of  this  scholarship  is  "to  give  to  others,  so  thev  too  can  be 
enriched  by  an  Oglethorpe  education." 

The  Miriam  H.  and  John  A.  Conant  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  bv 
Mrs.  Miriam  H.  "Bimby"  and  Mr.  John  A.  Conant,  long-time  benefactors  of  Oglethorpe  and  both 
recipients  of  Oglethorpe  Honorary  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  degrees.  Mrs.  Conant  served  as  a 
Trustee  of  the  Universit)'  from  1981  until  her  death  in  January  2003.  Scholarsliips  are  awarded 
annually  to  superior  students  with  leadership  abilit}'. 


42 


The  Michael  A.  Corvasce  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  Corvasce  of  Hauppauge,  New  York,  and  friends  in  memory  of  Michael 
Archangel  Corvasce,  class  of  1979.  The  scholarship  recipient  is  selected  from  the  three  pre- 
medical  students  who  have  the  highest  cumulative  grade-point  average  through  their  junior  years 
and  plan  to  attend  an  American  medical  school.  This  scholarship,  which  perpetuates  Michael 
Archangel  Corvasce's  interest  in  Oglethorpe  and  medicine,  takes  into  consideration  the  moral 
character  of  the  candidates  as  well  as  their  academic  qualifications. 

The  Estelle  Anderson  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  This  funding  is  the  first  of  three 
scholarships  given  by  Mr.  John  W.  Crouch,  class  of  1929  and  a  former  Trustee  of  the  Universit}'  and 
was  established  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Estelle  Anderson  Crouch,  the  mother  of  John  Thomas  Crouch, 
class  of  1965.  Mrs.  Crouch  died  in  1960.  It  is  awarded  annually  without  regard  to  financial  need  to 
students  who  have  demonstrated  high  academic  standards. 

The  Katherine  Shepard  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  given  in  memorv  of 
Mrs.  Katherine  Shepard  Crouch  by  Mr.  John  W.  Crouch  and  is  awarded  annually  based  upon 
academic  achievement. 

The  Cammie  Lee  Stow  Kendrick  Crouch  Endowed  Scholar:  This  is  the  third 
scholarship  endowed  by  Mr.  Crouch  and  is  awarded  annually  based  upon  academic  achievement 
in  memory  of  Mrs.  Cammie  Lee  Stow  Kendrick  Crouch.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Crouch  were  classmates  at 
Oglethorpe  and  graduates  in  the  class  of  1929. 

The  Karen  S.  Dillingham  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  provided  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  L.  Dillingham  in  loving  memory  of  their  daughter.  Mr.  Dillingham  is  a  former 
Trustee  and  served  for  several  years  as  a  senior  administrator  of  the  Universit}-.  The  scholarship 
is  awarded  each  year  to  an  able  and  deserving  student. 

The  R.  E.  Dorough  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  gift  from  Mr. 
Dorough's  estate.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  awarded  to  able  and  deserving  students  based 
on  the  criteria  outlined  in  his  will.  Mr.  Dorough  was  a  former  Trustee  of  the  Universit\^. 

The  William  A.  Egerton  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Initial  funding  was 
established  in  1988  by  alumni  Franklin  L.  Burke  '66,  Robert  B.  Currey  '66,  and  Gary  C.  Harden 
'69  who  encouraged  other  alumni  and  friends  to  assist  in  establishing  this  endowed  scholarship 
fund  in  memory  of  Professor  Egerton,  a  highly  respected  member  of  the  facult}'  from  1956  to 
1978.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  smdent  with  strong  academic  record  and  demonstrated 
leadership  skills  who  is  majoring  in  business  administration. 

The  Ernst  &  Young  Endowed  Scholar  (formerly  Ernst  &  Whinney):  Funding  was 
established  in  1981  through  the  efforts  of  Murray  D.  Wood,  a  former  vice  chairman  at  Ernst  & 
Whinney  and  by  a  gift  from  the  accounting  firm  of  Ernst  &  Whinney  of  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Scholarship  preference  will  be  given  to  superior  students  who  are  majoring  in  accounting. 

The  Henry  R.  "Hank"  Frieman  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Mr. 
Frieman,  class  of  1936.  An  outstanding  athlete  during  his  days  at  Oglethorpe,  Mr.  Frieman  spent 
a  career  in  coaching.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  Athletic  Hall  of  Fame.  This  scholarship 
is  awarded  annually  based  on  academic  achievement,  leadership  qualities,  demonstrated  need,  and 
a  special  interest  in  sports. 

The  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  grants  from 
the  Charles  A.  Frueauff  Foundation  of  Littie  Rock,  Arkansas.  Scholarship  preference  is  given  to 
able  and  deserving  smdents  from  middle-income  families  who  do  not  quaUfi,'  for  governmental 
assistance.  The  criteria  for  selection  also  include  academic  abiHt}'  and  leadership  potential. 

The  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  honor  of 
Lu  Thomasson  Garrett,  class  of  1952,  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University',  and  a  recipient  of  an 
Oglethorpe  Honorary  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  degree.  Preference  for  awarding  scholarships 
from  this  fund  is  given  to  students  who  meet  the  criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award  and 
are  majoring  in  education  or  business  administration. 

43 


The  Georgia  Power  Company  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  bv  a  grant 
from  the  Georgia  Power  Company  of  Atlanta.  The  fund  will  provide  scholarship  support  for  able 
and  deserving  students  from  Georgia.  Georgia  Power  Scholars  must  have  at  least  a  3.2  grade-point 
average,  leadership  abiUt}'  and  must  demonstrate  financial  need. 

The  Goizueta  Endowed  Scholar:  Established  by  grants  from  the  Goizueta 
Foundation,  this  endowment  provides  need-based  scholarships  for  Hispanic  smdents  who  reside 
in  the  United  States.  Participation  in  high  school  extracurricular  activities  and  an  evaluation  of  the 
smdent's  potential  to  succeed  at  Oglethorpe  is  considered. 

The  Walter  F.  Gordy  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1994 
with  a  bequest  from  the  Estate  of  William  L.  Gordy,  class  of  1925.  Walter  Gordy  was  also  an 
alumnus  of  Oglethorpe,  class  of  1924.  The  scholarship  fund  was  increased  in  1995  with  a  bequest 
from  the  Estate  of  Mrs.  William  L.  (Helene)  Gordy.  Scholarships  from  this  fund  are  awarded  at 
the  discretion  of  the  University. 

The  Bert  L.  and  Emory  B.  Hammack  Memorial  Scholar:  This  is  one  of  three 
scholarships  established  by  gifts  from  Mr.  Francis  R.  Hammack,  a  member  of  the  class  of  1927 
and  brother  of  Bert  L.  and  Emory  B.  Hammack.  This  scholarship,  established  in  1984,  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  senior  student  majoring  in  science  or  mathematics,  who  is  a  native  of  Georgia  and 
who  had  the  highest  academic  grade-point  average  of  all  such  students  who  attended  Oglethorpe 
University  in  his/her  previous  undergraduate  years. 

The  Francis  R.  Hammack  Scholar:  Established  in  1990,  this  fund  is  the  second 
endowed  financial  assistance  program  created  by  Mr.  Hammack,  a  member  of  the  class  of  1927. 
It  is  to  be  awarded  annually  to  a  needy  but  worthy  student  who  is  a  native  of  Georgia,  a  junior 
class  member  majoring  in  English,  and  has  attended  Oglethorpe  University'  in  his/her  prexious 
undergraduate  years. 

The  Leslie  U.  and  Ola  Ryle  Hammack  Memorial  Scholar:  Funding  of  this  third 
gift  was  established  in  1985  by  Francis  R.  Hammack,  class  of  1927,  in  memory  of  his  parents.  It 
is  awarded  annually  to  a  junior  class  student  working  toward  the  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  degree,  who  is  a  native  of  Georgia  and  who  had  the  highest  academic  grade-point 
average  of  all  such  students  who  attended  Oglethorpe  Universit\'  in  his/her  previous 
undergraduate  years. 

The  Harold  Hirsch  Foundation  Endowed  Scholarship:  Established  in  1981  by  the 
Harold  Hirsch  Foundation  with  the  intent  of  assisting  non-traditional  age  smdents,  this  scholarship 
is  awarded  annually  to  students  enrolled  in  the  Universit\?  College  program. 

The  Ira  Jarrell  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1975  to  honor  the  late 
Dr.  Jarrell,  former  Superintendent  of  Atianta  Schools  and  a  1928  graduate  of  Oglethorpe.  It  is 
awarded  annually  in  the  fall  to  a  new  student  who  is  a  graduate  ot  an  Atianta  public  high  school 
studying  teacher  education.  Should  there  be  no  eligible  applicant,  the  award  may  be  made  to  an 
Atianta  high  school  graduate  in  any  field,  or  the  Universit}'  may  award  the  scholarship  to  any 
worthy  high  school  graduate  requiring  assistance  while  working  in  the  field  of  teacher  education. 

The  Nancy  H.  Kerr  Endowed  Scholarship:  Funding  was  established  by  Margaret 
O.Y.  Chin,  class  of  1987,  in  honor  of  former  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  Professor  of  Psychology  and 
Provost  Nancy  H.  Kerr.  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  student(s)  who  demonstrate 
superior  academic  achievement,  leadership  potential,  and  active  communit}^  involvement. 

The  Mary  Jane  Stuart  Kohler  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund:  The  Fund  was 
established  by  family  and  friends  in  memory  of  Mrs.  Kohler,  a  1990  graduate.  The  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  female  student  who  demonstrates  strong  involvement  in  campus  life, 
a  positive  outiook  coupled  with  diligence  and  commitment  to  all  she  undertakes,  and  at  least  a  3.0 
grade-point  average. 


44 


The  Lowry  Memorial  Scholar:  Established  by  a  bequest  from  Emma  Markham  Lowry 
in  1923,  awards  are  made  to  students  who  "desire  an  education  but  are  unable  to  secure  the  same 
because  of  a  lack  of  funds." 

The  Vera  A.  Milner  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Belle  Turner 
Lynch,  class  of  1961  and  a  Trustee  of  Oglethorpe,  and  her  sisters,  Virginia  T  Rezetko  and  Vera 
T.  Wells,  in  memory  of  their  aunt,  Vera  A.  Milner.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  fuU- 
time  student  planning  to  study  at  Oglethorpe  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  in 
Early  Childhood  Education.  Eligibility  may  begin  in  the  undergraduate  junior  year  at  Oglethorpe. 
Qualifications  include  a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  3.25,  a  Scholastic  Assessment  Test  or 
Graduate  Record  Examinadon  score  of  1100,  and  a  commitment  to  teaching. 

The  Virgil  W.  and  Virginia  C.  MUton  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established 
through  the  gifts  of  their  five  children.  Mr.  Milton  was  a  1929  graduate  of  Oglethorpe  Universit}' 
and  a  former  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  He  received  an  Honorary  Doctor  of  Commerce 
degree  from  Oglethorpe  in  1975.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  based  on  the  applicant's  financial 
need,  academic  achievement,  and  leadership  ability. 

The  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  his 
family  in  memory  of  Dr.  Keiichi  Nishimura,  a  Methodist  minister  who  served  in  the  poor  areas 
of  Tokyo  for  over  50  years.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  able  and  deserving  international 
students  and  is  based  on  financial  need,  academic  achievement,  and  leadership  potential. 

The  Oglethorpe  Christian  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  grant 
from  an  Adanta  foundation  which  wishes  to  remain  anonymous.  The  fund  also  has  received  grants 
from  the  Akers  Foundation,  Inc.,  of  Gastonia,  North  CaroUna;  the  Clark  and  Ruby  Baker 
Foundation  of  Adanta;  and  the  Mary  and  E.  P.  Rogers  Foundation  of  Atlanta.  Recipients  must  be 
legal  residents  of  Georgia  and  have  graduated  from  Georgia  high  schools.  High  school  applicants 
must  rank  in  the  top  quarter  of  their  high  school  classes  and  have  Scholastic  Assessment  Test 
scores  of  1100  or  more;  upperclassmen  must  have  a  grade-point  average  of  3.0.  Applicants  must 
submit  a  statement  from  a  local  minister  attesting  to  their  religious  commitment,  active 
involvement  in  a  local  church.  Christian  character,  and  promise  of  Christian  leadership  and 
service.  The  Oglethorpe  Christian  Scholarship  Committee  interviews  applicants. 

The  Oglethorpe  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1994  by 
combining  several  existing  scholarship  funds  created  over  the  previous  tu'o  decades.  This  fund 
also  allows  persons  to  establish  memorials  with  amounts  smaller  than  would  otherwise  be 
possible.  The  following  are  honored  in  the  Oglethorpe  Memorial  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund: 

Allen  A.  and  Mamie  B.  Chappell 

Dondi  Cobb  Memorial 

Lenora  and  Alfred  Glancy  Foundation 

Golden  Petrel  Memorial 

Diane  K.  Gray 

P  D.  M.  Harris 

William  Randolph  Hearst 

Anna  Rebecca  Harwell  HUl  and  Frances  Grace  Harwell 

George  A.  HoUoway  Sr. 

Elliece  Johnson  Memorial 

Ray  M.  and  Mary  Elizabeth  Lee  Foundation 


45 


The  Manning  M.  Pattillo  Jr.  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1988  by 
the  Oglethorpe  Nadonal  Alumni  Associadon  from  gifts  received  from  many  alumni  and  friends. 
Dr.  Pattillo  was  Oglethorpe's  13*  president,  serving  from  1975  until  his  retirement  in  1988.  In 
recognition  of  his  exemplary  leadership  in  building  an  academically  strong  student  body  and  a 
gifted  faculty,  the  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  academically  superior  smdent  with  demonstrated 
leadership  skills. 

The  E.  Rivers  and  Una  Rivers  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  the 
late  Mrs.  Una  S.  Rivers  to  provide  for  deserving  students  who  qualify  for  the  Oglethorpe 
Scholars  Award. 

The  Fred  C.  Robey  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Fred  C.  Robey,  a 
1997  graduate  of  Oglethorpe  University.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  based  upon  financial  need 
to  students  enrolled  in  University  College. 

The  J.  Mack  Robinson  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  Adanta 
businessman  J.  Mack  Robinson.  It  is  awarded  to  a  deserving  student  who  meets  the  general 
qualifications  of  the  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring  in 
business  administration. 

The  John  P.  Salamone  Endowed  Scholar:  This  scholarship  was  established  bv  Ben 
Salamone  in  honor  of  his  son,  John  P.  Salamone,  a  graduate  of  the  class  of  1986  who  died  in  the 
World  Trade  Center  attack  on  September  11,  2001.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  annuallv  to  a 
student  leader  from  New  Jersey,  New  York,  or  Connecticut  who  is  involved,  or  demonstrates  the 
potential  to  be  involved,  in  campus  activities  such  as  the  intramural  program,  the  athletic  program, 
etc.  Preference  is  given  to  a  male  student  from  New  Jersey. 

The  Steve  and  Jeanne  Schmidt  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  bv  jVIr. 
and  Mrs.  Schmidt  to  support  an  outstanding  student  based  upon  high  academic  achievement  and 
leadership  in  student  affairs.  Mr.  Schmidt,  class  of  1940,  is  a  former  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  a  recipient  of  an  Oglethorpe  Honorary  Doctor  of  Laws  degree.  Mrs.  Schmidt  is  a 
member  of  the  class  of  1942. 

The  Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  in  1983  by 
S.  Truett  Cathy,  founder  of  Chick-fil-A  Inc.,  in  honor  of  Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos,  a  1981  graduate 
of  Oglethorpe  University.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  to  individuals  who  demonstrate  academic 
achievement  and  leadership  abilit}'. 

The  Dr.  Heyl  G.  and  Ruth  D.  Tebo  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  bv 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Tebo  in  1994  to  support  Georgia  residents  majoring  in  chemistry,  biology  or  other 
sciences.  Preference  is  given  to  students  who  plan  to  do  graduate  smdy  in  medicine,  dentistry  or 
other  specialties  in  the  health  sciences  field.  Dr.  Tebo  is  an  alumnus  of  Oglethorpe,  class  of  1937. 

The  J.  M.  TuU  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  a  gift  from  the  |.  M.  Tull 
Foundation  in  1 984.  Scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  superior  smdents  with  leadership  abilit}- 
as  weU  as  financial  need. 

The  United  Technologies  Corporation  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established 
by  a  grant  from  the  United  Technologies  Corporation,  Hartford,  Connecticut.  The  fund  proxides 
scholarship  support  for  able  and  deserving  students  who  are  majoring  in  science  or  pursuing  a  pre- 
engineering  program.  United  Technologies  Scholars  must  have  at  least  a  3.2  grade-point  average 
and  leadership  ability,  as  well  as  financial  need. 


46 


The  Charles  Longstreet  Weltner  Memorial  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  in  1993  by  former  United  States  Senator  Wychc  Fowler  Jr.,  his  longtime  friend  and 
colleague.  An  alumnus  of  the  class  of  1948  and  trustee  of  Oglethorpe  Universit}',  Charles 
Weltner  was  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Georgia  at  the  time  of  his  death  in  1 993.  He 
was  the  recipient  of  the  "Profile  in  Courage"  award  in  1991  and  a  recipient  of  an  Oglethorpe 
Honorary  Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  degree.  He  was  a  tireless  advocate  for  equal  rights  for 
minorities  and,  while  serving  in  the  United  States  House  of  Representatives,  was  the  only 
congressman  from  the  Deep  South  to  vote  for  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964.  Weltner  Scholarships 
are  awarded  annually  to  selected  Oglethorpe  students  who  are  residents  of  the  State  of  Georgia 
with  financial  need,  satisfactory  academic  records,  and,  to  the  extent  allowed  by  law,  of  African- 
American  descent.  At  the  donor's  request,  the  amount  of  the  scholarship  award  to  any  recipient 
is  to  be  no  more  than  one-half  of  fuU  tuition  in  order  to  encourage  student  recipients  to  work 
to  provide  required  additional  funds. 

The  L.  W.  "Lefty"  and  Frances  E.  Willis  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  the  family  of  the  late  L.  W.  "Lefty"  Willis,  class  of  1925.  Preference  will  be  given 
to  outstanding  students  who  are  pursuing  a  pre-engineering  program.  This  award  is  based  on 
academic  achievement,  leadership  abiUt}',  and  financial  need. 

The  Vivian  P.  and  Murray  D.  Wood  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by 
gifts  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Murray  D.  Wood.  Mr.  Wood  is  a  former  vice  chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  former  chairman  of  Oglethorpe  University's  Campaign  for  Excellence.  Scholarship 
preference  is  given  to  superior  students  who  are  majoring  in  accounting. 

The  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was 
established  by  grants  from  the  David,  Helen,  and  Marian  Woodward  Fund  of  Atianta  to  provide 
assistance  to  students  who  meet  the  criteria  for  an  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Award.  The  award  is  based 
upon  superior  academic  achievement,  leadership  potential,  and  financial  need. 

The  Louise  H.  Woodbury  Endowed  Scholar:  Funding  was  established  by  the  late 
Mrs.  Louise  H.  Woodbury.  Scholarship  preference  is  given  to  a  worthy  student  in  need. 

Annual  Scholarships 

The  BCES  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Scholar:  Funding  is  provided  annuaUv 
for  a  sophomore,  junior,  or  senior  who  is  enrolled  in  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership 
Program. 

First  Families  of  Georgia  (1733  to  1797)  Annual  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  to  an 
academically  superior  senior  majoring  in  history.  First  Families  of  Georgia  is  a  society-  whose 
members  are  able  to  document  their  descent  from  early  settiers  of  the  State  of  Georgia. 

The  Wilson  P.  Franklin  Annual  Scholar:  Funding  is  awarded  to  a  deser\'ing  student. 
Mr.  Franklin,  class  of  1939,  established  this  scholarship  with  a  gift  in  1995. 

The  Mack  A.  Rikard  Annual  Scholar:  Funds  were  established  in  1990  by  Mr.  Mack 
A.  Rikard,  class  of  1937  and  a  former  Trustee  of  the  University.  He  received  an  honorary  Doctor 
of  Commerce  degree  from  Oglethorpe  in  1 992.  Funds  are  awarded  to  able  and  deserving  students 
who  meet  certain  criteria.  The  criteria  are  flexible,  with  consideration  being  given  to  a  number  of 
factors,  including  without  limitation  academic  achievement,  leadership  skills,  potential  for  success, 
evidence  of  propensity  for  hard  work,  and  a  conscientious  application  of  abilities.  Recipients  must 
be  individuals  born  in  the  United  States  of  America  and  are  encouraged,  at  such  time  in  their 
business  or  professional  careers  when  financial  circumstances  permit,  to  pro\ide  from  their  own 
funds  one  or  more  additional  scholarships  to  worthy  Oglethorpe  students. 

The  Lettie  Pate  Whitehead  Foundation  Scholar:  Grants  have  been  made  annually 
for  a  number  of  years  to  Christian  women  from  the  Southeastern  states  who  are  deser\ing  and  in 
need  of  financial  assistance. 

47 


Endowed  Professorships  and  Lecture  Series 


Frances  I.  Eeraerts  Professor  of  Foreign  Language:  This  professorship  was 
established  in  1 997  by  a  bequest  from  the  estate  of  Miss  Eeraerts,  a  non-traditional  student  who 
graduated  in  1976. 

Milner  Professor  of  Education:  The  Milner  Professorship  was  established  in  1988  by 
the  Vera  A.  Milner  Charitable  Trust.  The  trustees  of  the  Milner  Trust,  Belle  Turner  Lynch,  class 
of  1961,  Virginia  Turner  Rezetko,  and  Vera  Turner  Wells,  created  the  professorship  in  honor  of 
their  aunt.  Vera  A.  Milner.  The  holder  of  the  professorship  is  a  scholar  in  early  childhood 
education. 

Manning  M.  Pattillo  Jr.  Professor  of  Liberal  Arts:  This  professorship  was 
established  in  1991  through  the  generosit}'  of  Miriam  H.  and  John  A.  Conant  and  the  John  H.  and 
Wilheknina  D.  Harland  Charitable  Foundation  in  honor  of  Dr.  Pattillo,  the  13*  president  of 
Oglethorpe  from  1975  to  1988.  The  professorship  honors  the  work  of  an  outstanding  faculty- 
member.  A  new  Pattillo  Professor  is  chosen  every  two  years. 

The  Mack  A.  Rikard  Chair  in  Business  Administration  and  Economics  and 
Lecture  Series:  The  Mack  A.  Rikard  Chair  supports  a  scholar  in  business  administration  or 
economics,  advancing  Mr.  Rikard's  own  interest  in  the  free  enterprise  system.  The  chair  also 
coordinates  the  Rikard  Lecture  Series,  aimed  at  helping  college  students  understand  current  issues 
in  business.  Established  in  1991  by  Mr.  Rikard,  a  1937  alumnus  and  an  honorary  degree  recipient, 
the  lectures  bring  to  campus  guest  speakers  who  are  recognized  leaders  in  their  professions.  The 
series  is  intended  to  foster  in  students  a  particular  appreciation  of  economics. 


Endowed  Prize  Funds 


The  Lu  Thomasson  Garrett  Annual  Award  for  Meritorious  Teaching:  This  prize 
was  created  in  1994  through  the  generosit}'  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  (Lu  La  Thomasson)  Garrett. 
The  late  Mrs.  Garrett  was  a  1952  graduate,  an  Oglethorpe  honorary  degree  recipient,  and  member 
emerita  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The  prize  is  awarded  annually  to  an  outstanding  faculr\'  member 
selected  by  a  committee  of  his  or  her  peers. 

The  Anne  Rivers  Siddons  Award:  This  fund  was  endowed  by  Anne  Rivers  Siddons, 
the  celebrated  novelist,  former  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  Oglethorpe  honorarv  degree 
recipient,  and  daughter  of  L.  Marvin  Rivers,  a  1928  graduate.  The  prize  is  awarded  annuaUv  to  a 
graduating  senior  majoring  in  English  who  has  submitted  the  best  work  of  short  fiction. 


Special  Purpose  Named  Endowed  Funds 


The  Herman  Daughtry  Fund:  This  fund  was  established  in  1980  by  a  gift  from  the 
Daughtry  Foundation.  It  provides  support  for  professional  travel  and  scholarship  bv  the  President 
and  for  special  projects  relating  to  the  Office  of  the  President. 

The  Grenwald  Faculty  Salary  Endowment:  This  fund  was  established  in  1991  bv  a 
bequest  from  Edward  S.  Grenwald.  Mr.  Grenwald  was  a  law  professor  before  coming  to  Adanta 
to  engage  in  the  private  practice  of  law.  He  served  as  a  member  of  the  Oglethorpe  Universin' 
Board  of  Visitors  and  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The  fund  is  part  of  the  Universirv  s  permanent 
endowment  and,  at  Mr.  Grenwald's  request,  used  primarily  for  the  enhancement  of  facult\-  salaries. 

The  Eugene  W.  Ivy  Endowment  Fund:  Established  bv  planned  gifts  from  Mr.  l\-\\  a 
1949  graduate  of  Oglethorpe,  the  Fund  provides  unrestricted  income  to  the  Universin". 


48 


The  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities  Core  Curriculum  Endowment:  In 

1996,  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  was  awarded  a  challenge  grant  in  the  amount  of  5300,000,  which 
enabled  the  University  to  raise  a  total  of  $1.1  million  for  an  endowment  to  support  the  Core 
Curriculum  and  library  purchases  for  the  Core. 

The  Cemal  and  Armagan  Ozgorkey  Entrepreneurial  Endowment  Fund:  Created 
in  2001  by  Cemal,  class  of  1984,  and  Armagan,  class  of  1985,  Ozgorkey,  the  fund  supports 
entrepreneurial  acdvities  in  the  Division  of  Economics  and  Business  Administradon.  Such 
acdvities  include  residencies  by  guest  entrepreneurs  and  business  plan  competidons. 

The  Pattillo  Faculty  Lounge  Endowment  Fund:  Created  in  2000  by  the  PatdUo 
Family  Foundation  in  honor  of  Manning  M.  PatdUo  Jr.,  the  13"^^  president  of  Oglethorpe,  this 
fund  provides  a  permanent  source  of  funds  to  maintain  and  improve  the  Facult}'  Lounge  on  the 
third  floor  of  Hearst  Hall. 

The  Garland  Pinholster  Fund  for  Academic  and  Athletic  Excellence:  The  fund 
was  established  in  1995  by  friends  and  admirers  in  honor  of  Mr.  Pinholster,  who  served  as  Athletic 
Director  and  Head  Basketball  Coach  from  1956  to  1966.  Mr.  Pinholster  received  an  honorary 
Doctor  of  Humane  Letters  from  Oglethorpe  in  2004.  The  fund  provides  incremental  funding 
beyond  the  Athletic  Department's  normal  operating  budget. 

The  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  Endowment:  Established  in 
1996  by  the  Rich  Foundation,  this  endowment  provides  funding  for  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban 
Leadership  Program,  a  certificate  program  that  challenges  its  participants  to  pursue  their 
leadership  potential  while  utilizing  the  cit}'  of  Atianta  as  a  living  laboratory. 

The  Philip  Weltner  Endowment:  This  fund  was  created  in  1981  by  memorials  to  Dr. 
Philip  Weltner,  the  sixth  president  of  Oglethorpe.  Earnings  from  the  fund  support  instruction  in 
"human  understanding,  citizenship,  and  communit}'  service,"  three  of  the  pillars  of  the 
Oglethorpe  curriculum  during  the  Weltoer  years,  1944  to  1953. 

Student  Emergency  Loan  Funds 

The  Olivia  Luck  King  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  to  enrolled 
smdents  from  Georgia.  Her  husband,  Mr.  C.  H.  King  of  Marietta,  Georgia,  established  the  fund 
in  memory  of  Mrs.  King.  Mrs.  King  was  a  member  of  the  class  of  1942,  and  Mr.  King  received 
his  master's  degree  from  Oglethorpe  in  1936. 

The  David  N.  and  Lutie  P.  Landers  Revolving  Loan  Fund  pro\ades  short-term 
loans  for  needy  and  deserving  students.  The  fund  was  established  by  a  bequest  from  the  estates 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Landers  of  Atianta. 

The  Steve  Najjar  Student  Loan  Fund  provides  short-term  loans  and  financial 
assistance  to  deserving  Oglethorpe  smdents.  The  fund  was  established  in  memory  of  Mr.  Najjar, 
who,  with  his  aunt  "Miss  Sadie"  Mansour,  operated  the  Five  Paces  Inn,  a  family  business  in  the 
Buckhead  section  of  Atianta.  The  Five  Paces  Inn  was  a  popular  establishment  for  Oglethorpe 
smdents  for  many  years.  A  number  of  Oglethorpe  alumni,  especially  students  in  the  late  1950s  and 
early  1960s,  established  this  fund  in  Mr.  Najjar's  memory. 


49 


50 


Tuition  and  Costs 


Fees  and  Costs 


The  fees,  costs,  and  dates  listed  below  are  for  2004-05.  Financial  information  for  2005- 
06  will  be  available  in  early  2005. 

The  tuition  charged  by  Oglethorpe  University  represents  only  63  percent  of  the  actual 
expense  of  educating  each  student,  the  balance  coming  from  endowment  income,  gifts,  and  other 
sources.  Thus,  every  Oglethorpe  undergraduate  is  the  beneficiary  of  a  hidden  scholarship.  At  the 
same  time,  90  percent  of  the  students  are  awarded  additional  financial  assistance  in  the  form  of 
scholarships,  grants,  and  loans  from  private,  governmental,  or  institutional  sources. 

The  tuition  is  $10,450  per  semester.  Room  and  board  (subject  to  size  and  location)  is 
$3,550  per  semester.  Students  who  desire  single  rooms  are  assessed  $4,455  for  room  and  board. 

The  tuition  of  $10,450  is  applicable  to  all  students  taking  12-17  semester  hours.  These 
are  classified  as  full-time  smdents.  Students  taking  less  than  12  semester  hours  are  referred  to  the 
section  on  Part-Time  Fees.  Students  taking  more  than  17  hours  during  a  semester  are  charged 
$410  for  each  additional  hour.  Payment  of  tuition  and  fees  is  due  three  weeks  prior  to  registration 
each  semester.  Failure  to  make  the  necessary  payments  will  result  in  the  cancellation  of  the 
student's  registration.  Students  receiving  financial  aid  are  required  to  pay  the  difference  between 
the  amount  of  their  aid  and  the  amount  due  by  the  deadline.  Students  and  parents  desiring 
information  about  various  payment  options  should  request  the  pamphlet  "Payment  Plans."  New 
students  who  require  on-campus  housing  for  the  fall  semester  are  required  to  submit  an  advance 
deposit  of  $300  of  which  $200  is  a  damage  deposit  for  the  room  and  $100  is  an  advance  deposit 
applied  to  student  fees.  New  commuting  students  are  required  to  submit  an  advance  deposit  of 
$100.  Such  deposits  are  not  refundable.  However,  the  deposit  is  credited  to  the  student's  account 
for  the  faU  semester. 

Upon  payment  of  the  room  and  board  fees,  each  student  is  covered  by  a  Student 
Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance  Plan.  Coverage  begins  on  the  day  of  registration.  Full-time 
students  residing  off  campus  may  purchase  this  insurance  for  $139  per  year.  International 
students,  students  participating  in  any  intercollegiate  sport  and  students  participating  in  intramural 
football  or  basketball  are  required  to  have  this  medical  coverage  or  its  equivalent.  (Insurance  rates 
are  subject  to  change.) 

In  addition  to  tuition  and  room  and  board  charges,  students  mav  be  required  to 
subscribe  to  the  following: 

1.  Damage  Deposit:  A  $200  damage  deposit  is  required  of  all  resident  students.  The 
damage  deposit  is  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  academic  year  after  any  charge  for 
damages  is  deducted.  Room  keys  and  other  University  propert^"  must  be  returned  and 
the  required  checkout  procedure  completed  prior  to  issuance  of  damage  deposit 
refunds.  Smdents  who  begin  in  the  spring  semester  also  must  pav  the  $200  damage 
deposit. 

2.  Graduating  Senior:  Degree  completion  fee  of  $95. 

3.  Science  Laboratory  Fee:  An  $85  fee  is  assessed  for  each  laboratorv  course  taken. 

4.  Art  Fee:  A  $65  fee  is  assessed  on  certain  art  courses.  Courses  requiring  a  fee  will  be 
noted  in  the  semester  class  schedule. 


52 


FuU-Time  Fees  -  2004-05 


Full-time  on-campus  student: 
FaU,  2004 

Tuition $10,450 

Room  &  Board 3,550 

Damage  Deposit 200 

Activity  Fee    50 

Advance  Deposit 100 

Full-time  commuting  student: 
FaU,  2004 

Tuition $10,450 

Activity  Fee   50 

Advance  Deposit 100 


Spring,  2005 

Tuition    $10,450 

Room  &  Board    3,550 

Damage  Deposit — 

Acdvity  Fee 50 

Advance  Deposit    — 


Spring  2005 

Tuition    $10,450 

Activity  Fee 50 

Advance  Deposit    - 


These  schedules  do  not  include  the  extra  cost  of  single  rooms,  books  and  supplies 
(approximately  $700  per  year),  or  travel  and  personal  expense.  All  fees  are  subject  to  change. 
Please  inquire  with  the  Business  Office  for  a  complete  Fee  Schedule  and  for  2004-2005  fees. 

Part-Time  Fees  -  2004-2005 

Students  enrolled  part-time  in  day  classes  during  the  fall  or  spring  semesters  will  be 
charged  $855  per  credit  hour.  This  rate  is  applicable  to  those  students  taking  11  semester  hours  or 
less.  Students  taking  12  to  17  hours  are  classified  full-time.  Please  inquire  with  the  Business 
Office  for  a  complete  Fee  Schedule. 

Institutional  Refund  Policy 

The  establishment  of  a  refund  policy  is  based  on  the  Universit}''s  commitment  to  a  fair 
and  equitable  refund  of  tuition  and  other  charges  assessed.  VCTiile  the  Universit}'  advances  this 
policy,  it  should  not  be  interpreted  as  a  policy  of  convenience  for  students  to  take  Ughtiy  their 
responsibilit}'  and  their  commitment  to  the  Universit}'.  The  UniversiU'  has  demonstrated  a 
commitment  by  admitting  and  providing  the  necessary  programs  and  expects  students  to 
reciprocate  that  commitment. 

If  a  student  must  withdraw  from  a  course  or  from  the  Universit}^,  an  official  withdrawal 
form  must  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  correct  procedures  followed.  The  date  that 
wiU  be  used  for  calculation  of  a  refund  for  withdrawal  or  Drop/Add  will  be  the  date  on  which  the 
Registrar  receives  the  official  form  signed  by  aU  required  personnel.  AH  students  must  follow  the 
procedures  for  withdrawal  and  Drop/Add  in  order  to  receive  a  refund.  Students  are  reminded  that 
aU  changes  in  their  academic  programs  must  be  cleared  through  the  Registrar;  an  arrangement 
with  an  instructor  will  not  be  recognized  as  an  official  change  of  schedule. 

This  policy  has  direct  implications  for  students  recei\'ing  benefits  from  the  \'^eterans 
Administration  and  other  federal  agencies  as  these  agencies  must  be  notified  when  a  student 
withdraws  or  otherwise  ceases  to  attend  class.  This  may  result  in  a  decrease  in  payments  to  the 
student.  See  Drop  and  Add  and  Withdrawal  from  the  Universit)'  in  the  Academic  Regulations  and 
Policies  section  of  this  B////eti/i. 


53 


Since  the  University  does  not  retain  the  premium  for  insurance  coverage,  it  will  not  be 
refunded  after  registration  day.  Since  room  and  board  services  are  consumed  on  a  daily  basis, 
during  the  period  when  tuition  is  to  be  refunded  on  a  100  percent  basis,  the  room  and  board 
refund  wiU  be  prorated  on  a  daily  basis.  After  the  100  percent  tuition  refund  period,  room  and 
board  refunds  revert  to  the  same  schedule  as  tuition  refunds.  All  other  fees  except  the  advanced 
deposit  are  subject  to  the  refund  schedule  as  established  by  the  Business  Office. 

Return  of  Title  IV  Funds  Policy 

If  a  smdent  completely  withdraws  from  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  during  the  first  60 
percent  of  the  payment  period  and  has  received  federal  student  financial  assistance,  the  school 
must  calculate  the  amount  of  federal  funds  the  student  "did  not  earn."  This  process  is  required 
to  determine  if  the  school  and/or  the  student  must  return  funds  to  the  federal  programs. 

The  percentage  "not  earned"  is  the  complement  of  the  percentage  of  federal  funds 
"earned."  If  a  student  withdraws  completely  before  completing  60  percent  of  the  payment  period, 
the  percentage  "earned"  is  equal  to  the  percentage  of  the  payment  period  that  was  completed.  If 
the  smdent  withdraws  after  completing  60  percent  of  the  payment  period,  the  percentage  earned 
is  100  percent.  If  the  smdent  has  received  more  federal  assistance  than  the  calculated  amount 
"earned,"  the  school,  or  the  student,  or  both,  must  remrn  the  unearned  funds  to  the  appropriate 
federal  programs. 

The  school  must  remrn  the  lesser  of:  the  amount  of  federal  funds  that  the  smdent  does 
not  earn;  or,  the  amount  of  instimtional  costs  that  the  student  incurred  for  the  payment  period 
multiplied  by  the  percentage  of  funds  "not  earned."  The  smdent  must  remrn  (or  repay,  as 
appropriate)  the  remaining  unearned  federal  funds.  An  exception  is  that  smdents  are  not  required 
to  remrn  50  percent  of  the  grant  assistance  received  that  is  their  responsibilitjf  to  repay. 

It  should  be  noted  that  the  Institutional  Refund  Policy  and  the  federal  Return  of 
Title  IV  Funds  Policy  (R2T4)  are  separate  and  distinct.  Smdents  who  completely  withdraw  after 
Oglethorpe's  refund  period  has  passed  and  before  the  60  percent  point  of  the  payment  period  mav 
owe  a  balance  to  the  University  previously  covered  by  federal  aid.  The  withdrawal  date  used  in  the 
R2T4  calculation  varies  depending  on  the  individual  smdent's  simation.  Smdents  receiving  federal 
assistance  are  advised  to  consult  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  before  initiating  the  withdrawal 
process  to  see  how  these  new  regulations  will  affect  their  eligibilit}^ 

Smdent  financial  aid  refunds  must  be  distributed  in  the  following  order  by  federal 
regulation: 

1 .  Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans 

2.  Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans 

3.  Federal  Perkins  Loan  Program 

4.  Federal  PLUS  loans 

5.  Federal  Pell  Grant  Program 

6.  Federal  SEOG  Program 

7.  Other  federal  aid  programs 


54 


Financial  Obligations 


A  student  who  has  not  met  all  financial  obligations  to  the  Universit)'  will  not  be  aUowed 
to  register  for  courses  in  subsequent  academic  sessions;  he  or  she  will  not  be  allowed  to  receive  a 
degree  from  the  Universit}^;  and  requests  for  transcripts  will  not  be  honored. 

Oglethorpe  University  retains  the  right  to  assess  finance  charges  and /or  late  fees  when 
a  student's  account  is  past  due.  In  the  event  a  student  defaults  on  pavment  of  his  or  her  account, 
Oglethorpe  retains  the  right  to  turn  the  account  over  to  a  third-part}'  collection  agency.  Any  cost 
of  collections  will  be  the  responsibilit}'  of  the  student. 


55 


56 


Student  Affairs 


Orientation 


Oglethorpe  University  provides  entering  students  with  the  opportunit}'  to  make  a 
successful  adjustment  to  college.  The  University  community's  tradition  of  close  personal 
relationships  results  in  an  orientation  program  that  fosters  the  development  of  these  relationships 
and  provides  much  needed  information  about  the  University. 

Throughout  orientation  information  is  disseminated  which  acquaints  smdents  with  the 
academic  program  and  the  extracurricular  life  of  the  campus  communit}-.  To  supplement  the 
student's  orientation  experience,  the  course  Fresh  Focus  is  required  for  all  entering  first  vear 
students  during  the  first  semester.  For  a  description  of  Fresh  Focus,  please  see  the  Educational 
Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Beginning  in  Summer  2004,  Oglethorpe  University  will  schedule  one-day  sessions  to 
familiarize  smdents  with  the  Oglethorpe  campus  and  facilitate  the  transition  to  college  life.  The 
Office  of  Student  Affairs,  in  collaboration  with  the  Office  of  Admission  and  the  Provost  and 
Senior  Vice  President,  organizes  both  the  summer  orientation  sessions  and  fall  orientation  to 
celebrate  the  induction  of  students  into  the  Oglethorpe  community. 


International  Student  Services 


The  Office  of  Admission  in  Lupton  Hall  and  the  Office  of  Smdent  Affairs,  which  is 
located  in  the  Emerson  Student  Center,  work  together  to  meet  the  needs  of  international  smdents. 
Through  a  specially  designed  orientation  program  and  ongoing  contacts,  the  new  international 
smdent  is  assisted  in  the  process  of  adjustment  to  life  at  an  American  college.  Special  tours,  host 
family  programs,  and  social  occasions  are  available  to  ensure  that  smdents  can  benefit  fuUv  from 
cross-culmral  experiences.  The  International  Smdent  Advisor  helps  smdents  with  questions  related 
to  their  immigration  stams. 


Housing  and  Meals 


The  residence  halls  are  available  to  all  full-time  day  smdents.  There  are  single  gender  and 
co-ed  residence  halls.  A  housing  staff  of  Resident  Assistants  and  housing  professionals  supervise 
each  residential  area.  All  freshmen  not  living  at  home  with  a  parent  or  legal  guardian  are  required 
to  live  on  campus.  Beginning  in  the  Fall  2005  Semester,  all  sophomores  not  li^^ng  at  home  with 
a  parent  or  legal  guardian  are  required  to  live  on  campus. 

All  smdents  living  in  the  residence  halls  are  required  to  participate  in  a  Universit\'  meal 
plan.  Meals  are  served  in  the  Emerson  Smdent  Center.  Nineteen  meals  are  served  each  week  and 
three  different  meal  plan  options  are  available.  Two  of  these  options  include  flex  dollars  which 
may  be  used  at  the  Oglethorpe  Cafe  in  Goodman  Hall.  No  breakfast  is  served  on  Samrdav, 
Sunday,  or  holidays.  Instead,  a  brunch  is  served  from  mid-morning  until  early  afternoon.  An 
evening  meal  is  also  served  on  these  days. 

In  addition  to  the  residence  halls,  there  are  six  Greek  houses  that  accommodate  some 
members  of  four  fraternities  and  two  sororities. 


Health  Services 


The  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services  is  staffed  by  a  registered  nurse,  a  part- 
time  clinic  physician,  and  a  licensed  psychologist.  The  center  operates  on  a  regular  schedule 
during  weekdays  when  classes  are  in  session  and  provides  basic  first  aid  and  limited  medical 
assistance  for  students. 

58 


In  the  event  additional  or  major  medical  care  is  required,  or  for  emergencies,  the 
student-patient  will  be  referred  to  medical  specialists  and  hospitals  in  the  area  with  which  the 
health  service  maintains  a  working  relationship. 

When  it  is  determined  that  a  student's  physical  or  emodonal  health  is  detrimental  to  his 
or  her  academic  smdies,  group-Living  situation,  or  other  reladonships  at  the  Universit}'  or  in  the 
community,  the  student  will  be  required  to  withdraw.  Re-admission  to  the  Universit}'  will  be 
contingent  upon  acceptable  verification  that  the  student  is  ready  to  return.  The  final  decision  will 
rest  with  the  University. 

All  resident  students  subscribe  to  a  Student  Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance  Plan 
provided  through  the  Universit)'.  Full-time  students  Living  off  campus  may  purchase  this 
insurance.  International  smdents  and  students  participating  in  aU  intercollegiate  sports  and 
intramural  football  are  required  to  enroll  in  the  Insurance  Plan  or  have  equivalent  coverage.  A 
brochure  is  available  at  the  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services  that  describes  the  coverage 
provided  by  the  plan. 

Counseling  and  Personal  Development 

Counseling  and  referrals  for  professional  services  are  available  to  students  experiencing 
a  variet)'  of  personal  or  social  problems.  The  Center  for  Counseling  and  Health  Services,  staffed 
by  a  licensed  psychologist  and  assistants,  offers  individual  and  group  therapy.  Special  outreach  and 
consultation  programs  are  conducted  on  campus  to  provide  information  and  promote 
development  in  leadership  skills,  interpersonal  relationships,  sexual  abuse,  eating  disorders,  and 
substance  use,  among  others.  The  center  also  offers  assistance  to  students  encountering  academic 
difficulties.  Time  management,  test  anxiety  and  stress  reduction,  and  study  skills  are  programs 
designed  to  tackle  such  issues. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

Among  the  enumerated  rights  of  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  students  are  freedom  of 
expression  and  peacefiil  assembly,  the  presumption  of  innocence  and  procedural  fairness  in  the 
administration  of  discipline,  and  access  to  personal  records. 

As  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  communit}?,  students  are  responsible  for  maintaining 
high  standards  of  conduct  and  respecting  the  privacy  and  feelings  of  others  and  the  propert}-  of 
both  smdents  and  the  Universit}'.  Smdents  are  expected  to  display  behavior  that  is  not  disruptive 
of  campus  life  or  the  surrounding  communit}'.  They  represent  the  Universit}'  off  campus  and  are 
expected  to  act  in  a  law-abiding  and  mature  fasliion.  Those  whose  actions  show  that  thev  have  not 
accepted  this  responsibility  may  be  subject  to  disciplinary  action  as  set  fordi  in  the  Universit}''s 
smdent  handbook.  The  O  Book. 

The  O  Book 

The  O  Book  is  the  smdent's  guide  to  Oglethorpe  Universit}'.  It  contains  thorough 
information  on  the  history,  customs,  traditional  events,  and  ser^'ices  of  the  Universit};  as  well  as 
University  regulations.  It  also  contains  the  full  texts  of  the  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  Honor  Code, 
the  E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy  and  the  Constimtion  of  the  Oglethorpe  Smdent  Association. 
This  handbook  outlines  the  policies  for  recognition,  membership  eligibUit\',  and  leadership 
positions  for  campus  student  organizations  and  publications. 


59 


Student  Role  in  Institutional  Decision  Making 


Student  opinions  and  views  play  a  significant  role  in  institutional  decisions  affecting  their 
interests  and  welfare.  A  comprehensive  standardized  student  opinion  survey  is  administered  to 
students  annually.  In  addition  there  is  the  Core  Survey  administered  in  core  courses,  as  well  as  the 
Course  Assessment  in  all  courses  and  the  Advising  Assessment  which  all  students  are  asked  to 
complete.  Students  serve  on  key  academic  committees  such  as  the  Commencement  Committee, 
the  Core  Curriculum  Committee,  the  Experiential  Education  Committee,  the  Round  Tables 
Committee,  and  the  Teacher  Education  Council. 

Particularly  important  is  the  role  of  elected  student  government  representatives  in  this 
process.  The  president  along  with  selected  other  officers  of  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association 
meet  regularly  each  semester  with  the  University's  senior  staff  to  discuss  smdent  body  concerns. 
At  least  twice  each  year  student  government  representatives  meet  with  the  Campus  Life 
Committee  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  In  addition,  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Association 
collaborates  with  the  President  of  the  University  and  the  senior  staff  in  sponsoring  periodic  "town 
meetings"  to  which  all  students  are  invited. 


Oglethorpe  Student  Association 


The  Oglethorpe  Student  Association  is  the  guiding  body  for  student  life  at  Oglethorpe 
University.  The  O.S.A.  consists  of  three  elected  bodies:  an  executive  council,  composed  of  a 
president,  two  vice  presidents,  parliamentarian,  secretary,  treasurer,  and  presidents  of  the  four 
classes;  the  senate,  chaired  by  a  vice  president,  and  composed  of  four  senators  from  each  class; 
and,  the  programming  board,  chaired  by  a  vice  president  and  composed  of  the  freshman  class 
president,  one  senator  from  each  class,  and  three  elected  representatives  from  each  class.  All  three 
bodies  meet  regularly  and  the  meetings  are  open  to  the  public.  The  O.S.A.  administers  a  student 
activity  fee  that  is  assessed  to  all  full-time  day  students.  Additional  information  can  be  obtained 
from  the  O.S.A.  Office  or  the  Student  Center  Office  located  on  the  lower  level  of  the  Emerson 
Student  Center.  The  address  is  Oglethorpe  Student  Association,  3000  Woodrow  \Xav,  N.E., 
Adanta,  GA  30319-2797. 


Student  Organizations 


Valuable  educational  experience  may  be  gained  through  active  participation  in  approved 
campus  activities  and  organizations.  All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  one  or  more 
organizations  to  the  extent  that  such  involvement  does  not  deter  them  from  high  academic 
achievement.  Smdents  are  encouraged  especially  to  join  professional  organizations  associated  \nth 
their  interests  and  goals. 

Eligibility  for  membership  in  student  organizations  is  limited  to  currendv  enrolled 
students.  To  serve  as  an  officer  of  an  organization,  a  student  must  be  enrolled  full  time  and  mav 
not  be  on  academic  or  disciplinary  probation. 


60 


Recognized  Student  Organizations 


Alpha  Chi  —  National  Academic  Honorary 
Alpha  Phi  Omega  -  National  (Coed) 

Service  Fraternity 
Alpha  Psi  Omega  —  Drama  Honorary 
Amnesty  International 
Atlanta  YAD:  Jewish  Student  Union 
Beta  Omicron  Sigma  -  Business  Honorary 
Black  Student  Caucus 
Le  Cercle  Fran^ais  —  French  Club 
Chi  Alpha  Sigma  -  National  CoUege  Athlete 

Honor  Society 
Circle  K 

CoUege  Democrats 
College  Republicans 
ECOS  —  Environmentally  Concerned 

Oglethorpe  Smdents 
Fellowship  of  Christian  Athletes 
Feminist  Majority  Alliance 
Film  Club 
International  Club 
Interfraternity  Council 
Oglethorpe  Ambassadors 
Oglethorpe  Dancers 
Oglethorpe  YAD  —Jewish  Student 

Organization 
Omicron  Delta  Kappa  —  National 

Leadership  Honorary 
Order  of  Omega  —  Greek  Honor  Society" 
OU  Cheerleaders 
OU  Dancers 
OUTlet  -  Smdents  Against  Homophobia 


Panhellenic  Council 

Phi  Alpha  Theta  -  National  History 

Honorary 
Phi  Beta  Delta  —  Honor  Society  for 

International  Scholars 
Phi  Delta  Epsilon  —  International  Medical 

Society 
Phi  Eta  Sigma  —  Freshman  Academic 

Honorary 
The  Playmakers  —  Oglethorpe  University 

Theatre 
Psi  Chi  -  National  Psychology  Honorary 
Psychology  and  Sociology  Club 
Rho  Delta 

Rho  Lambda  —  Panhellenic  Honorary 
Sigma  Pi  Sigma  —  National  Physics 

Honorary 
Sigma  Tau  Delta  —  National  English 

Honorary 
Sigma  Zeta  —  National  Science  Honorary 
Society  of  Physics  Smdents  (SPS) 
ThaUan  Society  —  Philosophical  Discussion 

Group 
The  Stormy  Petrel—  Smdent  Newspaper 
The  Tower  —  Literary  Magazine 
The  Yamacraiv  —  Yearbook 
Ultimate  Frisbee 
University  Accounting  Society 
University  Chorale 
University  Singers 


61 


Fraternities  and  Sororities 


The  Greek  community  at  Oglethorpe  is  made  up  of  four  fraternities  and  three 
sororities.  The  fraternities  are  Chi  Phi,  Delta  Sigma  Phi,  Kappa  Alpha  Order,  and  Sigma  Alpha 
Epsilon.  The  sororities  are  Alpha  Sigma  Tau,  Chi  Omega,  and  Sigma  Sigma  Sigma. 

These  organi2ations  contribute  positively  to  campus  life  by  providing  a  variet}'  of 
leadership,  service,  and  social  opportunities  for  students.  Membership  in  these  organizations  is 
voluntary  and  subject  to  guidelines  established  by  the  Interfraternity  Council,  the  Panhellenic  Council, 
and  the  Assistant  Director  for  Residential  Services  and  Greek  Affairs.  The  fraternit\'  and  sorority 
recruitment  process  takes  place  early  in  the  fall  semester. 


Athletics 


At  Oglethorpe  University  the  students  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletic 
competition  are  considered  to  be  smdents  first  and  athletes  second.  The  Universit}'  is  an  active 
member  of  the  Southern  CoUegiate  Athletic  Conference  (SCAC)  and  Division  III  of  the  National 
CoUegiate  Athletic  Association  (NCAA).  Members  of  Division  III  may  not  award  financial  aid 
(other  than  academic  honor  awards)  to  any  student-athlete,  except  upon  a  showing  of  financial 
need  by  the  recipient.  Oglethorpe  provides  a  program  of  Oglethorpe  Scholars  Awards,  which  is 
described  in  the  Financial  Assistance  section  of  this  bulletin.  Many  students  who  are  interested  in 
sports  and  are  superior  academically  do  qualify  for  this  form  of  assistance. 

The  University  offers  intercollegiate  competition  in  basketball,  basebaU,  soccer,  cross- 
country, tennis,  golf,  and  track  and  field  for  men;  and  in  soccer,  basketball,  volleyball,  cross- 
country, tennis,  golf,  and  track  and  field  for  women.  The  Stormy  Petrels  compete  against  other 
SCAC  schools,  including  Trinity  University,  MiUsaps  College,  Rhodes  College,  The  University'  of 
the  South,  Southwestern  University,  Hendrix  CoUege,  Centre  College,  DePauw  University',  and 
Rose-Hulman  Institute  of  Technology.  The  Petrels  also  challenge  teams  from  schools  outside  the 
SCAC,  such  as  Emory  University  and  Washington  and  Lee  University. 


Intramural  and  Recreational  Sports 


In  addition  to  intercollegiate  competition,  an  array  of  intramural  and  recreational  sports 
is  offered.  There  are  opportunities  for  aU  students  to  participate  in  physically  and  inteUecmaUv 
stimulating  activities.  Four  competitive  team  sport  seasons  are  offered  in  which  men  and  women 
can  compete  in  flag  football,  volleyball,  basketball,  wiffle  ball,  and  ultimate  frisbee.  There  are  also 
several  short  seasons  or  tournaments  in  soccer,  softball,  field  hockey,  lacrosse,  bocce,  chess,  and 
sand  volleyball.  In  addition,  aerobics,  weight  training,  dance  and  fencing  classes  are  also  offered  at 
the  Steve  Schmidt  Sport  and  Recreation  Center. 


Cultural  Opportunities  on  Campus 


There  are  numerous  cultural  opportunities  for  students  outside  die  classroom,  such  as 
concerts,  theatrical  productions,  and  lectures  by  visiting  scholars.  The  Mack  A.  Rikard  lect\ires 
expose  students  to  leaders  in  business  and  other  professions.  The  University  Singers  perform 
several  times  during  the  year,  including  seasonal  events,  often  featuring  guest  artists.  The 
Oglethorpe  Universit}'  Museum  of  Art,  on  the  third  floor  of  Philip  Welmer  Library,  sponsors 
exhibitions  as  well  as  lectures  on  associated  subjects  and  occasional  concerts  in  the  museum.  The 
Playmakers,  Oglethorpe  University  Theatre,  also  stage  four  productions  each  year  in  die  Conant 
Performing  Arts  Center.  Two  annual  events,  the  Oglethorpe  Night  of  the  Arts  and  International 


62 


Night,  provide  a  showcase  for  campus  talent.  The  former  presents  student  literary,  musical,  and 
visual  arts  talent.  The  latter  features  international  cuisine  and  entertainment.  The  Georgia 
Shakespeare  Festival,  located  permanently  on  the  Oglethorpe  campus,  has  a  summer  and  fall 
schedule  of  performances  that  is  also  a  valuable  cultural  asset  to  the  Oglethorpe  communit}'. 

Opportunities  in  Atlanta 

Oglethorpe  is  located  eight  miles  from  downtown  Adanta  and  just  two  miles  from  the 
city's  largest  shopping  center.  A  nearby  rapid  transit  station  makes  transportation  quick  and 
efficient.  This  proximity  to  the  Southeast's  most  vibrant  cit}'  offers  students  a  great  variet\'  of 
cultural  and  entertainment  oppormnities.  There  are  numerous  excellent  restaurants  and  clubs  in 
nearby  Buckhead.  Downtown  Adanta  offers  major  league  professional  baseball,  football,  ice 
hockey,  and  basketball  to  sports  fans  as  well  as  frequent  popular  concerts.  The  Adanta  Symphony 
Orchestra  performs  from  September  through  May  in  the  Woodruff  Arts  Center.  The  Adanta 
Ballet  and  the  Adanta  Opera  perform  periodically  at  the  Fox  Theater  which  also  presents  musical 
theater  and  various  concerts.  The  Alliance  Theatre  Company  and  many  smaller  companies  present 
productions  of  contemporary  and  classical  plays.  The  High  Museum  of  Art  hosts  major  traveling 
exhibitions  in  addition  to  its  permanent  collection.  The  Office  of  Student  Affairs  sponsors  a  series 
of  field  trips  called  AdantOUrs  to  museums,  theater  and  dance  programs,  and  places  of  cultural 
and  historical  interest  in  the  metropolitan  Adanta  area. 

Policy  on  Discriminatory  and  Sexual  Harassment 

Oglethorpe  Universit)-  values  the  dignit}'  of  the  individual,  human  diversity-,  and  an 
appropriate  decorum  for  members  of  the  campus  communit}'.  Harassing  behavior  interferes  with 
the  work  or  smdy  performance  of  the  individual  to  whom  it  is  addressed.  It  is  indefensible  when 
it  makes  the  work,  study  or  living  environment  hostile,  intimidating,  injurious  or  demeaning. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Universit}'  that  smdents  and  employees  be  able  to  work,  smdv, 
participate  in  activities  and  live  in  a  campus  community  free  of  unwarranted  harassment  in  the 
form  of  oral,  written,  graphic  or  physical  conduct  which  personally  frightens,  intimidates,  injures 
or  demeans  another  individual.  Discriminatory  harassment  directed  against  an  individual  or  group 
that  is  based  on  race,  gender,  religious  belief,  color,  sexual  orientation,  national  origin,  disabilit}'  or 
age  is  prohibited.  Discriminatory  harassment  is  defined  as  unwelcome  oral,  written,  or  physical 
conduct  directed  at  the  characteristics  of  a  person  or  group  such  as  negative  name  calling  and 
imitating  mannerisms,  slurs,  graffiti,  or  the  physical  act  of  aggression  or  assault  upon  another 
which  interferes  with  the  individual's  employment  or  education,  or  creates  an  intimidating,  hostile 
or  offensive  employment  or  educational  environment. 

In  addition,  sexual  harassment  of  a  student  bv  another  student,  of  a  smdent  by  an 
employee,  of  an  employee  by  a  smdent,  or  of  an  employee  by  another  employee  will  not  be 
tolerated  and  is  prohibited.  Any  unwelcome  sexual  advance,  requests  for  sexual  favors,  ^'erbal  or 
physical  conduct  of  a  sexual  nature,  or  any  verbal  conduct  that  might  be  construed  as  a  sexual  slur 
that:  1)  interferes  with  performance  or  creates  a  hostile,  offensive,  or  intimidating  en^^ronment 
and/or  2)  is  an  expressed  or  implied  condition  imposed  bv  a  faculty'  member  for  evaluation  or 
grading  a  student,  or  by  an  employee  for  evaluating  job  performance  or  advancement  of  a 
subordinate  or  colleague,  wiU  be  viewed  as  misconduct. 


63 


Grievance  Procedures 

Oglethorpe  University  has  adopted  an  internal  grievance  procedure  providing  for  the 
prompt  and  equitable  resolution  of  complaints  alleging  any  action  prohibited  by  regulations  under 
Tide  VI,  Tide  VII,  Tide  IX,  Section  504,  the  Age  Discrimination  Act,  and  the  Americans  with 
Disabilities  Act.  The  following  Universit}'  officials  have  been  designated  to  respond  to  allegations 
regarding  violation  of  any  of  these  regulations:  the  Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  (Mr. 
Timothy  Doyle,  Emerson  Student  Center,  (404)  364-8336),  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President 
(Dr.  Christopher  Ames,  Lupton  Hall,  (404)  364-8317),  the  Director  of  Human  Resources  (Ms. 
Carol  E.  Carter,  Lupton  Hall,  (404)  364-8325),  or  the  University  Psychologist  and  Director  of  the 
Counseling  Center  (Dr.  Bonnie  L.  Kessler,  Emerson  Student  Center,  (404)  364-8456). 

Complaints  alleging  misconduct  as  defined  in  this  poHcy  on  discriminatorv  and  sexual 
harassment  should  be  reported  within  90  days  of  the  alleged  offense.  Complainants  may  seek 
informal  or  formal  resolution.  All  complainants  must  complete  a  written  Discriminator}' 
Harassment  Incident  Report  which  may  be  obtained  from  any  of  the  aforementioned  officials. 

Complainants  are  encouraged  to  explore  informal  resolution  before  fULng  a  formal 
complaint.  Informal  resolution  focuses  on  communication,  education,  and  resolution  while 
formal  procedures  focus  on  investigation  and  discipline.  Informal  complaints  will  be  resolved 
within  15  working  days  with  a  written  resolution  given  to  each  of  the  parties  involved.  If  the 
situation  results  in  an  impasse,  the  complainant  will  be  given  a  notice  of  impasse  within  15 
working  days  from  the  fiHng  of  the  incident.  If  a  notice  of  impasse  is  given  and  the  complainant 
wishes  to  file  a  formal  written  complaint,  the  complainant  must  do  so  within  30  working  days  of 
the  date  of  notice  of  impasse  unless  a  waiver  in  filing  time  is  requested. 

WTien  a  formal  complaint  is  filed  an  investigation  will  be  initiated.  The  alleged  harasser 
will  be  given  10  days  to  provide  a  signed  response  to  the  requesting  official.  A  copy  wlU  be 
provided  to  the  complainant.  If  the  alleged  harasser  falls  to  respond,  the  presumption  wUl  be 
made  that  the  allegation(s)  in  the  complaint  are  true.  A  written  determination  will  be  issued  to  the 
complainant  within  60  working  days  of  the  receipt  of  the  formal  written  complaint.  If  the 
procedure  requires  an  extension  of  time,  the  complainant  wiU  be  informed  in  writing  of  the 
reasons,  the  status  of  the  investigation,  and  the  probable  date  of  completion. 

If  the  complainant  disputes  the  findings  or  is  dissatisfied  with  the  recommendations,  the 
complainant  may  request  reconsideration  of  the  case  to  the  president,  Larry  D.  Large,  in  writing 
within  45  working  days  of  receipt  of  the  written  determination.  Complainants  also  have  the  right 
to  fde  with  the  appropriate  state  or  federal  authorities  under  Tide  VI,  Tide  VII,  Tide  IX,  Section 
504,  the  Age  Discrimination  Act,  and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act. 

Cases  that  may  require  disciplinary  action  wiU  be  handled  according  to  the  established 
discipline  procedures  of  the  Universit}'.  Smdent  organizations  in  \'iolation  of  this  policy  may  be 
subject  to  the  loss  of  Universit}'  recognition.  Complainants  shall  be  protected  from  unfair 
retribution. 

Nothing  in  this  policy  statement  is  intended  to  infringe  on  the  indi\Tidual  rights,  freedom 
of  speech,  or  academic  freedom  provided  to  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  communitv  The 
scholarly,  educational,  or  artistic  content  of  any  written  or  oral  presentation  or  inquiry  shall  not 
be  limited  by  this  policy.  Accordingly,  this  provision  wiU  be  liberally  construed  but  should  not  be 
used  as  a  pretext  for  violation  of  the  policy. 


64 


Honors  and  Awards 


These  awards  are  presented  at  Commencement  or  at  the  Honors  and  Awards 
Convocation: 

Donald  C.  Agnew  Award  for  Distinguished  Service:  This  award  is  presented 
annually  by  members  of  the  Oglethorpe  Student  Associadon  and  is  chosen  by  that  body  to  honor 
the  person  who,  in  their  opinion,  has  given  disdnguished  service  to  the  Universit}'.  Dr.  Agnew 
served  as  President  of  Oglethorpe  University?  from  1 957  to  1 964. 

Alpha  Chi  Award:  This  is  an  annual  award  made  to  the  member  of  the  sophomore 
class  who  best  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  Alpha  Chi  in  scholarship,  leadership,  character,  and 
service. 

Alpha  Phi  Omega  Service  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  Alpha  Phi  Omega 
fraternit}'  to  the  student,  faculty;  or  staff  member  who  best  exemplifies  the  organization's  three- 
fold purposes  of  leadership,  friendship,  and  service. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Rookie  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annuaUv  to  the  outstanding 
new  member  of  The  Playmakers. 

Art  Awards  of  Merit:  These  are  presented  to  students  who  have  displayed  excellence 
in  photography,  sculpture,  painting  and  drawing. 

Leo  BUancio  Award:  This  award,  created  in  memory  of  Professor  Leo  Bilancio,  a 
member  of  the  Oglethorpe  history  facult}'  from  1958  to  1989,  was  established  by  the  Oglethorpe 
Student  Association  and  is  presented  to  a  graduating  senior  who  has  been  an  outstanding  student 
of  history. 

Mary  Whiton  Calkins  and  Margaret  Floy  Washburn  Awards:  Outstanding  seniors 
majoring  in  psychology  are  honored  with  these  awards. 

Chiaroscuro  Juried  Art  Show  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  to  the  artists  who 
submit  the  best  drawings,  sculpture,  photographs,  and  paintings  to  the  annual  student  art  show 
sponsored  by  Chiaroscuro,  a  club  that  supports  the  arts  on  campus. 

The  Chanda  Creasy  Music  Prize  (University  Singers  of  the  Year):  Given  annually 
to  one  male  and  one  female  member  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the  conductor,  has  made  invaluable 
contributions  to  the  organization  and  whose  musical  achievements  and  commitment  has  been  of 
the  highest  order.  The  award  is  a  cash  prize,  a  personal  plaque,  plus  their  names  listed  on  a  master 
plaque  in  the  University  Singers  rehearsal  room. 

Deans'  Award  for  Outstanding  Achievement:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  a 
campus  club,  organization,  or  society  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Vice  President  for  Student 
Affairs  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  has  contributed  most  to  Universit)'  life. 

Financial  Executives  Institute  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  by  the 
Adanta  Chapter  of  The  Financial  Executives  Institute  to  students  who  have  demonstrated 
leadership,  superior  academic  performance,  and  potential  for  success  in  business  administration. 

Georgia  Society  of  Certified  PubUc  Accountants  Certificate  of  Academic 
Excellence:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  the  accounting  major  who  has  the  highest  overall 
grade-point  average. 

Intramural  Sports  Awards:  These  awards  are  presented  to  the  leading  teams  and 
individual  athletes  in  men's  and  women's  intramural  competition. 

Sidney  Lanier  Prize:  This  award  is  given  yearly  to  the  student,  or  students,  submitting 
excellent  poetry  to  campus  publications. 


65 


LeConte  Award:  The  most  outstanding  student  graduating  with  a  major  in  one  of  the 
natural  sciences  or  mathematics,  as  determined  by  the  faculty  in  the  Division  of  Natural  Sciences, 
is  recognized  with  this  award. 

Leader  in  Action  Award:  The  Leader  in  Action  Award  is  presented  to  the  student  who 
best  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program. 

Charles  M.  MacConnell  Award:  This  award  honors  a  former  member  of  the  faculty 
and  is  presented  by  the  sophomore  class  to  the  senior  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  class,  has 
participated  in  many  phases  of  campus  life  without  having  received  full  recognition. 

Metropolitan  Atlanta  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Alumni  Association  Award:  This  award  is 
given  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  in  the  Honors  Program. 

The  James  Edward  Oglethorpe  Awards:  Commonly  called  the  "Oglethorpe  Cups," 
these  are  presented  annually  to  the  man  and  woman  in  the  graduating  class  who,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  faculty,  have  excelled  in  both  scholarship  and  service. 

Oglethorpe  Poet  Laureate:  This  award  was  first  instituted  by  Mrs.  Idalee  Vonk,  wife 
of  former  President  Paul  Vonk,  and  is  an  honor  that  is  bestowed  upon  a  freshman,  sophomore, 
or  junior  who  presents  the  best  written  work  to  The  Tower  for  competition. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  Emerging  Leader  Award:  This  award  is  made  by  Omicron 
Delta  Kappa  to  the  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  most  fully  exemplifies  the  ideals  of  this 
organization. 

Order  of  Omega  Outstanding  Sophomore  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  the 
Order  of  Omega,  a  national  Greek  honor  society',  to  the  sophomore  who  best  exemplifies  the 
principles  of  Greek  life. 

Outstanding  Male  and  Female  Varsity  Athletes  of  the  Year  Award:  These  awards 
are  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  male  and  female  students  participating  in  varsit}'  sports. 

Outstanding  Improvement  in  French  Studies:  This  award  honors  the  student  who 
demonstrates  excellence  and  dedication  in  French  studies. 

Outstanding  Mathematics/Computer  Science  Senior  Award:  This  award 
recognizes  the  most  exceptional  senior  majoring  in  either  mathematics  or  mathematics  and 
computer  science. 

Outstanding  Politics  Senior  Award:  This  award  is  given  annually  to  die  graduating 
senior  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  facult}',  does  the  most  sophisticated  work  in  upper-level  classes 
within  the  discipline. 

Outstanding  Sociology  Senior  Aw^ard:  The  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  sociologv 
is  honored  with  this  award. 

Pattillo  Leadership  Award:  The  President  of  the  Universirv  presents  this  prize  to  a 
graduating  student  who  has  excelled  in  leadership  accomplishments.  The  award  is  named  for  the 
13*  President  of  Oglethorpe  Universit}',  Manning  M.  Pattillo  Jr. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  Faculty  Group  Award:  This  award  is  presented  by  the  faculty-  and 
staff  members  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  to  the  graduating  student  who,  in  their  judgment,  has 
demonstrated  outstanding  scholarly  qualities. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma  Freshman  Scholarship  Award:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  die 
full-time  freshman  student  with  the  highest  grade-point  average  by  Phi  Eta  Sigma,  a  national 
scholastic  honor  societ}'  for  freshmen. 

Publications  Awards:  Notable  contributors  to  The  Tower,  The  Stormy  Petrel  and  The 
Yamacraw  are  recognized  with  these  awards. 


66 


Resident  Assistant  of  the  Year:  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  an  exemplary 
student  who  organizes  outstanding  educational  and  social  programs  for  dormitory  residents  and 
builds  a  sense  of  community  in  the  residence  halls. 

Anne  Rivers  Siddons  Award:  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the  graduating  senior 
majoring  in  English  who  is  judged  to  have  written  the  best  piece  of  short  tlction. 

The  Warren  Valine  Music  Prize  (University  Singers  Most  Valuable  Member): 
Given  annually  to  the  student  who  is  considered  by  the  members  of  the  Singers  to  be  their  most 
valuable  member,  the  award  is  a  cash  prize,  a  personal  plaque,  plus  the  winner's  name  listed  on  a 
master  plaque  in  the  Universit}-  Singers  rehearsal  room. 

Charles  Longstreet  Weltner  Award:  Sponsored  by  the -Stormy  Petrel  Bar  Association 
in  honor  of  Chief  Justice  Charles  L.  Weltner,  class  of  1948,  this  award  is  presented  annuaUy  to  a 
student  who  demonstrates  analytical  and  persuasive  skills  and  an  appreciation  for  the  elements  of 
civic  leadership,  as  determined  through  a  competitive  essay  and  interview  process. 

Sally  Hull  Weltner  Award  for  Scholarship:  This  award  is  presented  to  the  smdent  in 
the  graduating  class  who  has  the  highest  grade-point  average  on  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe 
among  the  students  graduating  with  academic  honors. 

Who's  Who  in  American  Colleges  and  Universities:  This  honor  is  given  in 
recognition  of  the  merit  and  accomplishments  of  smdents  who  are  formally  recommended  by  a 
committee  of  students,  facult\',  and  administrators,  and  who  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
publication  IVho  's  Who  Among  Students  in  American  Colleges  and  Universities. 


67 


68 


Academic  Regulations 
and  Policies 


Academic  Advising 


Each  student  consults  with  a  member  of  the  faculty'  in  preparing  course  schedules, 
discussing  completion  of  degree  requirements  and  post-graduation  plans,  and  inquiring  about  any 
other  academic  matter.  The  student's  advisor  in  the  first  year  is  the  instructor  of  the  Fresh  Focus 
section,  which  the  student  has  selected  prior  to  initial  enrollment.  The  facult}'  advisor  is  each 
student's  primary  point  of  contact  with  the  University. 

To  change  advisors  a  student  must  complete  the  following  procedural  steps: 

1.  Ask  the  proposed  "new"  facult}'  advisor  for  permission  to  be  added  to  the  facult}' 
member's  advisee  list. 

2.  Ask  the  current  advisor  to  send  the  student  file  to  the  facult}'  member  who  has    agreed 
to  be  the  smdent's  new  advisor. 

3.  Ascertain  that  the  new  advisor  has  received  the  file  and  has  sent  an  Advisor  Change 
notice  to  the  Registrar's  Office. 

This  is  the  only  method  for  changing  academic  advisors. 

When  the  smdent  decides  or  changes  a  major  field,  he  or  she  should  change  ad\isors,  if 
necessary,  to  a  facult}'  member  who  has  teaching  responsibilities  in  that  major  field. 


Preregistration  and  Registration 


Schedule  planning  and  course  selection  for  all  students  is  done  online  in  consultation 
with  each  student's  academic  advisor.  New  students  select  courses  with  their  facult}-  ad\'isor  during 
summer  orientation  or  the  official  registration  period  that  precedes  the  first  day  of  classes  of  each 
semester.  Returning  students  should  make  appointments  to  consult  with  their  academic  ad^-isors 
for  course  selection  during  preregistration  week  —  in  November  for  the  following  spring  semester 
and  in  April  for  the  following  summer  sessions  and  fall  semester. 

Full-time  students  wishing  to  participate  in  the  Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for  Higher 
Education  (ARCHE)  Cross  Registration  program  (see  Cross  Registration  below)  also  should  select 
courses  during  the  preregistration  weeks. 


Cross  Registration 


Oglethorpe  Universit}'  is  a  member  of  the  Adanta  Regional  Consortium  for  Higher 
Education  (ARCHE),  a  consortium  of  the  19  instimtions  of  higher  education  in  the  greater 
Adanta  area.  Through  the  Consortium,  full-time  Oglethorpe  students  may  enroll  on  a  space- 
available  basis  in  courses  at  any  other  member  institution.  The  student  need  not  be  admitted  to 
the  other  institution  and  completes  all  procedures,  including  payment  of  tuition,  at  Oglethorpe. 
Because  of  instimtional  deadlines,  students  should  complete  forms  for  cross  registration  during 
Oglethorpe's  designated  preregistration  week. 

Courses  taken  at  Consortium  institutions  on  a  cross-registration  basis  count  as 
Oglethorpe  courses  for  residence  requirements.  While  grades  earned  through  Consortium  courses 
are  not  tabulated  in  grade-point  averages,  courses  with  grades  of  "C"  or  higher  count  toward 
graduation  requirements. 

Interested  students  should  consult  the  Registrar  for  program  details. 


70 


Drop  and  Add 

Students  who  find  it  necessary  to  change  their  schedule  bv  dropping  or  adding 
courses  must  do  so  by  completing  a  Drop/Add  form  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  This  form 
must  be  returned  to  the  Registrar's  Office  during  the  Drop/Add  period  as  printed  in  the 
semester's  Schedule  of  Classes. 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 

From  the  conclusion  of  the  Drop/Add  period  through  mid-semester  or  the  middle  of 
a  summer  session,  changes  in  schedule  constitute  a  withdrawal.  The  academic  advisor,  the 
instructor,  and  the  Office  of  Financial  Aid  must  approve  withdrawals  on  the  appropriate  form 
from  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Smdents  withdrawing  from  a  course  may  do  so  through  the  9*  week,  or  two  weeks  after 
the  published  mid-semester  date  with  a  "W"  For  two  weeks  between  the  9*  and  11''"'  weeks,  the 
grade  "W"  or  "WF"  may  be  given  at  the  discretion  of  the  instructor.  Students  withdrawing  after 
the  Friday  that  falls  on  the  11*  week  will  receive  a  grade  of  "WF."  Only  m  the  case  of  medical 
emergency  or  hardship  may  students  appeal  a  grade  of  "WF":  a  physician's  letter  should  be 
submitted  to  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President. 

Students  should  note  that  any  change  of  academic  schedule  is  not  official  until  it  is  filed 
in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  date  the  change  is  received  in  the  Registrar's  Office  will  be  the  official 
date  for  the  change. 

If  a  student  misses  six  consecutive  class  days  in  any  course,  the  instructor  wiU  notify  the 
Registrar's  Office  and  it  will  be  assumed  that  the  student  has  unofficially  withdrawn  from  the 
course.  This  does  not  eliminate  the  student's  responsibiHt}'  stated  above  concerning  official 
procedure  for  withdrawal. 

Please  see  Institutional  Refund  Policy  in  the  Tuition  and  Costs  section  of  this  Btil/etin. 

Withdrawal  from  the  University 

Smdents  who  must  withdraw  from  the  University  during  a  semester  are  required  to 
complete  the  appropriate  withdrawal  form,  which  is  available  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  Office 
of  Financial  Aid  must  also  sign  approval.  The  date  the  completed  withdrawal  form  is  submitted 
to  the  Registrar  will  be  the  official  date  for  withdrawal. 

In  the  case  of  an  emergency  deparmre  from  the  campus  for  which  withdrawal  forms 
have  not  been  executed,  the  Registrar's  Office  may  verify  that  the  student  has  left  campus  as  a 
result  of  an  emergency  and  notify  instructors. 

For  absences  of  a  year  or  more,  see  Re-admission  in  the  Admission  section  of  this 
Bulletin. 

Class  Attendance 

Regular  attendance  at  class  sessions,  laboratories,  examinations,  and  official  University- 
convocations  is  an  obligation  which  all  students  are  expected  to  fulfill. 
Facult}'  members  set  attendance  policies  in  their  course  syllabi. 


71 


Grading 

Faculty  members  submit  mid-semester  reports  to  the  Registrar's  Office  on  class  rolls 
indicating  Satisfactory  or  Unsatisfactory  ("S"  or  "U").  These  mid-semester  reports  are  not  part  of 
the  student's  permanent  record. 

Faculty  members  submit  letter  grades  at  the  end  of  each  semester.  These  grades  become 
part  of  the  student's  official  record.  Once  entered,  a  grade  may  not  be  changed  except  by  means 
of  an  officially  executed  Change  of  Grade  form. 

A  smdent's  cumulative  grade-point  average  (GPA)  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  number 
of  semester  hours  of  work  the  smdent  has  attempted  at  Oglethorpe  into  the  total  number  of 
quality  points  earned. 

The  letter  grades  used  at  Oglethorpe  are  defined  as  follows: 


Grade 

A 
A- 

Meaning 

Superior 

Quality  Points                Numerical  Equivalent 
4.0                                       93-100 
3.7                                      90-92 

B+ 

3.3                                      87-89 

B 

Good 

3.0                                      83-86 

B- 

2.7                                      80-82 

C+ 

2.3                                      77-79 

c 

C- 

Satisfactory 

2.0                                        73-76 
1.7                                        70-72 

D+ 

1.3                                      67-69 

D 

Passing 

1.0                                      60-66 

F 

Failure 

0.0                                          59  and  below 

FA 

Failure:  Excessive  Absences*      0 

W 
WF 

wx 

Withdrew  Passing** 
Withdrew  FaUing* 
Grade  Withdrawn/ 

0 
0 

I 
IP 

Freshman  Forgiveness 
(see  below) 
Incomplete*** 
In  Progress 

Policy 

0 
0 
0 

S 

u 

AU 

Satisfactory**** 
Unsatisfactory* 
Audit  (no  credit) 

0                                             70  or  liigher 

0 

0 

Notes: 

*               _ 

Grade  has  same  effect  as  an  "F"  on  the  GPx\. 

**              _ 

Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  no  credit  awarded. 

***            _ 

Grcidp  has  'sflmp  pffpct  as  an  "F"  nr\  the  GPA    Tf  a  stnidenf 

is  unable  to  complete  the  work  for  a  course  on  time  for 
reasons  of  healdi,  family  tragedy,  or  other  circumstances 
the  instructor  deems  appropriate,  the  grade  "I"  may  be 
assigned.  If  the  student  completes  the  work  within  30  days 
of  the  last  day  of  fmal  examinations  (of  the  semester  in 
question),  die  instructor  will  evaluate  the  work  and  turn  in 


72 


a  revised  grade.  Any  "I"  not  changed  by  the  professor 
within  45  days  of  the  last  day  of  final  examinations  will 
automatically  be  changed  to  a  grade  of  "F." 
****  —  Grade  has  no  effect  on  the  GPA;  credit  is  awarded. 

Only  work  completed  at  Oglethorpe  is  reflected  in  the  Oglethorpe  grade-point  average. 

Good  Academic  Standing,  Probation,  and  Academic  Dismissal 

To  be  in  good  academic  standing  students  must  achieve  the  cumulative  grade-point 
averages  specified  below  in  relation  to  the  number  of  semester  hours  they  have  completed. 

Cumulative  GPA  Required 
Semester  Hours  Completed  for  Good  Standing 

0-35  1.50 

36-64  1.75 

65  and  above  2.00 

Students  who  fail  to  achieve  good  standing  are  placed  on  probation. 

Smdents  who  do  not  achieve  good  standing  for  two  consecutive  semesters  (poor 
performance  in  summer  sessions  excluded)  are  subject  to  dismissal  from  the  Universit}'  for 
academic  reasons.  However,  successful  completion  of  summer  classes  taken  at  Oglethorpe  may 
be  used  to  achieve  good  academic  standing. 

New  students,  freshmen,  or  transfer  students  who  fail  all  courses  during  their  first 
semester  at  Oglethorpe  are  subject  to  dismissal,  unless  the  student  received  a  "W"  in  all  courses 
or  had  to  withdraw  from  all  courses  for  medical  reasons. 

Students  who  have  been  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  may  be  readmitted  after  an 
absence  of  one  spring  or  fall  semester  upon  petition  to  the  Provost.  Students  readmitted  by  petition 
must  achieve  good  standing  by  the  end  of  their  second  semester  as  readmitted  students  or  be 
subject  to  permanent  dismissal.  (See  also  Re-activation  Policy  below.) 

Re-activation  Policy 

Students  in  good  academic  standing  who  leave  the  Universit}'  and  return  after  a  year's 
absence  or  more  should  notify  the  Admission  Office  of  intent  to  re-enroU.  Smdents  who  apply 
for  re-activation  or  re-admission  whether  in  good  academic  standing  or  not,  are  governed  by  the 
current  graduation  requirements.  Any  exceptions  are  granted  at  the  discretion  of  the  Provost  and 
Senior  Vice  President. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

Courses  may  be  repeated  only  if  an  unsatisfactory  grade  ("D,"  "F,"  "FA,"  or  "\XT")  was 
received  in  the  course.  When  a  course  is  repeated,  both  grades  are  calculated  into  the  smdent's 
grade-point  average,  but  no  additional  semester  hours  of  credit  are  earned. 


73 


Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 


Beginning  in  Fall  Semester  2001,  during  a  student's  freshman  and  sophomore  years  at 
Oglethorpe,  a  single  "F"  per  semester  will  be  removed  from  the  student's  transcript  if  in  the 
following  semester  the  student  earns  a  2.0  grade-point  average.  For  purposes  of  this  policy,  a 
semester  is  defined  as  12  or  more  semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe.  A  form  requesting  removal  of 
the  "F"  may  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office.  It  must  be  signed  and  approved  by  the 
student's  academic  advisor  and  returned  to  the  Registrar. 


Course  Substitutions 


Requests  for  course  substitutions  for  students  with  documented  disabilities  are  handled 
on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  Learning  Resources  Director  will  present  the  student's  request  to  the 
Academic  Program  Committee.  The  petition  should  state  the  specific  accommodation  requested 
and  a  rationale.  The  petition  must  be  presented  to  the  Committee  no  later  than  the  last  regular 
meeting  of  the  semester  prior  to  when  the  course  would  be  taken.  See  the  Learning  Resources 
Center  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 


Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  Option 


After  32  semester  hours  are  earned  at  Oglethorpe  a  student  in  good  academic  standing 
may  register  to  take  two  courses  (in  addition  to  internships  and  Science  Seminar)  on  a 
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis.  These  courses  cannot  be  taken  in  the  same  semester  and  cannot 
be  used  to  satisfy  proficiency  requirements,  core  requirements,  or  the  student's  major  or  minor. 
The  student  must  register  for  the  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  designation  by  the  end  of  the 
Drop/Add  period  after  which  the  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  designation  cannot  be  changed. 
Satisfactory  is  defined  as  a  "C-"  or  better. 


Final  Examinations 


Final  examinations,  up  to  four  hours  in  length,  generally  are  given  in  courses  at  the  end 
of  each  semester  or  session.  The  Final  Examination  Schedule  is  made  up  in  the  Registrar's  Office 
and  is  printed  in  each  semester's  Schedule  of  Classes.  (Final  examinations  in  the  summer  are  held 
on  the  last  day  of  each  session.)  Final  examinations  must  be  given  at  the  assigned  date  and  time. 

No  final  examinations  may  be  administered  during  the  last  scheduled  class  meeting  of 
the  semester  or  during  the  reading  period  prior  to  the  first  day  of  scheduled  final  examinations.  If 
special  arrangements  are  needed  for  individual  students,  facult}-  members  must  inform  their 
Division  Chair.  (Regular  course  tests  may  not  be  given  on  the  last  day  of  classes  or  be  scheduled 
on  the  reading  day.) 

No  student  help  is  to  be  used  for  t}'ping  or  grading  examinations. 


74 


Grade  Appeal  Policy 


If  a  student  believes  that  a  course  grade  has  been  assigned  in  a  capricious  or  prejudicial 
manner,  he  or  she  may  appeal  the  grade  through  the  following  steps: 

1.  The  student  submits  a  written  appeal  to  the  instructor  clearly  stating  the  reasons  for 
believing  that  the  grade  was  assigned  in  a  capricious  or  prejudicial  manner. 

2.  The  instructor  changes  the  grade  or  replies  in  writing,  explaining  why  the  extant  grade 
is  appropriate. 

3.  If  the  student  is  not  satisfied  with  the  explanation,  he  or  she  may  submit  the  written 
appeal  and  response  to  the  appropriate  Division  Chair,  "who  asks  two  faculd,'  members 
with  suitable  experience  in  appropriate  disciplines  to  serve  with  the  Division  Chair  as  a 
ruling  committee.  If  the  instructor  is  a  Division  Chair,  the  senior  facultv  member  in  the 
Division  will  serve  in  place  of  the  Chair.  The  ruling  committee  receives  aU  written 
materials  relevant  to  the  case  and  may  request  additional  information.  If  the  ruling 
committee  rules  in  favor  of  the  instructor,  written  notification  is  given  both  to  the 
instructor  and  to  the  student  and  there  is  no  further  appeal.  If  the  committee  rules  in 
favor  of  the  student,  the  Chair  advises  the  instructor  to  reconsider  the  grade.  If  the 
instructor  refuses  to  change  the  grade,  the  ruling  committee  may  submit  a  written 
recommendation  for  a  grade  change  to  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  whose 
final  decision  wiU  be  based  on  a  review  of  the  materials  that  have  been  submitted  and 
the  process  that  has  been  followed. 

The  entire  process  must  be  initiated  within  30  days  of  the  first  day  of  classes  in  the 
semester  immediately  following  the  assignment  of  the  grade  and  must  be  completed  by  the  end 
of  that  semester. 


Auditing  Courses 


Regularly  admitted  Oglethorpe  students  may  register  for  courses  on  an  "audit"  basis.  A 
student  who  audits  a  course  may  attend  it  for  enrichment  but  is  not  required  to  take  course 
examinations  or  complete  other  course  requirements.  In  order  to  audit  a  course,  an  admitted 
student  must  request  an  Audit  form  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  submit  it  to  the  instructor  of 
the  course  he  or  she  intends  to  audit.  If  the  class  is  not  closed,  the  instructor  may  accept  the 
student  as  an  audit  by  returning  the  signed  form  to  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  grade  awarded  for 
a  class  taken  on  an  audit  basis  is  "AU,"  and  no  credits  or  quaUtv  points  are  earned. 

Students  may  register  to  take  courses  on  an  audit  basis  only  during  the  Drop/Add 
period  as  printed  in  the  semester  Schedule  of  Classes.  The  fees  for  auditing  courses  are  published 
by  the  Business  Office. 


Dean's  List 


Smdents  who  earn  a  semester  grade-point  average  of  3.5  or  higher  carrying  12  semester 
hours  or  more  during  the  fall  or  spring  semester,  or  during  the  summer  sessions,  are  placed  on  the 
Dean's  Academic  Honors  List. 


75 


Graduation  Requirements 


To  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  University  the  following  requirements 
must  be  met: 

1.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  128  semester  hours  and  a  cumulative  grade-point  average 
of  2.0  or  higher  on  Oglethorpe  course  work.  No  more  than  four  semester  hours  earned 
in  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  or  Team  Teaching  for  Critical  Thinking  are  permitted  to 
count  toward  the  128-semester  hour  requirement.  (Students  who  entered  prior  to  fall 
1998  must  have  completed  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours.) 

2.  Completion  at  Oglethorpe  of  52  of  the  last  64  semester  hours  of  course  credit 
immediately  preceding  graduation.  Courses  taken  at  Atlanta  Regional  Consortium  for 
Higher  Education  institutions  on  a  cross-registration  basis  (with  prior  approval  of  the 
faculty  advisor)  and  courses  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program  (with  prior  approval 
of  the  Director  of  Study  Abroad)  also  count  as  Oglethorpe  courses  for  the  purpose  of 
meeting  this  residency  requirement. 

3.  Satisfaction  of  core  requirements  and  major  field  or  dual  degree  requirements  (see 
appropriate  disciplinary  headings  for  descriptions).  Completion  at  Oglethorpe  of  at  least 
half  the  semester  hours  for  each  major. 

4.  Submission  of  an  application  for  graduation  to  the  Registrar's  Office  by  mid-October 
prior  to  completion  of  degree  requirements  the  following  December,  May,  or  August. 

5.  Satisfaction  of  all  financial  and  other  obligations  to  the  Universit}'  and  pavment  of  a 
degree  completion  fee. 

6.  Participation  in  assessments  of  competencies  gained  and  curricular  effectiveness  bv 
completing  standardized  or  other  tests  and  surveys. 

7.  Formal  facult}'  and  Board  of  Trustees  approval  for  graduation. 


Graduation  Exercises 


Graduation  exercises  are  held  once  a  year  at  the  close  of  the  spring  semester  in  Ma}'. 
Diplomas  are  awarded  at  the  close  of  the  spring  semester  during  commencement  and  at  the  close 
of  the  summer  and  fall  semesters.  Students  must  have  completed  all  graduation  requirements  in 
order  to  participate  in  graduation  exercises.  An  exception  wiU  be  allowed  for  a  student  who  has 
completed  all  graduation  requirements  except  for  a  maximum  of  tw^o  courses  totaling  no  more 
than  12  semester  hours.  Students  completing  requirements  at  the  end  of  summer  or  fall  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  following  spring  graduation  exercises. 


Degrees  with  Latin  Academic  Honors 


Undergraduate  degrees  with  Latin  academic  honors  are  awarded  as  follows:  cum  laude  for 
a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  3.5  or  higher;  magna  cum  laude  for  3.7  or  higher;  and  summa  cum 
laude  for  3.9  or  higher.  To  be  eligible  for  Latin  academic  honors,  students  entering  fall  1998  or 
thereafter  must  have  completed  68  or  more  semester  hours  in  residence  at  Oglethorpe.  Students 
entering  prior  to  faU  1998  must  have  completed  65  semester  hours  in  residence  at  Oglethorpe  to 
be  considered  for  Latin  academic  honors. 

Transfer  work  is  not  included  in  the  determination  for  Latin  academic  honors. 


76 


Degrees  with  Honors  Thesis 


Please  see  the  Honors  Program  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this 
Bulletin. 


Double  Major  Policy 


A  student  may  earn  a  double  major  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

1 .  The  student  must  meet  all  requirements  of  both  majors. 

2.  The  student  may  count  no  more  than  three  of  the  courses  taken  to  meet  the  major 
requirements  of  one  of  the  fields  toward  meeting  the  major  requirements  of  the 
other  field. 

3.  The  transcript  wiU  List  both  majors.  In  case  both  majors  result  in  the  same  degree,  that 
degree  wUl  be  awarded. 

4.  In  case  the  two  majors  result  in  different  degrees,  the  student  will  receive  only  one 
degree,  that  being  the  student's  choice  of  the  two  degree  designations. 


Earning  a  Second  Add-On  Major 


Students  who  have  been  awarded  an  Oglethorpe  baccalaureate  degree  may  return  to 
earn  a  second  major  within  that  degree  at  the  University.  Upon  completion  of  the  requirements, 
the  second  major  wLU  be  entered  on  the  student's  record  and  transcript.  No  diploma  will  be 
awarded  when  the  second  major  is  within  the  degree  already  awarded.  The  requirements  are: 

1.  Completion  of  an  additional  32  semester  hours  of  which  a  minimum  of  16  must  be 
completed  at  Oglethorpe. 

2.  Maintenance  of  a  2.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average. 

3.  Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time  the  first  degree 
was  awarded,  subject  to  the  first  two  conditions  listed  above  under  the  Double  Major 
Policy. 


Earning  a  Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 


Students  who  have  completed  a  baccalaureate  degree  may  be  awarded  a  second  and 
different  baccalaureate  degree.  Upon  completion  of  the  requirements,  the  student's  record  and 
transcript  will  reflect  the  conferring  of  a  second  degree  and  a  diploma  will  be  awarded. 

For  students  who  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  Oglethorpe,  the  same 
requirements  listed  above  under  Earning  a  Second  Add-On  Major  apply. 

For  students  who  have  earned  their  first  baccalaureate  degree  at  another  institution,  this 
degree  is  treated  as  transfer  credit.  Up  to  a  maximum  of  80  semester  hours  may  be  accepted  at 
Oglethorpe.  The  requirements  for  the  second  degree  are: 

1.  Satisfaction  of  Oglethorpe  core  requirements. 

2.  Completion  of  a  minimum  of  48  semester  hours  at  Oglethorpe. 

3.  Maintenance  of  a  2.0  or  higher  cumulative  grade-point  average. 

4.  Completion  of  a  major  other  than  the  major(s)  completed  at  the  time  the  first  degree 
was  awarded. 

All  transfer  policies  stated  in  the  section  of  this  Bulletin  entitied  Transfer  Students  and 
Transfer  Policies  apply. 

77 


Student  Classification 


For  administrative  and  other  official  and  extra-official  purposes,  undergraduate  students 
are  classified  according  to  the  number  of  semester  hours  successfully  completed.  Classification  is 
as  follows:  0  to  32  hours  —  freshman;  33  to  64  hours  —  sophomore;  65  to  96  hours  —  junior;  97 
hours  and  above  —  senior. 


Normal  Academic  Load 


Two  semesters  —  fall  and  spring  —  constitute  the  regular  academic  year,  and  two  sessions 
are  offered  in  the  summer. 

While  courses  of  one  to  five  semester  hours  credit  are  offered  each  semester,  a  full-time 
academic  program  at  Oglethorpe  consists  of  no  less  than  three  regular  4-semester  hour  courses 
each  semester  or  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours.  Generally  four  courses  are  taken,  giving  the 
student  a  total  of  16-18  semester  hours,  with  a  maximum  of  18  hours  allowed  as  part  of  the 
regular  fuU-time  program.  This  includes  any  cross-registered  courses. 

Students  may  take  up  to  four  academic  courses  and  one  additional  1  -hour  course  as  part 
of  a  regular  load  without  special  permission,  even  if  the  total  hours  exceed  18.  An  academic 
course  is  defined  for  these  purposes  as  a  4-hour  course,  a  5-hour  laboratory  science,  or  a  4-hour 
science  lecture  with  accompanying  1  -hour  laboratory. 

A  smdent  whose  academic  load  exceeds  18  hours  as  a  result  of  taking  five  academic 
courses,  an  internship,  or  multiple  additional  1-hour  courses  must  obtain  overload  permission. 
Such  overloads  are  allowed  for  students  with  1)  junior  standing  and  2)  a  minimum  grade-point 
average  of  3.5,  unless  the  overload  is  due  to  internship  hours,  otherudse  a  3.0  grade-point  average. 
A  request  form  may  be  obtained  from  the  Registrar's  Office  and  requires  signed  approval  bv  the 
student's  advisor  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President. 

During  the  summer  a  student  wiU  be  permitted  to  take  no  more  than  eight  hours  in  any 
5-week  session  (nine  hours  if  one  of  the  courses  is  a  5-hour  laboratory  science  course).  Thus,  a 
student  will  be  limited  to  a  maximum  of  two  4-hour  courses,  plus  one  hour  of  Applied  Instruction 
in  Music,  in  a  5-week  session  or  to  a  load  of  one  4-hour  course  and  one  5-hour  combination  of 
course  and  accompanying  laboratory.  Or,  to  a  maximum  of  one  4-hour  course  in  a  5-week  session 
while  simultaneously  enrolled  in  a  maximum  of  two  3-hour  courses  in  an  8-week  session.  The 
student  should  be  cautioned  that  these  maximum  limits  represent  course  loads  that  are 
approximately  50  percent  greater  than  the  ceUing  of  18  hours  during  the  regular  academic  year. 
Successful  completion  of  such  a  load  will  require  a  correspondingly  greater  effort  on  the  part  of 
the  smdent. 


Course  Level 


In  the  Programs  of  Study  section  of  this  bulletin,  disciplines  and  majors  are  listed 
alphabetically.  Respective  courses  under  each  are  designated  by  a  prefix  that  identities  the 
discipline  and  a  three-digit  number.  The  first  digit  indicates  the  level  of  the  course:  1  =  freshman 
level,  2  =  sophomore  level,  3  =  junior  level,  and  4  =  senior  level.  (A  5  or  6  t\-picallv  denotes  a 
graduate-level  course.)  Higher-level  courses  in  a  discipline  are  t\picallv  designed  to  bmld  upon  die 
content  of  lower-level  courses  in  that  discipline  and  other  specified  prerequisite  courses. 

The  number  of  hours  refers  to  the  semester  hours  of  college  credit  per  semester,  which 
are  earned  by  the  successful  completion  of  the  course. 


78 


Access  to  Student  Records 


To  comph'  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (FERPA)  of  1974, 
commonly  called  the  Buckley  Amendment,  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  informs  students  of  their  rights 
under  this  act  in  the  student  handbook,  The  O  Book.  Three  basic  rights  are  covered  by  this  act:  1) 
the  student's  right  to  have  access  to  personal  records,  2)  the  right  of  a  hearing  to  challenge  the 
content  of  a  record,  and  3)  the  right  to  withhold  or  give  consent  for  the  release  of  idendf}'ing 
directory  data.  Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  The  O  Book  and  from  the  Registrar. 


Oglethorpe  Honor  Code 


Persons  who  come  to  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  for  work  and  smdy  join  a  communit}'  that 
is  committed  to  high  standards  of  academic  honest}^  The  Honor  Code  contains  the 
responsibilides  we  accept  by  becoming  members  of  the  community. 

The  students  and  faculty  of  Oglethorpe  University  expect  each  other  to  be  truthful  in 
the  academic  endeavor  they  share.  Faculty  assume  students  complete  work  honesdy  and  act 
toward  them  in  ways  consistent  with  that  assumption. 

Oglethorpe  welcomes  all  who  accept  our  principles  of  honest  behavior.  We  believe  that 
this  Code  will  enrich  our  years  at  the  University  and  allow  us  to  begin  practicing  the  honorable, 
self-governed  lives  expected  of  societ}''s  leaders. 

Students  pledge  that  they  have  completed  assignments  honesdy  by  attaching  the 
following  statement  to  each  test,  paper,  overnight  work,  in-class  essay,  or  other  work  designated 
by  the  professor: 

I  pledge  that  I  have  neither  given  nor  received  any  unauthorized  aid  on  this  assignment. 
Signed 

It  will  be  the  responsibility  of  the  smdent  to  provide  these  pledges  bv  either  attaching 
them  on  a  separate  sheet  or  typing  them  as  part  of  the  assignment.  The  instructor  also  should 
remind  the  class  to  sign  the  pledge.  The  pledge  serves  as  an  affirmation  of  the  student's  and  the 
instructor's  belief  in  the  principles  .of  the  Honor  Code.  Assigned  work  should  not  be  considered 
complete  without  the  pledge. 

Since  it  is  assumed  that  students  act  according  to  their  pledge,  facult}'  abstain  from  any 
practices  whose  purpose  is  to  ascertain  that  students  have  been  dishonest  unless  tiiere  is  a 
compelling  reason  to  believe  that  cheating  has  taken  place.  Instructors  should  invite  their  own 
smdents  to  discuss  with  them  actions  or  policies  that  appear  to  be  at  variance  with  the  assumption 
of  honest}'. 

AH  credit  courses  offered  by  the  Universit}-  are  covered  by  the  Honor  Code,  and  all  cases 
of  suspected  academic  dishonesty  will  be  handled  in  accordance  with  its  provisions.  It  is  the 
responsibiUt}'  of  facult}'  members  to  make  clear  how  the  Code  applies  to  specific  courses  and  to 
follow  its  procedures.  Alternative  ways  of  dealing  with  cases  are  not  to  be  used.  The  Judicial 
Review  Board  is  the  final  arbiter  in  all  disputes  concerning  the  Honor  Code.  For  a  complete  text 
of  the  Honor  Code,  please  see  The  O  Book,  the  student  handbook. 


79 


80 


Educational 
Enrichment 


First- Year  Experience 


Oglethorpe  University's  faculty  and  student  affairs  staff  work  together  to  coordinate 
academic  offerings  and  student  services  in  order  to  create  a  first-year  experience  that  is 
welcoming,  suppordve,  and  challenging.  This  integrated  program  is  committed  to  encouraging 
first-year  students  to  succeed. 

Major  features  of  this  first-year  experience  include  the  course  Fresh  Focus,  the  freshman 
advising  program,  a  two-semester  core  course  in  humanities,  programs  in  the  residence  halls,  the 
tutoring  services  of  the  Academic  Resource  Center,  disability  services  in  the  Learning  Resource 
Center,  and  a  coordinated  intervention  process  for  assisting  students  in  trouble. 

FOG  101.  Fresh  Focus 1  hour 

This  class,  required  for  all  entering  first-year  students,  is  a  group-oriented  course 
involving  upper-class  students  and  faculty.  Students  select  a  class  from  among  numerous  topics 
with  experiential  and  interactive  as  well  as  academic  features.  The  faculty  instructor  serves  as  the 
student's  academic  advisor  during  his  or  her  first  semester.  The  first  meeting  of  each  group  of 
students  is  during  fall  orientation,  and  continues  thereafter  twice  weekly  for  the  first  half  of  the 
semester  to  pursue  their  chosen  topic  and  share  related  experiences.  During  the  same  period  new 
students  will  also  attend  occasional  workshops  on  aspects  of  leadership,  health  and  wellness, 
careers,  skills  for  academic  success,  and  open  houses  in  the  academic  divisions.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 

FOC  201.  Team  Teaching  for  Critical  Thinking 1  hour 

Upper-class  student  mentors  assist  faculty  instructors  in  planning  and  teaching  the 
special  topics  sessions  of  Fresh  Focus  or  other  freshman-level  courses.  They  participate  in  training 
meetings  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  course,  communicate  with  entering  freshmen  over  the 
summer,  attend  all  classes  in  their  Fresh  Focus  section,  and  assist  with  the  ad\'ising  of  freshmen 
throughout  their  first  year.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor. 


Sophomore  Choices 


Smdents  in  their  second,  third,  and  fourth  semesters  of  college  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  Sophomore  Choices.  This  seminar  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  a  model  for 
career  decision  making  that  is  useful  throughout  Ufe.  Informational  interviewing  and  \'isits  to 
Adanta  workplaces  allow  students  to  learn  about  particular  occupations  or  career  fields  of  interest 
and  to  begin  to  make  career  connections  in  the  community.  These  experiences  mav  help  students 
as  they  select  courses,  majors  and  minors,  and  internships. 

CHO  101.  Sophomore  Choices 1  hour 

During  this  six-week  career  exploration  seminar,  students  complete  interest  and 
personality  assessments,  learn  how  to  find  information  about  different  careers,  and  develop 
interviewing,  networking,  and  resume-writing  skills.  Students  then  conduct  informational 
interviews  with  professionals  in  their  fields  of  interest.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis. 


82 


Making  a  Life  and  Making  a  Living 


In  the  liberal  arts  environment,  students  gain  a  broad  education  with  essential 
communicadon  and  critical  thinking  skills.  Students  do  not  learn  generally  how  to  communicate 
those  skills  to  potential  employers  or  graduate  schools.  Oglethorpe,  however,  makes  a 
commitment  to  helping  students  reap  the  life-long  benefits  of  their  education.  Sophomore 
Choices  is  a  career  decision-making  class  designed  to  help  students  begin  planning  their  careers 
and  includes  resume  writing  and  informational  interviewing.  Senior  Transitions  picks  up  where 
Sophomore  Choices  leaves  off  and  teaches  the  skills  necessary  to  implement  the  career  decision. 

SEN  401.  Senior  Transitions 1  hour 

Tliis  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  successful  transition  to  life  after 
college.  A  successful  career  requires  effective,  informed  planning.  Topics  will  include  industry  and 
employer  research,  job  searching,  interviewing,  networking,  salary  negotiation  and  more.  A  special 
focus  will  be  designed  for  students  considering  graduate  school.  Students  will  leave  the  course 
with  a  spotiess  resume,  cover  letter  samples,  fine-tuned  interview  skills,  and  a  plan  for  landing  a 
job  or  graduate  school  acceptance.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 

SEN  402.  Personal  Financial  Education 2  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  successful  transition  to  life  after 
college.  The  course  will  focus  on  fmancial  planning  and  education.  It  will  cover  topics  such  as 
employer  benefits,  money  management,  debt  reduction,  tax  return  preparation,  insurance,  large 
asset  purchases,  and  investing.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 


Academic  Resource  Center  —  Tutoring 


The  Academic  Resource  Center  provides  group  and  individual  tutoring  and  other 
academic  activities  for  all  students,  free  of  charge.  The  ARC  services  include  helping  smdents  to 
prepare  for  papers  and  examinations,  as  well  as  arranging  enriching  group  smdy  and  research  for 
students  who  are  already  doing  well  in  core  classes  and  other  courses.  The  student  tutors  often 
work  closely  with  the  facult}'  teaching  the  classes  in  which  they  are  tutoring,  meeting  regularly  to 
plan  and  provide  individual  and  small-group  help  for  students  who  need  it,  and  to  increase 
interactive  and  collaborative  educational  experiences  both  in  and  outside  Oglethorpe's  classrooms. 

ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assisting  other 
students,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and  preparation  for  examinations. 
In  addition,  they  occasionally  participate  in  support  and  training  meetings  with  the  ARC  director 
and  with  instructors  of  the  courses  in  which  thev  tutor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in 
different  disciplines,  encourage  study  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  student 
engagement  with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  Associate  Provost  for  Smdent  Achievement. 


83 


Disability  Programs  and  Services 


It  is  the  policy  of  Oglethorpe  to  ensure  that  all  universit}^  goods,  services,  facilities, 
privileges,  advantages  and  accommodations  are  meaningfully  accessible  to  qualified  persons  with 
disabilities  in  accordance  with  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  (ADA)  of  1990,  Section  504  of 
the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  and  other  pertinent  federal,  state  and  local  disability  anti- 
discrimination laws. 

Oglethorpe  will  provide  persons  with  disabilities  an  equal  opportunit}'  to  participate  in  and 
benefit  from  programs  and  services  as  afforded  to  other  individuals.  This  is  done  in  the  most  integrated 
setting  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  the  individual  with  a  disabilit}'^. 

Where  readily  achievable,  architectural  and  communication  barriers  will  be  removed. 
New  structures  will  comply  fully  with  all  accessibility  requirements.  Alterations  will  comply  to  the 
maximum  extent  feasible.  Oglethorpe  will  make  available  auxiliary  aids  and  services,  as  appropriate 
to  the  individual  and  required  by  the  ADA,  at  no  cost  to  the  individual,  provided  that  such 
auxiliary  aids  and  services  do  not  require  significant  difficulty  or  expense. 

Oglethorpe  does  not  discriminate  against  any  person  who  is  related  to  or  associated  with 
a  person  with  a  disability.  Oglethorpe  wiU  comply  with  any  federal,  state  or  local  laws  that  provide 
individuals  with  disabilities  greater  protection,  and  take  other  actions  necessary  to  ensure  equal 
oppormnity  for  persons  with  disabilities. 

This  policy  applies  to  the  goods,  services,  privileges,  advantages  and  accommodations 
offered  by  Oglethorpe  either  directiy  or  through  contractual,  licensing  or  other  arrangements.  This 
policy  is  neither  exhaustive  nor  exclusive. 

Reasonable  accommodations  will  be  made  on  an  individualized  basis.  It  is  the 
responsibility  of  persons  with  disabilities,  however,  to  seek  available  assistance,  register  for 
services  and  establish  their  needs. 


Learning  Resources  Center 


The  Learning  Resources  Center  (LRC)  provides  individualized  services  at  no  additional 
cost  for  students  with  learning  disabilities  and  attention  deficit  disorders.  This  program  ensures 
that  these  students  have  an  opportunity  to  participate  fully  in  the  Oglethorpe  experience.  Students 
must  meet  established  University'  admission  requirements  and  program  technical  standards. 
Qualified  students  must  submit  comprehensive  professional  documentation  that  meets  the 
established  criteria  for  accepting  evaluations.  Students  approved  for  ser\'ices  are  pro^^ded 
appropriate  accommodations  and  academic  adjustments.  Students  without  documented 
disabilities  who  are  experiencing  learning  difficulties  may  participate  in  LRC  skills-building 
courses,  workshops,  and  seminars  as  appropriate. 

The  LRC  is  located  in  the  Weltner  Library  24-Hour  Room.  The  Learning  Resources 
Director  acts  as  Uaison  and  referral  between  the  student  with  a  disabilit)'  and  faculty  members. 
Academic  Resource  Center  tutors,  and  other  campus  programs.  For  additional  information  \'isit 
the  LRC  Web  site  at  www.oglethorpe.edu,  key  word:  "Ire." 


84 


Experiential  Education 


Oglethorpe  University  strives  to  provide  valuable  learning  experiences  outside  of  the 
traditional  classroom  setting.  Experiential  Education,  under  the  support  of  Career  Services,  offers 
three  primary  programs:  Exploration  Atianta,  Exploration  Week,  and  Internships.  A  variety  of 
additional  services,  including  volunteer  opportunities,  service  learning,  and  career-related 
programs  are  also  available. 

Exploration  Atlanta  utilizes  local  resources  to  enhance  Oglethorpe's  traditional 
academic  courses.  Students  select  topics  from  a  series  of  one-day  programs  providing  indepth 
examination  of  various  career  fields  and  industries.  This  non-credit  program  occurs  each  year 
during  spring  semester.  In  small  seminars,  students  discuss  topics  of  interest,  meet-  industry 
professionals  and  visit  related  organizations.  Exploration  Atianta  allows  students  to  work  closely 
with  faculty  and  colleagues  and  provides  an  outiet  for  continued  research  in  a  particular  discipline. 
Students  can  choose  one  or  several  topics  of  interest  from  the  mini-courses  which  change  each 
year. 

Exploration  Week  provides  students  with  a  concentrated  look  at  an  individual  area  of 
smdv  that  is  enriched  by  first-hand  experience.  This  week  involves  chaperoned  travel  to  locations 
outside  Atianta  to  visit  sites,  meet  professionals,  learn  about  careers  and  take  part  in  educational 
activities.  Activities  may  be  enhanced  by  assignments,  readings  and  pre-trip  preparations  for 
students  designed  by  the  educator  leading  the  group. 

Internships  provide  practical  experience  to  complement  the  academic  program,  as  well 
as  give  students  the  opportunity  to  solidif\"  career  decisions,  gain  work  experience,  and  provide  a 
ser\'ice  to  the  community  in  their  fields  of  interest.  More  than  half  of  college  students  nationwide 
complete  internships,  making  the  experience  an  essential  credential  for  competition  in  the  current 
job  market. 

Internships  are  available  in  a  large  variety  of  local  businesses  and  organizations 
representing  most  academic  majors  and  potential  career  fields.  Oglethorpe  students  have  recendy 
completed  internships  at  The  Carter  Center,  CNN,  Georgia  Pacific,  Atlanta  Magatiiue,  Zoo  Atianta, 
the  Atianta  History  Center,  and  the  Georgia  State  Legislature,  to  name  only  a  few.  In  addition  to 
these  Atianta-based  internships,  Oglethorpe  maintains  resources  and  affiliations  for  nationwide 
oppormnities,  such  as  the  Washington  Center  in  D.C. 

Internships  are  available  in  most  majors  for  students  who:  1)  demonstrate  a  clear 
understanding  of  goals  they  wish  to  accomplish  in  the  experience  and  2)  possess  the  necessary 
academic  and  personal  background  to  accomplish  these  goals.  Sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors 
with  a  minimum  grade-point  average  of  2.0  qualify  to  apply  for  internships.  Transfer  students 
must  complete  one  semester  at  Oglethorpe  prior  to  participation.  Every  internship  requires  a 
statement  of  objectives  and  academic  requirements,  in  addition  to  related  academic  assignments, 
developed  in  consultation  with  the  student's  internship  faculty  supervisor.  Upon  successfial 
completion  of  the  internship,  the  student  is  awarded  academic  credit  (graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis)  in  recognition  of  the  learning  value  of  the  experience.  Students 
may  apply  for  1-16  semester  hours  of  internship  credit  toward  their  degree,  with  approval  from 
their  academic  advisor  and  the  Experiential  Education  Committee.  Students  seeking  more  than 
four  semester  hours  must  submit  an  appeal  form  to  the  Career  Services  Office  indicating  why  the 
internship  exceeds  the  normal  number  of  hours  and  outlining  additional  projects  in  which  the 


I 


85 


student  will  participate.  Students  desiring  academic  credit  must  register  for  the  internship  before 
the  end  of  the  Drop/Add  period  of  the  semester  in  question.  Students  who  wish  to  engage  in 
internships  on  a  voluntary  basis  do  not  need  to  apply  for  academic  credit;  however,  they  should 
follow  the  same  basic  internship  guidelines. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  an  internship  should  first  consult  with  their  facult}^ 
advisor  and  then  visit  the  Career  Services  Office  in  Goodman  Hall. 

Career  Services 

The  Career  Services  Office  provides  resources  to  assist  students  in  making  responsible 
decisions  and  strategies  regarding  career  options  and  job  search  plans.  These  resources  include  a 
Career  Library  with  information  available  from  books,  a  computer,  and  videotapes  on 
occupations,  the  job  search,  and  prospective  employers.  The  Myers  Briggs  Tj.-pe  Indicator  and 
Strong  Interest  Inventory  personality  and  career  assessment  tests  are  also  available  to  students  in 
an  easily  accessible  online  version.  Both  tests  provide  suggestions  about  environment  and  work 
style  preferences  as  well  as  industries  and  job  titles  for  further  exploration.  Other  job  search 
programs  are  available  to  explore  options  and  employers  that  match  individual  career  interests. 
Workshops  on  resume  writing,  interviewing  and  job  search  techniques  are  presented  each 
semester  to  prepare  smdents  for  the  workplace. 

In  addition,  a  number  of  prospective  employers  send  recruiters  to  the  campus  each  vear 
for  the  purpose  of  conducting  on-campus  interviews.  Current  information  on  permanent, 
summer,  and  part-time  job  opportunities  is  made  available  to  students  and  alumni  in  the  Career 
Library.  Resume  referrals  to  employers  are  made  for  those  students  who  register  for  the  serA-ice 
through  ivmv.PetrelTfL4K.com. 

Honors  Program 

AH  students  at  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  are  encouraged  to  attain  academic  and  personal 
excellence  through  an  active  investment  in  their  education.  The  Universit}'  offers  an  Honors 
Program  for  those  students  who  demonstrate  the  potential  and  desire  to  further  challenge 
themselves  intellectually,  both  within  and  beyond  the  classroom  setting.  Students  in  the  Honors 
Program  wiU  develop  their  own  independent  project,  while  learning  how  their  interests  relate  to 
relevant  disciplinary  discourse,  other  academic  disciplines,  and  the  world  beyond  academia.  The 
Honors  Program  allows  smdents  to  forge  closer  relations  with  peers  and  faculty-  from  various 
disciplines  who  have  different  interests,  but  share  a  common  enthusiasm  for  learning,  while 
developing  their  own  interests  and  initiative. 

The  seven-semester  program  is  organized  in  two  phases,  the  first  consisting  of 
interdisciplinary  seminars  led  by  rwo  facult}'  members  from  disparate  academic  disciplines.  These 
seminars  are  built  around  the  interests  of  the  students,  who  are  equal  parmers  in  directing  die 
content  of  the  seminars  and  the  central  questions  which  inform  them.  The  second  phase  focuses 
on  developing  an  original  independent  research  project  under  the  close  supervision  of  a  faculty- 
mentor.  This  phase  culminates  in  the  production  of  an  honors  thesis  (or  project),  which  is 
presented  in  the  spring  semester  of  the  senior  year  at  the  annual  Oglethorpe  Symposium  in  the 
Liberal  Arts. 

Academic  honors  earned  through  the  Honors  Program  are  recognized  at 
commencement  exercises,  on  the  student's  diploma,  and  on  the  student's  transcript  of  grades. 


86 


SCHEDULE  FOR  HONORS  PROGRAM 


YEAR 


FALL  SEMESTER 


SPRING  SEMESTER 


Recruitment/ Application. 
Freshman         Social  activities. 

Informational  activities. 


Seminar  led  by  tvvTj  facult}-  frcjm 
disparate  disciplines.  Graded  A-F. 
HON  201.  Honors  Seminar.  1  hour 


Seminar  led  by  two  faculty 
Sophomore      from  disparate  disciplines. 
Graded  A-F 
HON  201.  Honors  Seminar..  1  hour 


Seminar  led  by  tu'o  facult)'  from 
disparate  disciplines.  Graded  A-F. 

HON  201.  Honors  Seminar.  1  hour 


Development  of  Honors  Project 
Junior  prospecms  and  reading  Ust. 

Initial  reading.  Attend  research 

skills  sessions.  Graded  S/U 

HON  301.  Honors  1 1  hour 


Refinement  of  prospectus. 

Honors  Project  Research.  Prospectus 

must  be  approved  by  select  facult\'  to 

continue.  Graded  S/U. 

HON  302.  Honors  II 1  hour 


Project  research  and  preparation 
Senior               of  initial  draft  of  thesis.  Critique 
by  reading  committee. 
Graded  A-R 
HON  401.  Honors  III 4  hours 


Preparation  of  final  draft  of  thesis. 
Defense.  Presentadon  of  Honors 
work. 

HON  402.  Honors  IV. 0  hours 


Each  fall  semester  informational  programs  are  held  to  acquaint  prospective  participants 
with  the  feamres  and  requirements  of  the  Honors  Program.  Interested  students  should  then  apply 
for  admission  to  the  program.  A  grade-point  average  of  3.3  is  required  to  participate  in  the  first 
seminar.  A  grade-point  average  of  3.3  must  be  maintained  to  continue  in  the  Honors  Program. 
Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  program  at  any  time  prior  to  the  fall  semester  of  the 
junior  year. 

The  first  phase  of  the  program,  intended  to  be  taken  in  the  freshman  and  sophomore 
years,  consists  of  a  minimum  of  two  1 -semester  hour  seminars  (HON  201).  Smdents  are 
expected,  encouraged,  and  enabled  to  take  the  lead  in  the  seminars.  Students  carry  out  research 
relevant  to  the  topic,  write  extensivelv  in  connection  with  the  seminar,  and  make  frequent 
presentations  of  their  findings  to  the  seminar.  This  phase  focuses  on  scholarship  in  breadth  and 
communication  to  persons  whose  interests  may  be  outside  one's  own  area  of  interest  and 
expertise.  Students  practice  and  refine  many  of  the  skills  and  techniques  necessary  for  the  second 
phase  of  the  Honors  Program.  Note  that  students  who  elect  to  enter  the  Honors  Program  later 
in  their  careers  must  still  take  these  two  seminars  at  some  point. 

The  second  phase  of  the  Honors  Program,  in  the  junior  and  senior  vears,  focuses  on 
scholarship  in  depth  and  the  effective  communication  of  the  results  of  that  scholarship  to  persons 
in  the  field  of  study,  as  weU  as  those  outside  it.  During  the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  vear,  the 
smdent  secures  a  thesis  supervisor  and  enrolls  in  HON  301.  Honors  I.  Honors  I  carries  credit  of 
1 -semester  hour  graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis,  with  the  grade  to  be  determined  by 
the  Honors  Program  Director  in  consultation  with  the  facult}'  super\'isor.  Satisfactory  completion 
of  Honors  I  is  required  to  continue  the  program. 


87 


In  the  spring  of  the  junior  year  the  student  enrolls  in  HON  302.  Honors  II,  a  1 -semester 
hour  credit  course,  graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis,  in  which  the  honors  project  is 
further  refined  and  researched.  Upon  successfiil  completion  of  Honors  II,  the  student  enrolls  in 
HON  401.  Honors  III  during  the  fall  semester  of  the  senior  year.  This  is  a  4-semester  hour  credit 
course  in  which  research  of  the  thesis  topic  is  to  be  completed.  A  first  draft  of  the  thesis  must  be 
submitted  to  the  student's  reading  committee  by  the  end  of  this  semester.  The  reading  committee 
provides  the  student  with  feedback,  including  recommended  revisions. 

After  successful  completion  of  Honors  III,  the  student  enrolls  in  HON  402.  Honors  IV, 
a  required  course  which  carries  no  academic  credit,  during  the  spring  semester  of  the  senior  year. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  submit  their  theses  to  appropriate  competitions  or  for  publication.  The 
final  draft  of  the  thesis  is  presented  to  the  reading  committee  at  least  one  week  prior  to  the  end  of 
classes.  At  the  reading  committee's  discretion  the  student  may  be  asked  to  make  a  formal  defense  of 
the  thesis.  The  faculty  supervisor,  in  consultation  with  the  reading  committee  and  the  Honors 
Program  Director,  determines  whether  Honors  is  to  be  awarded  by  the  first  day  of  the  final 
examination  period. 

HON  201.  Honors  Seminar 1  hour 

This  seminar,  led  by  faculty  members  from  two  disparate  disciplines,  will  consider  a 
question,  problem,  proposition,  text,  period  of  time,  project,  etc.  The  focus  of  the  seminar  wUl 
be  student  research,  writing,  and  presentation.  An  interdisciplinary  approach  will  be  emphasized. 
Seminars  have  included:  Self  Reference  —  Artificial  Intelligence,  Literature  and  Societs',  Science 
and  Postmodernism,  Moderns  Confront  the  Classics:  Hobbes  and  Thucydides,  Evolutionan,' 
Psychology,  Creativity,  Politics  and  Theatre,  An  Intimate  History  of  Humanit}',  and  Gender  and 
Discourse.  Graded  with  a  letter  grade  "A-F."  Prerequisite:  Application  and  admission  into  the 
Honors  Program. 

HON  301.  Honors  I 1  hour 

In  this  course,  with  the  aid  of  a  facult)'  supervisor,  the  student  selects  and  begins  to 
research  a  thesis  topic.  A  preliminary  prospectus  is  developed  along  with  a  reading  Ust.  The 
student  attends  a  series  of  research  skills  sessions.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  Honors  Program  Director,  permission  of  the  facult\'  super\asor, 
a  3.3  overall  grade-point  average,  and  a  3.5  grade-point  average  in  the  field  in  which  the  honors 
research  is  to  be  done. 

HON  302.  Honors  1 1  hour 

In  this  course  the  student  continues  to  research  in  order  to  refine  the  prospectus  of  the 
honors  project.  The  prospectus  and  related  materials  are  submitted  to  a  select  group  of  facults^ 
who  must  approve  the  student's  preparedness  to  continue  the  program.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisite:   Satisfactory  grade  in  HON  301. 

HON  401.  Honors  III 4  hours 

Under  continued  direction  of  the  facult}^  supervisor,  research  of  the  thesis  topic  is 
completed  in  this  course.  Preparation  of  a  first  draft  is  submitted  to  the  student's  reading 
committee.  Graded  with  a  letter  grade  "A-F."  Prerequisite:   Satisfactory  grade  in  HON  302. 

HON  402.  Honors  IV 0  hours 

Revisions  are  made  and  a  final  draft  of  the  thesis  is  submitted  to  the  smdent's  reading 
committee.  A  formal  defense  of  the  thesis  may  be  scheduled.  An  appropriate  oral  presentation  of 
the  honors  work  also  wiU  be  required  in  an  academic  setting.  Prerequisite:  Minimum  grade  of  "C" 
in  HON  401.  Grade  of  "I"  for  HON  401  is  not  acceptable. 


Oglethorpe  University  Students  Abroad  (OUSA) 

Oglethorpe  University  fosters  and  supports  the  concept  that  international  study,  travel,  and 
global  explorations  remain  a  vital  part  of  a  rigorous  academic  education.  Through  a  growing  global 
network  of  partnerships,  agreements,  and  for-credit,  short-term  trips  sponsored  by  the  university, 
Oglethorpe  offers  an  exciting  array  of  opportunities  for  international  education.  Oglethorpe  University 
Students  Abroad  (OUSA)  consists  of  four  divisions: 

International  Exchange  Partnerships 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  unique  opportunities  to  students  for  one  semester  or  one 
year  of  study  at  partnership  colleges  and  universities  in  Latin  America,  China,  France,  Germany, 
Japan,  the  Netherlands,  and  Russia.  Most  of  the  student  exchanges  at  these  institutions  will  cost 
the  student  what  he  or  she  pays  for  tuition  at  Oglethorpe. 

Independent  Study  Abroad 

Numerous  oppormnities  exist  for  any  qualified  smdents  to  study  at  other,  non- 
partnership  universities  of  the  student's  choice  throughout  the  world,  in  science,  economics,  social 
sciences,  languages,  art,  communications,  the  liberal  arts,  and  business.  The  OUSA  Director  will 
help  advise  and  direct  each  student  in  selecting  the  appropriate  university  abroad.  Financial 
resources  and  stipends  are  available  for  academic  study  in  some  countries. 

Students  Abroad 

This  division  of  OUSA  creates,  organizes,  and  directs  short-term,  for-credit  academic 
study  trips  abroad  during  the  months  of  December,  March,  May,  and  the  summer.  Oglethorpe 
professors  develop  these  trips  as  intensive  explorations  of  culture,  cuisine,  music,  historical  and 
political  institutions,  art,  archaeology,  and  business.  Standard  destinations  include  Ital\',  France, 
Spain,  Switzerland,  Austria,  England,  Greece,  Turkey,  Central  and  Latin  America,  China,  and 
Russia.  Students  who  elect  to  do  so  receive  credit  for  their  participation,  which  includes  note- 
taking,  photographing,  field  documentation,  journaUng,  and  a  research  project  to  be  completed 
after  returning  from  the  trips  as  independent  work  with  the  professor. 

Associate  Student  Programs  for  Special  Study  Abroad 

This  division  of  OUSA  manages  special  links  to  prominent  universities  and  institutions 
abroad  with  whom  Oglethorpe  has  developed  a  special  relationship.  At  present,  Oglethorpe  has 
created  the  following  special  programs  at  these  universities: 

Oxford  University,  Oxford,  England:  Through  the  Washington  International  Studies 
Council,  students  who  wish  to  study  at  Oxford  University  for  a  semester  or  a  year  may  do  so  as 
registered  visiting  smdents  with  university  privileges,  and  live  with  British  smdents  in  the  center  of 
Oxford.  Applications  and  eligibility  requirements  can  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of  the  OUSA 
Director. 

Umbra  Institute,  Perugia,  Italy:  Smdents  who  wish  to  smdv  in  Italy  for  a  semester  or 
a  year  may  do  so  at  this  English-speaking,  liberal  arts  instimte,  where  they  can  take  courses  in 
Italian  language,  history,  and  politics.  Applications  and  materials  may  be  obtained  in  the  Office  of 
the  OUSA  Director. 


89 


Students  who  desire  to  explore  a  culture,  examine  archaeological  ruins,  witness  political 
decisionmaking  firsthand,  research  museums  throughout  the  world,  document  ecological 
problems,  study  in  an  internadonal  setting,  or  sharpen  language  skills  should  seriousty  investigate 
participating  in  any  of  the  four  divisions  of  OUSA. 

Oglethorpe  academic  advisors  and  the  OUSA  Director  serve  as  primary  consultants  for 
students  who  seek  any  study  abroad  experience.  Students  who  wish  to  apply  for  financial 
assistance  should  contact  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid  early  in  the  pursuit  of  a  study  abroad 
program  to  determine  what  available  funds  exist.  Specific  deadlines  and  itineraries  for  short-term 
trips  appear  throughout  the  year  in  student  e-mail,  the  student  newspaper,  and  fliers  throughout 
the  campus. 

Note:  Every  student  attending  an  Oglethorpe  approved  semester  or  year  abroad  will  receive 
credit  for  one  semester  of  the  junior  year  core  —  either  Historical  Perspectives  on  the 
Social  Order  I  or  II  —  the  smdent  may  choose. 

Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program 

Oglethorpe  University's  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  challenges 
students  to  develop  their  leadership  abilit)'  throughout  their  college  years,  and  awards  the 
Certificate  of  Urban  Leadership  at  graduation.  Through  a  balance  of  academic  courses, 
workshops,  and  various  on-  and  off-campus  experiences,  it  prepares  graduates  to  meet  the 
challenges  of  responsible  citizenship  in  local,  national  and  international  communities.  Students 
gain  a  broad  understanding  of  leadership  concepts,  theories,  and  applications.  They  are 
encouraged  to  consider  their  education  in  light  of  the  demands  of  leadership  in  their  own  lives  as 
well  as  in  their  communities. 

The  program  takes  fuU  advantage  of  the  extraordinary  resources  of  the  Atianta 
metropolitan  area.  A  major  economic  force  in  the  Southeast,  Atianta  is  rich  with  exceptional 
learning  opportunities  in  the  realms  of  politics,  business,  the  arts,  information  technologv, 
entertainment,  and  community  service.  Few  selective  universities  are  able  to  combine  a  rigorous 
liberal  arts  education  with  the  resources  and  opportunities  of  a  world-class  citv'. 

The  following  curriculum  encompasses  the  four  required  courses  designed  specitlcaUv 
for  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program 

POL  350.  Special  Topics  in  Politics:  Moral  and  Political  Leadership 4  hours 

In  tliis  course,  the  Uves  of  a  number  of  leaders  are  examined  and  a  series  of  questions 
are  addressed.  In  what  did  or  does  their  greatness  consist?  With  what  issues  or  moral  dilemmas 
did  they  wrestie?  What  challenges  did  they  face?  How  did  they  understand  and  perhaps  overcome 
the  constraints  of  their  situation?  Upon  what  moral,  intellectual,  and  "characterological"  resources 
could  they  rely?  What  were  their  strengths?  What  were  their  weaknesses?  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  politics  and 
policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the 
political  and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the  factors  that  characterize  this  new 
development,  including  extremes  of  wealth  and  poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups, 
and  the  opportunities  and  challenges  provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technologv. 
Offered  annually. 


90 


ULP  304.  Community  Issues  Forum:  Principles  into  Practice 4  hours 

This  course  is  taught  as  a  weekly  seminar  focusing  on  a  particular  community  issue  and 
accompanied  by  an  issue-related,  off-campus  internship.  Together  with  facult)-,  students  analyze 
issues  confronting  stakeholders,  collaborate  on  solutions,  and  present  findings  derived  from  their 
internship  assignments.  Students  have  interned  with  the  state  legislature,  local  and  state  chambers 
of  commerce,  community'  food  banks,  arts  organizations,  corporations,  non-profit  organizations, 
and  a  number  of  other  communit}'  groups.  Topics  covered  in  previous  years  include:  communit}^ 
development,  education,  transportation,  health  care,  and  the  environment.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Urban  Leadership  Elective 4  hours 

With  the  approval  of  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  Director  and  the 
academic  advisor,  the  student  selects  an  appropriate  course  to  satisfy  the  fourth  course 
requirement  of  the  program.  Ideally,  the  elective  course  will  be  part  of  the  student's  major  or 
minor,  or  in  an  area  of  vocational  interest.  The  principal  objective  of  the  elective  requirement  is 
to  look  for  intellectual  or  applied  leadership  in  the  student's  chosen  field  or  profession. 

In  addition  to  the  required  academic  course  work,  students  demonstrate  leadership  on 
and  off  campus  by  their  participation  in  University,  civic,  and  communit}'  endeavors  in  Atianta. 
Smdents  organize  and  participate  in  conferences,  workshops,  and  symposia  on  and  off  campus. 
At  the  end  of  each  semester,  smdents  submit  a  brief  memo  to  the  director  detailing  their 
leadership  challenges  and  opportunities  that  semester.  In  the  final  semester,  students  prepare  a 
paper  reflecting  on  their  leadership  experiences  during  college.  The  final  portfolio  contains  written 
work  drawn  from  the  student's  leadership  courses  and  experiences. 

Admission  to  the  Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership  Program  is  competitive. 
Students  may  apply  in  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or  junior  year.  The  director  and  a  selection 
committee  evaluate  candidates  on  the  basis  of  commitment  to  leadership-related  study,  the 
desire  for  leadership  understanding  and  application,  extracurricular  participation,  academic 
record,  and  other  experience. 


91 


92 


The  Core  Curriculum 


X 


History  of  the  Core  Curriculum 


Oglethorpe  initiated  its  "core  curriculum,"  in  the  academic  year  1944-45,  making  it  one 
of  the  first  core  programs  in  the  United  States.  In  his  explanatory  brochure  about  the  program, 
Oglethorpe  President  Philip  Weltner  presented  a  new  liberal  arts  curriculum  with  the  twin  aims 
of  equipping  students  to  "make  a  Ufe  and  make  a  living."  Each  student  would  devote  one  half  of 
his  or  her  college  course  work  to  the  common  intellectual  experience  of  the  core,  while  the 
student  would  devote  the  other  half  to  his  or  her  major  area  of  study.  In  outlining  his  new  plan 
and  his  philosophy  of  education.  President  Weltner  anticipated  some  of  the  ideas  featured  in 
General  Education  in  a  Free  Society,  Harvard  University's  1945  statement  stressing  an  emphasis 
on  liberal  arts  and  a  core  curriculum. 

The  idea  of  a  core  curriculum  was  at  that  time  so  revolutionary  in  higher  education  that 
news  of  the  Oglethorpe  Plan  appeared  in  The  New  York  Times  in  the  spring  of  1945.  Dr.  Weltner 
told  The  Times:  "We  are  trying  to  develop  keen.. .appreciation  and  understanding.  Instead  of 
dividing  our  courses  into  separate  schools,  we  are  giving  the  students  a  good  liberal  and  general 
education  which  can  become  the  basis  of  hundreds  of  vocations." 

Dr.  Weltner's  core  curriculum  for  the  Oglethorpe  students  of  the  1940s  reflected  the 
concerns  of  the  war  era:  the  core  consisted  of  a  series  of  courses  under  the  headings 
"Citizenship"  and  "Human  Understanding."  As  the  concerns  of  the  war  era  receded  and  the  post- 
war information  explosion  ensued,  the  Oglethorpe  core  underwent  extensive  revision  in  the 
1960s,  with  its  required  courses  coming  to  resemble  much  more  closely  traditional  courses  in  the 
disciplines.  Gradually  this  core  came  to  focus  on  those  courses  representing  competencies  that  a 
well-educated  generaUst  ought  to  have  upon  graduating  from  coUege. 

With  the  support  of  a  major  grant  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities, 
the  Oglethorpe  core  curriculum  underwent  substantial  revision  in  the  early  1990s  to  reflect  a  new 
idea  about  core  curriculum  and  its  purpose.  Rather  than  an  attempt  to  define  what  every  student 
should  know  or  a  list  of  basic  competencies  every  student  should  have,  the  new  Oglethorpe  core 
aimed  at  providing  a  common  learning  experience  for  all  students.  Since  the  early  1990s  the  core 
curriculum  has  undergone  further  scrutiny  and  refinement.  Beginning  in  1998,  Oglethorpe 
implemented  a  sequence  of  new  interdisciplinary  year-long  courses.  These  sequences,  which 
extend  over  all  four  years  of  a  student's  collegiate  career,  feature  the  reading  of  a  number  of 
primary  texts  common  to  all  sections  of  the  courses  and  frequent  writing  assignments.  Each 
course  in  the  sequence  builds  upon  the  body  of  knowledge  studied  in  the  pre\ious  covirse. 
Courses  in  the  fine  arts  and  in  mathematics  complement  these  sequences.  The  program  explicidv 
invites  students  to  integrate  their  core  learning  and  to  consider  knowledge  gained  from  smdv  in 
the  core  as  they  approach  study  in  their  majors.  In  developing  this  curriculum,  the  facults'  has 
renewed  its  commitment  to  the  spirit  of  Dr.  Weltner's  original  core:  "We  must  never  for  an  instant 
forget  that  education  to  be  true  to  itself  must  be  a  progressive  experience  for  the  learner,  in  which 
interest  gives  rise  to  inquiry,  inquiry  is  pursued  to  mastery,  and  mastery  here  occasions  new 
interests  there." 

As  every  student's  second  major,  the  core  continues  to  urge  students  to  pursue  links 
among  the  various  areas  of  study  and  to  appreciate  the  value  of  intellectual  inquiry.  A  National 
Endowment  for  the  Humanities  Challenge  Grant,  wWch  Oglethorpe  received  in  1996,  helped  to 
create  an  endowment  for  the  core  curriculum,  guaranteeing  that  faculty  have  the  resources  to  keep 
the  core  vital  and  central  to  learning  at  Oglethorpe.  As  facult)'  work  together  through  frequent 
conversation  about  the  content  and  goals  of  their  core  courses  to  pro\dde  an  integrated  approach 
to  learning,  one  is  reminded  of  the  pledge  Dr.  Weltner  made  over  half  a  century  ago  in  outlining 
the  core:  "Oglethorpe  University  insists  that  die  object  is  not  to  pass  a  subject;  the  object  is  to  take 
and  keep  it." 


94 


Liberal  Education  and  the  Core  Curriculum 


Oglethorpe  University  is  committed  to  providing  a  comprehensive  liberal  arts  education 
for  all  of  its  students.  We  aim  to  produce  graduates  who  are  broadly  educated  in  the  fundamental 
fields  of  knowledge  and  who  know  how  to  integrate  knowledge  in  meaningful  ways.  The 
University's  core  curriculum  is  the  clearest  expression  of  this  commitment.  As  an  interdiscipUnarv 
and  common  learning  experience,  the  core  curriculum  provides  for  students  throughout  their 
academic  careers  a  model  for  integrating  information  and  gaining  knowledge.  The  sequencing  of 
the  core  courses  means  that  all  Oglethorpe  students  take  the  same  core  courses  at  the  same  point 
in  their  college  careers,  thereby  providing  an  opportunity  for  students  to  discuss  important  ideas 
and  texts  both  inside  and  outside  the  classroom.  In  this  way,  the  core  curriculum  aims  to  create  a 
communit)'  of  learners  at  Oglethorpe  University. 

Staffed  by  facult)^  from  a  wide  variet}'  of  disciplines,  the  program  seeks  to  teach  students 
the  following  aptimdes  and  skills: 

1 .  The  abiUt}'  to  reason,  read,  and  speak  effectively,  instilled  through  frequent  and  rigorous 
writing  assignments  and  the  reading  and  discussion  of  primary  texts. 

2.  An  understanding  as  well  as  a  critical  appreciation  of  how  knowledge  is  generated  and 
challenged. 

3.  The  ability  to  reflect  upon  and  discuss  matters  fundamental  to  understanding  who  we 
are  and  what  we  ought  to  be.  This  includes  how  we  understand  ourselves  as  individuals 
(Core  I)  and  as  members  of  societ}'  (Core  11),  how  the  study  of  our  past  informs  our 
sense  of  who  we  are  as  human  beings  (Core  III),  and  the  ways  in  which  the  practice  of 
science  informs  our  understanding  of  ourselves  and  the  world  (Core  I\^. 

In  addition  to  the  seven  integrated  and  sequenced  core  courses,  Oglethorpe  University 
students  take  two  additional  courses  that  have  been  designed  to  help  them  develop  an  appreciation 
and  understanding  of  fine  arts  and  mathematics.  Students  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  also 
study  a  foreign  language. 

The  core  curriculum  provides  only  a  beginning  for  the  investigation  of  significant 
questions  and  issues.  The  program  is  designed  to  foster  in  students  a  love  of  learning  and  a  desire 
to  learn,  to  think,  and  to  act  as  reflective,  responsible  beings  throughout  their  lives. 

Freshman  Year  -  Core  I 

COR  101.  Narratives  of  the  Self  I 
COR  102.  Narratives  of  die  Self  II 

Sophomore  Year  -  Core  II 

COR  201.  Human  Namre  and  the  Social  Order  I 
COR  202.  Human  Namre  and  the  Social  Order  II 

Junior  Year  -  Core  III 

COR  301.  Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  I 
COR  302.  Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  II 

Senior  Year  -  Core  IV  -  One  of  the  following: 

COR  401.  Science  and  Human  Namre:  Biological  Sciences 
COR  402.  Science  and  Human  Namre:  Physical  Sciences 


95 


Fine  Arts  Requirement  -  One  of  the  following: 
COR  103.  Music  and  Culture 
COR  104.  Art  and  Culture 

Mathematics  Requirement 

COR  203.  Great  Ideas  of  Modern  Mathematics 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

AH  students  undertaking  and  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  will  be  required  to  take 
at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second-semester  elementary-level  or  higher. 
Students  who  graduated  from  a  secondary  school  where  the  language  instruction  was  not  English 
have  satisfied  the  foreign  language  requirement. 

COR  101,  COR  102.  Narratives  of  the  Self  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

The  first-year  course  sequence  investigates  narratives  of  the  self  vVmong  the  topics  that 
students  wiU  consider  are  a  variety  of  fictional  and  philosophical  constructions  of  the  self,  the 
relationships  of  memory  to  personal  identity,  and  the  disjunction  or  harmony  between  public  and 
private  selves.  The  authors  considered  in  the  courses  may  include  Homer,  Socrates,  St.  Augustine, 
Montaigne,  Shakespeare,  Descartes,  Cervantes,  Lao  Tsu,  Nietzsche,  and  Toni  Morrison. 

COR  103.  Music  and  Culture 4  hours 

The  appreciadon  of  music  begins  with  an  understanding  of  the  creative  process  as  a 
means  of  self-expression  and  the  artist's  relationship  to  the  world.  Using  primary  sources,  guest 
lecturers,  and  artists,  this  course  examines  the  st\4es,  trends,  and  developments  of  Western  and 
international  music  from  early  civilizations  through  the  20*  century.  Study  and  discussion  begin 
to  develop  an  understanding  of  how  music  and  the  cultural  arts  reflect  and  affect  societal  trends 
and  values. 

COR  104.  Art  and  Culture 4  hours 

Through  the  study  of  art  this  course  will  help  students  understand  the  basic  chronology 
of  Western  culture,  lay  the  groundwork  for  broad  cultural  Uteracv,  and  look  at  how  art  retlects  the 
human  condition.  The  course  explores  content,  formal  elements,  and  historical  context  of  the  art 
of  Western  and  non-Western  cultures  from  ancient  to  modern  times.  Four  basic  themes  wUl 
prevail:  Art  and  Religion,  Art  and  Power,  Art  and  Nature,  and  Art  and  the  Personal. 

COR  201,  COR  202.  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

The  sophomore  course  sequence  focuses  on  the  relationship  between  individuals  and 
communities,  examining  the  extent  to  which  the  "good  Ufe"  can  be  pursued  within  die  confmes 
of  any  social  order.  These  courses  investigate  issues  such  as  the  nature  of  human  excellence  and 
virtue,  the  character  of  justice,  the  origins  and  sources  of  social  order,  and  the  stams  and 
legitimacy  of  political  power.  How  can  we  obtain  an  accurate  description  of  humans  as  social 
beings?  What  is  the  good  societ}?,  and  how  may  it  be  realized?  Students  in  this  course  are  in\'ited 
to  become  more  thoughtful,  self-conscious,  and  self-critical  members  and  citizens  of  the  society- 
and  polity  in  which  they  live.  Authors  such  as  Aristotie,  Locke,  Smith,  Tocquevdlle,  Marx,  and 
Weber  are  read. 

COR  203.  Great  Ideas  of  Modern  Mathematics 4  hours 

This  course  explores  several  major  modern  matiiematical  developments  and  helps 
students  to  understand  and  appreciate  the  unique  approach  to  knowledge  wliich  characterizes 
mathematics.  The  mode  of  inquiry  employed  is  reason.  This  is  not  to  be  confused  widi  the 
approach  used,  for  example,  in  the  natural  or  social  sciences.  It  is,  rather,  reason  divorced  from 

96 


anything  empirical.  As  T.  H.  Huxley  remarked,  "Mathematics  is  that  study  which  knows  nothing 
of  observation,  nothing  of  experiment,  nothing  of  induction,  nothing  of  causation."  The  course 
will  be  organized  around  three  or  four  major  mathematical  ideas  that  have  emerged  since  the  time 
of  Newton.  These  ideas  will  be  drawn  from  such  fields  as  calculus,  set  theory,  number  theory, 
probabilit)'  theory,  modern  algebra,  logic,  topology,  and  non-Euclidean  geometry. 

COR  301,  COR  302.  Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

The  junior  year  sequence  constitutes  an  historical  examination  of  human  experience  in 
response  to  some  of  the  themes  and  issues  raised  in  the  first  two  years  of  the  core.  Drawing  on 
a  variety  of  perspectives  from  both  the  humanities  and  the  social  sciences,  the  course  strives  to 
reconstruct  the  histories  of  significant  periods  in  human  history.  The  first  semester  focuses  on 
the  rise  and  fall  of  civilizations  from  antiquit}'  through  the  Renaissance.  The  second  semester 
concentrates  on  the  problems  of  modernity,  such  as  the  rise  of  the  modern  state,  nationalism, 
revolution,  and  globalization.  Both  courses  examine  the  ways  in  which  significant  moments  have 
become  essential  parts  of  our  historical  consciousness,  enshrined  in  myth,  and  religion,  tradition, 
culture,  and  institutions.  Through  careful  analysis  of  current  scholarship  and  original  sources, 
students  are  invited  to  consider  the  complex  relationship  between  history,  cultural  traditions,  and 
the  social  and  political  institutions  derived  from  them. 

COR  401.  Science  and  Human  Nature:  Biological  Sciences 4  hours 

The  senior  year  course  deals  with  the  way  scientific  methodologies  inform  current 
thinking  on  the  nature  of  the  human  organism.  Starting  from  basic  genetic  and  psychological 
understandings,  it  emphasizes  how  evolutionary  mechanisms  may  be  seen  as  contributing  to  the 
origins  of  uniquely  human  behaviors.  Elements  of  DNA  structure  as  it  applies  to  information 
storage  and  transmission,  the  regulation  of  gene  expression  and  the  mechanics  of  protein 
synthesis,  mutation  and  its  centralit^'  in  producing  variation,  sexual  reproduction  and  how  the  laws 
of  probabUit}'  apply  to  biological  systems,  sex  determination,  "altruistic"  behavior,  and  kin 
selection  are  among  the  topics  explored. 

COR  402.  Science  and  Human  Nature:  Physical  Sciences 4  hours 

Modern  western  society  is  largely  science-dominated,  and  the  consideration  of  science 
and  its  role  in  society  is  essential  for  any  educated  person.  This  core  course  investigates  the 
practice  of  science  by  focusing  specifically  on  scientific  revolutions.  It  is  during  such  periods  of 
upheaval  that  we  can  most  clearlv  see  how  science  is  actually  practiced.  WTiat  causes  a  new  idea  to 
challenge  the  scientific  status  quo?  What  determines  whether  the  new  idea  will  be  accepted,  or 
not?  When  seeking  new  explanations  for  natural  events,  what  guides  the  scientist's  search?  The 
goal  of  this  course  is  to  equip  the  student  with  the  necessary  tools  and  background  to  seek 
answers  to  these  questions,  and  others,  for  such  questions  are  increasingly  a  part  of  each  of  our 
lives  if  we  live  those  lives  reflectively. 


97 


Core  Equivalencies  for  Transfer  Students 

Core  credits  for  transfer  students  are  determined  by  two  things:  a  student's  specific 
course  work  and  the  total  semester  hours  transferred  in  by  the  student.  No  core  credit  is  given  for 
Advanced  Placement  or  College  Level  Examination  Program  course  work.  Other  credit  is  often 
given,  however  for  Advanced  Placement  and  International  Baccalaureate  course  work;  please  see 
Advanced  Placement  and  International  Baccalaureate  Programs  in  the  Admission  section  of  this 
Bulletin. 


Transfer  Hours 

Course  Credits 

from  Previous  Colleges 

Core 
Equivalents 

1-14 

Music  Appreciation  or  Music  History 
Art  Appreciation  or  Art  History 

COR  103 
COR  104 

1 5  and  over 

Writing  Course 

Literature  or  philosophy  course 

COR  101 
COR  102 

Over  30 

Course  in  history,  politics,  sociology, 
anthropology,  philosophy*  or  economics. 

COR  201 

Over  45 

Two  courses  in  history,  politics,  sociology, 
anthropology,  philosophy*  or  economics. 

COR  201  and 
COR  202 

*  Note:    If  a  philosophy  course  is  used  to  exempt  COR  102,  the  same  course  cannot  be  applied 
to  COR  201  or  202. 

Great  Ideas  of  Mathematics,  Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order  I,  II,  Science 
and  Human  Nature:  Biological  Sciences,  and  Science  and  Human  Namre:  Physical  Sciences  cannot 
be  fulfilled  by  transfer  credit. 

Core  Credits  Through  Study  Abroad  or  as  a  Transient  Student 

Every  student  attending  an  Oglethorpe  approved  semester  or  year  abroad  wall  receive 
credit  for  one  semester  of  the  junior  year  core  —  either  Historical  Perspectives  on  the  Social  Order 
I  or  II  —  the  smdent  may  choose. 

Once  a  student  enrolls  at  Oglethorpe,  core  credit  may  not  be  earned  through  study  as  a 
transient  student  at  other  institutions;  for  example,  no  summer  school  credit  from  another 
university. 


98 


Programs  of  Study 


Degrees 

Oglethorpe  University  offers  six  degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies,  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration,  Master  of  Arts  in 
Teaching  -  Early  Childhood  Education,  and  Master  of  Business  Administration.  The  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  and  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education  degrees 
are  offered  in  the  traditional  program  and  described  in  this  publication.  (For  a  discussion  of  the 
other  three  degrees,  please  see  University  College  at  the  end  of  this  section  or  refer  to  the  University 
College  Bulletin,  available  from  the  University  College  Office.)  Under  certain  conditions  it  is  also 
possible  for  a  student  to  receive  a  dual  degree  in  art,  a  dual  degree  in  engineering,  a  dual  degree  in 
environmental  studies,  or  a  degree  under  the  Professional  Option.  See  the  Index  for  the  sections 
where  these  degrees  are  discussed. 

Undergraduate  Major  Programs  and  Requirements 

Completion  of  a  major  program  is  required  for  all  baccalaureate  degrees.  The  student's 
academic  advisor  assists  with  the  student's  selection  of  a  major.  The  student  declares  the  major 
selected  on  the  course  registration  form  completed  each  semester.  Students  must  have  declared  a 
major  by  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year. 

A  major  is  an  orderly  sequence  of  courses  in:  1)  a  particular  discipline,  2)  a  combination 
of  two  disciplines,  or  3)  a  defined  interdisciplinary  field.  A  major  must  include  a  minimum  of  32 
and  a  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  of  required  course  work,  exclusive  of  all  hours  used  to 
satisfy  core  requirements.  Exceptions  may  be  granted  in  special  circumstances  by  a  vote  of  the 
appropriate  faculty  committee.  At  least  half  of  the  semester  hours  required  for  the  major  must  be 
in  course  work  taken  at  Oglethorpe  University.  Each  major  includes  a  substantial  component  of 
advanced  courses  which  have  specified  prerequisites.  A  major  may  require  for  successful 
completion  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  in  the  major  field  which  is  higher  than  the  2.0 
cumulative  grade-point  average  required  for  graduation.  Alternativel}',  the  requirements  for  the 
major  may  state  that  only  courses  in  which  a  "C-"  or  higher  grade  is  received  mav  be  used  in 
satisfaction  of  the  major's  requirements.  The  student  is  responsible  for  ensuring  the  fulfillment  of 
the  requirements  of  the  major  selected.  Specific  requirements  for  each  of  the  majors  may  be 
found  listed  below  in  alphabetical  order.  Please  note  that  no  course  that  is  counted  to  fulfill  a 
major  requirement  for  one  degree  may  be  used  toward  the  requirements  of  another  degree. 
For  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  the  following  majors  are  offered: 

American  Studies 

Art  -  Dual  Degree 

Art  History 

Business  Administration  and  Behavioral  Science 

Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

Economics 

Engineering  —  Dual  Degree 

English 

Environmental  Studies  —  Dual  Degree 

French 

History 

Individually  Planned  Major 

International  Studies 

International  Studies  with  Asia  Concentration 


100 


Philosophy 
Politics 

Psychology 
Sociology 

Sociology  with  Social  Work  Concentration 
Spanish 
Studio  Art 
Theatre 
For  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  the  following  majors  are  offered: 
Accounting 
Biology 
Biopsychology 
Business  Administration 

Business  Administration  and  Computer  Science 
Chemistry 
Economics 
Mathematics 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 
Physics 

Undergraduate  Minor  Programs  and  Requirements 

A  minor  consists  of  at  least  16  semester  hours  of  course  work  beyond  any  core 
requirements  in  that  discipline.  A  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  a  minor  must  be  in  course 
work  taken  at  Oglethorpe.  Minor  programs  are  available  in  the  fields  Usted  below.  Specific 
requirements  for  each  minor  may  be  found  in  the  respective  disciplines,  that  follow  in 
alphabetical  order: 


Accounting 

American  Studies 

Art  History 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

Chemistry 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

History 

Individually  Planned  Minor 

Japanese 


Mathematics 

Music 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Politics 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Studio  Art 

Theatre 

Women's  and  Gender  Studies 

Wanting 


101 


Academic  Departments 


Organizadon  of  Oglethorpe's  disciplines  is  by  division,  each  with  its  own  division  chair. 
The  nine  divisions  are  as  follows: 

Division  I  Philosophy,  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies,  and  the  Fine  Arts 

Division  II  History,  Politics,  and  International  Studies 

Division  III  Natural  Sciences 

Division  IV  Behavioral  Sciences 

Division  V  Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Division  VI  Education  —  Undergraduate  and  Graduate 

Division  VII  English  Language  and  Comparative  Literature 

Division  VIII  Foreign  Languages 

Division  IX  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


Accounting 


Accounting  is  the  language  of  business.  Accounting  provides  quantitative  information, 
primarily  financial  in  nature,  about  economic  entities  that  is  intended  to  be  useful  in  making 
economic  decisions.  Accounting  students  become  acquainted  with  the  sources  and  uses  of 
financial  information  and  develop  the  analytical  ability  necessary  to  produce  and  interpret  such 
information.  The  students  learn  to  observe  economic  activity;  to  select  from  that  acti\4t\'  the 
events  which  are  relevant  to  a  particular  decision;  to  measure  the  economic  consequences  of  those 
events  in  quantitative  terms;  to  record,  classify,  and  summarize  the  resulting  data  and  to 
communicate  the  information  in  various  reports  and  statements  to  the  appropriate 
decisionmakers. 

Accounting  students  gain  the  conceptual  foundation  and  basic  skills  to  begin  a  career  in 
accounting.  There  are  many  attractive  career  fields  including  public  accounting,  industry, 
government,  and  non-profit  organizations.  Accounting  provides  an  excellent  educational 
background  for  anyone  going  into  business.  With  the  skills  gained  from  accounting,  the  student 
wiU  have  an  appropriate  background  for  such  related  careers  as  financial  ser\aces,  computer 
science,  management,  industrial  engineering,  law  and  others,  or  the  abiUt}'  to  pursue  graduate 
education.  Internships  are  available  to  give  preparation  to  students  for  careers  after  graduation. 
The  major  in  accounting  wiU  assist  the  student  to  prepare  for  several  qualifying  examinations  in 
accounting  and  finance  such  as  Certified  Public  Accountant  (CPA),  Certified  Management 
Accountant  (CMA),  and  Certified  Financial  Analyst  (CFA). 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230   Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231    Managerial  Accounting 

ACC  332  Intermediate  Accounting  I 

ACC  333   Intermediate  Accounting  II 

ACC  334  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 

ACC  335   Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 

ACC  435   Advanced  Accounting 

ACC  437  Auditing 

BUS  110   Business  Law  I 

BUS  260   Principles  of  Management 
102 


BUS  310   Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350  Marketing 

BUS  469   Strategic  Management 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221    Intermediate  Microeconomics 

MAT  111   Statistics 

MAT  121    AppUed  Calculus 

Note:        All  upper— level  (300  and  400)  accounting  courses  must  be  taken  at  Oglethorpe  unless 
special  permission  is  given  by  a  member  of  the  accounting  facult\'. 

In  addition,  the  student  must  satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's 
academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications 
Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiency  examination. 

Beginning  in  1998,  new  eligibility  requirements  adopted  by  the  Georgia  State  Board  of 
Accountancy  require  at  least  150  semester  hours  of  college  study  to  qualifv'  to  take  the  CPA 
examination.  Included  within  the  content  of  this  minimum  education  standard  is  the  requirement 
to  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  accounting  courses  beyond  Financial  Accounting  and 
Managerial  Accounting  and  at  least  24  semester  hours  of  education  in  business  administration. 
For  those  students  whose  objective  is  to  qualif}'  to  take  the  CPA  examination,  it  is  recommended 
that  the  following  courses  be  included  in  these  additional  required  semester  hours: 

ACC  336   Income  Tax  Accounting:  Corporations,  Partnerships,  Estates, 
and  Trusts 

ACC  436  Accounting  Control  Systems 

ACC  438  Accounting  Theory 

BUS  111    Business  Law  II 

Minor 

Students  desiring  to  minor  in  accounting  must  complete  five  courses:  Financial 
Accounting  and  Managerial  Accounting,  and  three  of  any  of  the  following  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  332  Intermediate  Accounting  I 

ACC  333  Intermediate  Accounting  II 

ACC  334  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 

ACC  335  Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 

ACC  435  Advanced  Accounting 

ACC  230.  Financial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP)  and  other 
accounting  concepts  with  emphasis  on  their  application  in  the  financial  statements  of  business 
enterprises.  The  measurement  and  reporting  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  owners'  equit\'  is  stressed, 
along  with  the  related  measurement  and  reporting  of  revenue,  expense,  and  cash  flow. 
Prerequisite:   Sophomore  standing  or  above  or  approval  by  the  Director  of  Accounting  Studies. 


103 


ACC  231.  Managerial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  use  of  accounting  information  by  managers  and  decision 
makers  within  an  economic  enterprise.  Cost  analysis  for  purposes  of  planning  and  control  is 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:   ACC  230. 

ACC  332.  Intermediate  Accounting  I 4  hours 

This  course  covers  financial  accounting  topics  at  an  intermediate  level.  The  topics 
covered  are  similar  to  Financial  Accounting,  but  in  greater  depth.  The  standards  promulgated  by 
the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  are  considered  and  evaluated.  The  theoretical 
foundations  of  accounting  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:   ACC  231. 

ACC  333.  Intermediate  Accounting  II 4  hours 

This  is  a  continuation  of  Intermediate  Accounting  I  with  emphasis  on  advanced  topics 
such  as  capitalized  leases,  pension  costs,  inter-period  income  tax  allocation  and  accounting 
changes.  Prerequisite:   ACC  332. 

ACC  334.  Cost  and  Managerial  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  financial  information  required  for  the 
managerial  activities  of  planning,  directing  operational  activities,  control,  and  decision  making. 
The  course  includes  the  study  of  the  analytical  techniques  and  methodologies  used  to  generate 
accounting  information  and  the  managerial  use  of  accounting  information.  The  topics  include 
cost  behavior  and  estimation,  costing  of  products  and  services,  cost-volume-profit  analysis, 
budgeting,  relevant  cost  analysis,  performance  evaluation,  and  pricing  decisions.  Prerequisite: 
ACC  231. 

ACC  335.  Income  Tax  Accounting:  Individuals 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  the  federal  income  tax  system  primarily  as  it  relates 
to  individuals.  The  study  of  the  federal  tax  law  provides  the  necessary  tax  background  for  a  variet}' 
of  accounting,  financial,  and  managerial  careers.  Prerequisite:   ACC  231. 

ACC  336.  Income  Tax  Accounting:  Corporations,  Partnerships, 

Estates,  and  Trusts 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  and  related  accounting  problems 
of  corporations  and  parmerships,  with  some  consideration  of  estates  and  trusts.  Consideration 
will  be  given  to  the  role  of  taxation  in  business  planning  and  decision  making  and  the 
interrelationships  and  differences  between  financial  accounting  and  tax  accounting.  Prerequisite: 
ACC  335. 

ACC  430.  Personal  Financial  Education 2  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  a  successftil  transition  to  life  after  college. 
The  course  wiU  focus  on  financial  planning  and  education.  It  wiU  cover  topics  such  as  emplo^•er 
benefits,  money  management,  debt  reduction,  tax  remrn  preparation,  insurance,  large  asset 
purchases,  and  investing.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 

ACC  433.  Independent  Study  in  Accounting 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv  the  instructor,  die 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 


104 


I 


ACC  434.  Internship  in  Accounting 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit)^  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers,  Ernst  and  Young,  Deloitte  and  Touche,  Georgia  Pacific,  and  Miller,  Ray, 
and  Houser.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

ACC  435.  Advanced  Accounting 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  business  combinations  and  the  related  problems  of 
consolidating  the  financial  statements  of  affiliated  corporations.  The  accounting  problems  related 
to  international  business  are  also  covered  and  governmental  accounting  is  introduced. 
Prerequisite:   ACC  333. 

ACC  436.  Accounting  Control  Systems 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  in-depth  study  of  the  application  of  information  systems  concepts  to 
the  accounting  environment.  Emphasis  is  on  the  processing  of  data  in  a  computerized 
environment  as  well  as  the  controls  that  are  necessary  to  assure  accuracy  and  reUabiUt}'  of  the  data 
processed  by  an  accounting  system.  Practical  implications  of  accounting  information  system 
design  and  implementation  will  be  investigated  through  the  use  of  cases  and  projects. 
Prerequisites:  ACC  231  and  CSC  240. 

ACC  437.  Auditing 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  auditing  standards  and  procedures,  including  the  use  of 
statistical  and  other  quantitative  techniques,  and  preparation  of  audit  working  papers,  reports,  and 
financial  statements.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  criteria  for  the  establishment  of  internal 
controls  and  the  effect  of  these  controls  on  examinations  and  reports.  Prerequisites:  ACC  333  and 
MAT  111. 

ACC  438.  Accounting  Theory 4  hours 

This  course  covers  the  principles  and  concepts  of  accounting  at  an  advanced  theoretical 
level.  The  emphasis  is  on  critical  analysis  of  the  ideas  on  which  accounting  practice  is  based  along 
with  an  appreciation  for  the  intellectual  foundations  for  those  ideas.  Prerequisite:   ACC  333. 

ACC  439.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  accounting  topics  under  the  direct  super\'ision  of  an 
accounting  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 


105 


Allied  Health  Studies 


Students  who  plan  to  attend  schools  of  nursing,  physical  therapy,  occupational  therapy, 
medical  technology,  or  other  allied  health  fields  should  plan  their  programs  at  Oglethorpe  with  the 
assistance  of  the  faculty  member  serving  as  the  Allied  Health  Advisor.  The  name  of  this  advisor 
can  be  obtained  at  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Preparation  for  admission  to  an  allied  health  education  program  typically  follows  one  of 
two  models.  In  the  first  model,  students  are  admitted  to  an  allied  health  program  after  completing 
a  group  of  required  courses  in  specific  academic  areas  during  two  years  of  college  study.  For 
students  pursuing  this  option,  a  minimum  of  64  semester  hours  credit  earned  at  Oglethorpe  and 
successful  completion  of  the  allied  health  education  program  in  an  accredited  professional  school 
are  required  to  earn  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  an  individually  planned  major.  (See  the 
description  of  the  individually  planned  major  below.)  The  second  model,  which  has  become 
common  practice  in  fields  such  as  physical  therapy,  requires  students  to  earn  a  bachelor's  degree 
before  being  admitted  to  the  allied  health  program.  The  degree  awarded  upon  completion  of  the 
allied  health  program  is  t}^ically  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree.  Students  interested  in  this  option 
may  find  that  one  of  the  majors  regularly  offered  at  Oglethorpe  fulfills  the  admission 
requirements  for  the  allied  health  program.  In  other  cases,  an  individually  planned  major  can  be 
designed  to  meet  the  admission  requirements  of  the  allied  health  program. 

Students  who  are  exploring  careers  in  allied  health  fields  can  find  additional  information 
about  them  at  "Health  Professions  Links"  at  http://wipw.naahp.org  and  at  "Careers  in  Allied 
Health"  at  http:/  /  wiviv.  ama-assn.  org/  ama/pub/  category/ 2322.  html. 


American  Studies 


The  interdisciplinary  major  in  American  studies  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  develop  a  systematic  and  in-depth  understanding  of  American  culture.  Bv 
combining  American  studies  courses  and  courses  from  relevant  disciplines  (history,  literature,  the 
arts,  economics,  and  the  social  sciences),  students  may  explore  the  relationships  of  diverse  aspects 
of  American  life.  Students  also  are  able  to  pursue  their  special  interests  within  American  culture 
by  developing  an  "area  of  concentration"  that  provides  a  specific  focus  for  much  of  the  work 
completed  in  fulfillment  of  major  requirements. 

In  addition  to  introducing  students  to  the  field  of  American  studies,  the  major  is 
designed  to  help  students  refine  their  fundamental  intellectual  skills,  especially  their  writing  and 
speaking  skills.  Skills  of  this  sort  wUl  serve  the  student  well  long  after  many  specific  facts, 
postulates,  and  theories  have  been  forgotten.  In  short,  as  is  consistent  with  Oglethorpe's  stated 
institutional  purpose,  the  American  studies  program  seeks  to  prepare  humane  generalists  - 
individuals  who  possess  those  basic  qualities  so  necessary  for  leadership  in  a  rapidly  changing 
world.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Major 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  seven  courses: 
ECO  223     United  States  Economic  History 
ENG  303  American  Poetry 
HIS  130     United  States  History  to  1865 
HIS  330     Between  Worid  Wars:  The  United  States,  1 920- 1 945 
HIS  331      The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 


106 


SOC  202    The  American  Experience   (to  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or 

sophomore  year) 
One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary- 
level  or  higher 
Completion  of  five  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 
CRS  340    Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 
ECO  421    Money  and  Banking 
ECO  424  Labor  Economics 
ECO  425   Public  Finance 
EDU  101    Introduction  to  Education 

ENG  312  Special  Topics  in  Literamre  and  Culture:  Literature  in  the  1920s 
ENG  314  Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors 
HIS  430      The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 
HIS  431      History  of  United  States  Foreign  Relations 
POL  201     Constitutional  Law 
POL  302    American  Political  Parties 
POL  303    Congress  and  the  Presidency 
POL  304    African- American  Politics 
POL  311     United  States  Foreign  Policy 
SOC  201     The  Family 
ULP  303    The  New  American  City 

Minor 

Requirements  for  the  minor  include  completion  of  The  American  Experience  (to  be 
taken  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year)  and  three  of  the  following  five  courses: 
ECO  223   United  States  Economic  History 
ENG  303  American  Poetry 
HIS  130      United  States  History  to  1865 
HIS  330     Between  World  Wars:  The  United  States,  1920-1945 
HIS  331      The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 

Art 

The  Art  Department  at  Oglethorpe  Universit\'  offers  a  stimulating  and  rigorous 
program  of  study  in  studio  and  art  history.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  be  an  integral  part  of 
the  liberal  arts  experience  for  majors  and  non-majors  alike.  Students  may  choose  from  a  -wide 
range  of  studio  courses  offered  at  the  introductory  through  the  advanced  level,  including  dra\\ing, 
painting,  figure  drawing,  photography  (both  traditional  darkroom  and  digital),  printmaking,  two- 
dimensional  design,  color  theory,  anatomy,  and  figure  sculpture.  Art  history  courses  cover  a  wide 
array  of  time  periods  and  culmres  from  ancient  to  modern  art,  with  an  interdisciplinary  approach 
which  stresses  aesthetic  and  historical  context.  The  Art  Department  curriculum  prepares  students 
for  a  wide  array  of  options,  including  graduate  school  and  careers  in  a  variet}'  of  art-related  fields. 

In  keeping  with  the  concept  of  the  liberal  arts  education,  the  Art  Department's 
curriculum  is  designed  to  give  smdents  the  tools  needed  to  express  themselves,  think  clearly,  and 
help  find  their  places  in  the  world.  The  curriculum  is  unique  in  the  Southeast  for  its  emphasis  on 
mastering  the  concepts  and  skills  necessary  to  draw,  paint,  and  sculpt  the  human  figure.  Color 
theor}^,  perspective,  anatomy,  and  art  history  are  integrated  to  this  goal.  In  addition,  students  are 
exposed  to  a  wide  range  of  mediums,  including  drawing,  painting,  printmaking,  sculpmre,  and 
photography. 

107 


The  wide  range  of  courses,  as  mentioned  above,  is  open  at  the  introductory'  level  to  all 
students  regardless  of  major  or  minor.  Introductory-level  courses  emphasize  the  development  of 
perception  (learning  to  see);  cognitive  skills  (application  of  theories  to  visual  phenomena);  a  sense 
of  aesthetics  (organization  of  the  parts  for  the  larger  whole);  and  technical  skills  (facilit}'  in 
manipulating  tools). 

Many  courses  are  offered  at  the  intermediate  and  advanced  levels  as  well,  in  some  cases 
under  the  "Special  Topics"  heading.  Intermediate-level  courses  build  upon  introductor}'-level 
course  material,  undertaking  more  complex  thought  processes  and  approaches,  while  advanced- 
level  courses  emphasize  individual  inquiry  and  original  thinking. 

Studio  Art  Major 

Studio  courses  are  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  rigorous  and  stimulating 
foundation  in  visual  language  and  thinking.  Courses  emphasize  the  development  of  perception 
and  visual  acuity,  cognitive  skills,  a  sense  of  aesthetics,  and  facility  in  manipulating  a  variet}-  of 
artistic  approaches  and  media.  The  curriculum  prepares  students  to  go  on  to  graduate  school  in 
studio  or  other  fields  such  as  education,  art  therapy,  graphic  design  or  medical  illustration. 

Students  majoring  in  studio  art  must  complete  eight  studio  courses,  two  upper-level  art 
history  courses,  and  one  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or 
higher,  for  a  total  of  11  courses  and  44  semester  hours.  Requirements  for  the  studio  major  include 
two  drawing  courses;  three  painting  courses;  Anatomy  For  the  Artist  and  Figure  Drawing; 
Introduction  to  Photography;  Modern  Art  History;  either  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpture, 
Introduction  to  Printmaking,  or  Ways  of  Seeing;  and  one  other  upper-level  art  history  course.  The 
degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

The  Scientific  Illustration  Track  with  Biological  Science  Emphasis  and  the  Scientific 
Illustration  Track  with  Physical  Science  Emphasis  are  two  programs  which  enable  the  student  to 
combine  art  major  requirements  and  specific  science  courses.  These  programs  fulfill  admission 
requirements  for  graduate  school  programs  in  medical  and  scientific  illustration.  The  degree 
awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Art  History  Major 

The  art  history  major  provides  students  with  an  intellecmal,  aesthetic,  and  historical 
foundation  for  the  study  of  all  visual  arts,  including  architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  photography, 
and  nascent  media.  The  courses  which  make  up  the  art  history  major  have  been  designed  to  be 
integrally  related  to  the  liberal  arts  experience,  complementing  other  courses  and  majors  wliich  are 
already  offered  at  Oglethorpe  by  providing  comparative  historical,  cultural,  and  philosophical 
reference  points,  while  at  the  same  time  functioning  as  a  rigorous,  free-standing  discipline.  The 
curriculum  prepares  students  to  go  on  to  graduate  school  in  art  history  and  for  careers  such  as 
museum  work,  education,  and  art  consulting. 

Students  majoring  in  art  history  must  complete  a  minimum  of  six  art  liistory  courses 
(one  of  which  must  be  Modern  Art  History),  two  smdio  courses  (in  any  tVk'o  different  media),  up 
to  two  courses  from  the  list  below,  and  one  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester 
elementary-level  or  higher,  for  a  total  of  1 1  courses  and  44  semester  hours.  i\ll  art  history  courses 
have  COR  104  Art  and  Culture  as  a  prerequisite.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


108 


Completion  of  two  or  more  of  the  following  courses  is  required  (others  may  be  added 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Art  Department): 

CRS  101     Theories  of  Communication  and  Rhetoric 

CRS  390     Special  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies:  Media, 
Culture  and  Societ}'* 

ENG  101  Ancient  Literature 

ENG  102  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature 

PHI  301     Philosophy  of  Art  (Aesthetics) 

PHI  321     Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Japanese  Aesthetics* 

SOC  305   Film  and  Societ\' 

WGS  301    Introduction  to  Women's  Studies— Theory 

WGS  302   Introduction  to  Women's  Studies-History 

Two  semesters  of  foreign  language  (in  addition  to  the  foreign  language 

requirement  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree) 
*  contingent  on  these  Special  Topics  courses  being  offered  again. 

Minor 

For  a  minor  in  art,  students  may  have  a  concentration  in  studio  or  art  history.  For  both 
areas  of  concentration  students  must  complete  a  total  of  five  courses  and  20  semester  hours. 
Students  with  a  concentration  in  studio  must  take  four  studio  courses  and  one  upper-level  art 
history  course.  Students  may  take  up  to  three  of  these  studio  courses  in  one  discipline  (for 
example,  photography,  drawing,  painting,  etc.)  or  in  four  different  disciplines.  At  least  two  of  these 
studio  courses  must  be  in  separate  disciplines. 

For  a  concentration  in  art  history,  students  must  take  four  upper-level  art  history  courses 
and  one  studio  course. 

ART  101.  Introduction  to  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introductory-level  studio  course  which  will  focus  on  mastering  the 
fundamentals  of  drawing.  Working  from  observation  in  line  and  value,  students  will  develop  an 
understanding  of  form  and  shape;  volume  and  flatness;  spatial  relationships;  the  basics  of 
perspective  and  composition,  and  the  materials  and  techniques  of  drawing. 

ART  102.  Introduction  to  Painting 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introductory-level  studio  course  which  will  focus  on  understanding  and 
mastering  the  fundamentals  of  painting.  Working  from  observation,  this  includes  developing  an 
understanding  of  color  and  color  relationship;  form  and  shape;  volume  and  flatness;  the  basics  of 
composition,  and  the  materials  and  techniques  of  oil  painting. 

ART  103.  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpture 4  hours 

Working  from  the  life  model,  students  will  convey  their  understanding  of  the 
human  form  in  clay.  Planar  structure,  volume,  proportion,  and  major  anatomical  landmarks 
will  be  covered. 

ART  109.  Introduction  to  Photography 4  hours 

Laboratory  exercises,  in-class  lecmres,  critiques  and  assignments  are  designed  to  develop 
an  understanding  of  all  aspects  of  photography,  including  composition  and  self  expression. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  development  of  technical  skills  and  a  personal  direction  in  photography. 
Prerequisite:  A  fuUy  manual  camera  -  to  be  brought  to  the  first  class  meeting. 


109 


ART  110.  Ways  of  Seeing 4  hours 

This  course  systematically  breaks  down  the  vocabularies  of  art  to  their  component 
elements,  studying  how  these  elements  work  together  to  form  visual  language.  Problems  in  color 
and  composition  will  be  undertaken  in  a  variety  of  media,  including  ink,  acrylic,  and  photography. 

ART  111.  Anatomy  For  the  Artist  and  Figure  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  both  the  scientific  and  the  aesthetic  exploration  of  the  human 
body.  Drawing  from  the  life  model,  students  will  study  form  and  function  of  the  skeletal  and 
muscular  systems,  along  with  proportion  and  surface  landmarks.  A  variet}'  of  approaches  to 
drawing  and  drawing  materials  will  be  covered. 

ART  201.  Intermediate  Drawing 4  hours 

This  course  explores  drawing  as  a  tool  for  perception  and  a  means  of  self-expression. 
Students  will  undertake  advanced  problems  in  drawing  which  build  upon  concepts  and  techniques 
covered  in  Introduction  to  Drawing.  These  include  problems  involving  the  surface  of  the  picture 
plane  and  the  ground  plane,  arrangements  of  elements  in  static  and  dynamic  compositions  and 
value  pattern.  Prerequisite:   ART  101  or  ART  111. 

ART  202.  Intermediate  Painting 4  hours 

Students  will  build  upon  experiences  in  Introduction  to  Painting  and  undertake  more 
complex  formal  and  personal  issues  in  their  work.  They  will  be  expected  to  master  a  wide  range 
of  visual  vocabularies  and  approach  painting  from  a  variety  of  aesthetic  points  of  view.  Imager}', 
realism,  abstraction,  expressionism,  and  narration  will  be  explored  as  smdents  begin  to  develop 
individual  direction  in  their  own  work.  Prerequisite:   ART  102. 

ART  203.  Intermediate  Figure  Sculpture 4  hours 

Working  from  the  Life  model,  this  level  of  sculpture  builds  upon  conceptual  and 
percepmal  skills  honed  in  Introduction  to  Figure  Sculpmre.  Students  are  expected  to  approach 
sculpting  the  human  form  from  a  variety  of  aesthetic  points  of  view,  including  realism, 
abstraction,  and  expressionism.  Prerequisite:  ART  103. 

ART  205.  Special  Topics  in  Studio 4  hours 

Smdio  exercises,  in-studio  lecmres,  outside  assignments,  and  critiques  are  designed  to 
develop  a  basic  understanding  of  various  media,  including  printmaking  and  various  specialties  of 
artists-in-residence. 

ART  250.  Special  Topics  in  Art  History 4  hours 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  specific  historical  art  periods  will  stress  how  major  artists  and 
trends  were  influenced  by  their  times.  Discussion  of  important  events  and  ideas  of  significant 
individuals  of  the  period  will  serve  to  provide  the  necessary  background  for  a  thorough 
comprehension  of  social  and  inteUecmal  sources  of  art.  Prerequisite:   COR  104. 

ART  260.  Ancient  Art  History 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  cover  the  art  and  archaeology  of  the  area  around  the  Mediterranean  Sea 
before  the  fall  of  Rome,  commonly  called  the  "ancient  world."  The  course  will  examine  the 
mythology  and  religion  of  each  culmre,  using  primary  sources  such  as  artifacts  and  ancient 
literature.  Cultures  covered  will  include  Mesopotamia,  Eg^.'pt,  Bronze  Age  Crete,  Greece,  and 
Rome.  Prerequisite:   COR  104. 


110 


ART  300.  Italian  Renaissance  Art  History 4  hours 

This  course  explores  the  paintings,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of  Italy  from  1300  to 
1650  C.E.  Chronological  in  format,  this  course  enables  students  to  analyze  and  understand  the 
principle  styles,  methods,  and  contexts  of  Italian  art  and  its  intrinsic  value  in  the  study  of 
European  art.  Prerequisite:   COR  104. 

ART  302.  Advanced  Painting 4  hours 

Students  wiU  build  upon  prior  experiences  in  Intermediate  Painting  and  be  guided  to  set 
parameters  for  individual  inquiry  in  their  work.  Emphasis  will  be  on  personal  imagery  and  control 
of  formal  issues  to  express  the  students'  ideas.  Each  student  will  be  expected  to  develop  ideas  and 
themes  in  a  cohesive  body  of  work.  Prerequisite:  ART  202. 

ART  305.  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Studio 4  hours 

This  is  an  advanced  level  of  Special  Topics  in  Studio  such  as  sculpture,  photography, 
drawing,  printmaking,  etc.  Prerequisite:  ART  205. 

ART  310.  Northern  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Art  History 4  hours 

This  course  will  cover  the  art  of  Northern  Europe  from  the  late  Gothic  through  the 
Baroque  period  (the  late  14*  to  the  end  of  the  17*  century).  A  range  of  media  and  styles  will  be 
explored  such  as  illuminated  manuscripts,  architecture,  printmaking,  and  painting,  including  the 
work  of  Durer,  Rembrandt,  and  Vermeer.  Prerequisite:   COR  104. 

ART  320.  18*  and  19*  Century  European  Art  History 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  major  artists  and  movements  of  the  18*  and  19*  centuries 
in  Europe,  beginning  with  the  late  Baroque  and  progressing  through  the  Rococo,  the 
Neoclassical,  Romantic,  Realist,  Impressionist,  and  the  Pre-Raphaelite,  as  well  as  Expressionism, 
and  Art  Nouveau  Movements.  Students  will  analyze  the  major  paintings,  architecture,  and 
sculpture  of  each  period  as  reflections  of  the  political,  social,  and  religious  realities  of  the  time. 
Prerequisite:   COR  104. 

ART  330.  Far  Eastern  Art  History  -  India,  China,  Tibet,  and  Japan 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  explore  the  paintings,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of  India,  Cliina, 
Tibet,  Japan,  and  other  Eastern  cultures.  Chronological  in  format,  this  course  will  enable  students 
to  analyze  and  understand  principle  st}des,  methods,  and  cultural  contexts  of  Eastern  art.  This 
course  will  compare  and  contrast  Eastern  and  Western  approaches  and  attitudes  toward  art. 
Prerequisite:   COR  104. 

ART  340.  The  Art  of  the  Americas,  Africa,  Oceania,  and  Others 4  hours 

This  course  will  look  at  how  non-western  and  often  pre-technological  people  around  the 
world  use  visual  arts.  How  does  their  art  express  what  is  important  to  them?  What  does  it  share 
with  Western  art?  Some  anthropology  findings  and  the  idea  of  "the  primitive"  will  be  explored. 
Both  living  and  extinct  cultures  will  be  studied.  Prerequisite:   COR  104. 


Ill 


ART  350.  Modern  Art  History 4  hours 

An  in-depth  analysis  of  the  art  of  the  19*  and  20*  centuries,  stressing  how  major 
trends  and  major  artists  were  influenced  by  their  dmes,  this  course  wiU  begin  with  the  advent  of 
the  Industrial  Revolution  and  continue  to  the  present.  It  will  focus  on  the  art  and  ideas  of 
Ingres,  Manet,  Monet,  Van  Gogh,  Gauguin,  Cezanne,  Picasso,  Matisse,  DaU,  and  Warhol. 
Prerequisite:    COR  104. 

ART  400.  Independent  Study  in  Art  History 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  art  history.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a 
proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the 
instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

ART  405.  Independent  Study  in  Studio 1-4  hours 

Supervised  studio  art  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed 
outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

ART  410.  Internship  in  Art 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opporttinit\^  to 
qualified  smdents.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult}'  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  High 
Museum  of  Art,  Nexus  Contemporary  Art  Center,  Atianta  International  Museum,  and 
Vespermann  Gallery.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of 
the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Art  —  Dual  Degree 

Smdents  seeking  a  broadly  based  educational  experience  invoking  the  t\pes  of 
programs  generally  found  at  a  college  of  arts  and  sciences  as  well  as  the  specialized  training 
offered  by  a  professional  college  may  wish  to  consider  the  dual  degree  program  in  art.  Oglethorpe 
University  and  The  Atianta  College  of  Art  offer  a  joint  program  for  students  interested  in  a  career 
in  the  visual  arts.  The  dual  degree  program  requires  enrollment  at  Oglethorpe  for  two  vears 
followed  by  enrollment  at  The  Atianta  College  of  Art  for  another  two  years  and  one  summer. 

The  student  is  required  to  complete  Fresh  Focus,  all  of  the  core  curriculum  at 
Oglethorpe  (including  Art  and  Culture),  a  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester 
elementary-level  or  higher,  and  three  courses  in  studio  electives.  Upon  successful  completion  of 
these  courses,  the  smdent  enrolls  at  The  Atianta  College  of  Art  and  completes  75  credit  hours  in 
studio  and  art  history  courses.  Placement  in  studio  courses  is  dependent  on  a  portfolio  re\-iew. 


112 


Upon  compledon  of  the  joint  program,  the  student  receives  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts  from  Oglethorpe  and  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  from  The  Atlanta  College  of  Art. 
Students  participating  in  the  dual  degree  program  must  meet  the  entrance  requirements  of  both 
institutions.  Dual  degree  smdents  are  advised  at  Oglethorpe  by  a  facult}'  member  in  the  field  of 
visual  arts. 

Note:       Dual-degree  students  in  art  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  financial  aid  assistance  to  attend 
other  institutions. 

Biology 

The  curriculum  in  biology  provides  a  foundation  in  both  classical  and  contemporary 
biological  concepts  and  prepares  the  student  for  continuing  intellectual  growth  and  professional 
development  in  the  life  sciences.  These  goals  are  achieved  through  completion  of  a  set  of  courses 
that  provide  a  comprehensive  background  in  basic  scientific  concepts  through  lectures, 
discussions,  writing,  and  laboratory  work.  The  program  supplies  the  appropriate  background  for 
employment  in  research  institutions,  industry,  and  government;  the  curriculum  also  prepares 
smdents  for  graduate  school  and  for  professional  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  veterinary 
medicine,  and  the  like.  Students  planning  to  attend  graduate  or  professional  schools  should 
recognize  that  admission  to  such  schools  is  often  highly  competitive.  Completion  of  a  biology 
major  does  not  ensure  admission  to  these  schools. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sophomore-level 
science  or  mathematics  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor;  these  courses  are 
numbered  100  through  300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  higher  is  required 
in  all  courses  required  for  the  major. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  medical  Hlustration  are  encouraged  to  consider  the 
Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  biology  are  as  follows  beginning  with  these  four  courses 
in  sequence:  General  Biology  I  and"  II,  Genetics,  and  Microbiology. 

One  set  of  paired  courses  chosen  from  the  following  three  sets  must  be  completed: 
Biochemistry  and  Molecular  Biology  and  Biotechnology  or 
Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy  and  Human  Physiology  or 
Ecology  and  Special  Topics  in  Biology:  Conservation  Ecology 
Three  upper-level  courses  chosen  from  Cell  Biology,  Embryology,  Evolution,  Animal 
Behavior,  and   Vascular  Plants;  or,  any  of  the  paired  courses  above  not  used  to  fulfill  the  paired 
course  requirement  must  be  completed. 

Additionally,  Biology  Seminar  I:  Oral  Presentations,  Biology  Seminar  II:  Biological 
Literamre,  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories).  Organic  Chemistry  I  (with  laborator}-); 
either  Organic  Chemistry  II  (with  laboratory)  or  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis  (with 
laboratory);  General  Physics  I  and  II  (with  laboratories);  and  Statistics  must  be  completed.  The 
degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 


113 


All  introductory  level  science  courses  (General  Biology  I,  General  Chemistr}^  I  (with 
laboratory).  General  Physics  I  (with  laboratory),  College  Physics  I  (with  laboratory)  have  the  same 
mathematics  prerequisite.  There  are  three  ways  that  students  can  fulfill  this  mathematics 
requirement:  1)  by  completing  Precalculus  at  Oglethorpe  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher;  2)  by 
successfully  completing  the  precalculus  mathematics  placement  examination  (Placement 
Examination  Two  at  http: 1 1 petrelnet.oglethorpe.edu I dmsion9 1)  [a  graphing  calculator  is  required  for 
the  placement  test]);  or  3)  by  achieving  a  score  of  3,  4,  or  5  on  the  Advanced  Placement  Calculus 
AB  or  BC  Examination. 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  biology  are  General  Biology  I  and  II,  Genetics,  and 
Microbiology.  Students  minoring  in  biology  are  not  exempt  from  the  prerequisites  for  the  biology 
courses  and  thus  also  wiU  complete  General  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories)  and  Organic 
Chemistry  I  (with  laboratory  and  either  Organic  Chemistry  II  (with  laboratory)  or  Elementan,- 
Quantitative  Analysis  (with  laboratory). 

BIO  101,  BIO  102.  General  Biology  I,  II 5  plus  5  hours 

An  introduction  to  modern  biology,  these  courses  include  the  basic  principles  of  plant 
and  animal  biology,  with  emphasis  on  structure,  function,  evolutionary  relationships,  ecology,  and 
behavior.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Precalculus  in  high  school  or  MAT  103,  BIO  101 
must  precede  BIO  102  and  it  is  recommended  that  the  courses  be  completed  in  consecutive 
semesters.  Smdents  who  are  majoring  in  biology  must  earn  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  BIO  101 
before  taking  BIO  102. 

BIO  201.  Genetics 5  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  inheritance.  The  classical  patterns  of  MendeUan 
inheritance  are  related  to  modern  molecular  genetics  and  to  the  control  of  metabolism  and 
development.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites  or  corequisites:  BIO  102,  CHM  102,  CHM 
201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite 
courses. 

BIO  202.  Microbiology 5  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  biology  of  viruses,  bacteria,  algae,  and  fungi.  Consideration  is 
given  to  phylogenetic  relationships,  taxonomy,  physiology,  and  economic  or  pathogenic 
significance  of  each  group.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  BIO  201,  CHM  201,  and  CHM 
201L  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

BIO  251.  Biology  Seminar  I:  Oral  Presentations 1  hour 

This  course  is  offered  in  the  faU  as  a  component  in  a  two-semester  "capstone"  sequence 
for  biology  majors.  The  two-part  experience  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  mechanics 
and  inteUecmal  components  of  the  practice  of  being  a  scientist.  This  course  will  cultivate  the 
skills  of  the  framing,  researcliing,  preparation  and  presentation  of  a  public  address  on  a  topic  of 
biological  interest.   Recommended  for  smdents  with  junior  or  senior  standing. 


114 


BIO  252.  Biology  Seminar  II:  Biological  Literature 1  hour 

This  course  is  offered  in  the  spring  as  a  component  in  a  two-semester  "capstone" 
sequence  for  biology  majors.  The  two-part  experience  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the 
mechanics  and  intellectual  components  of  the  practice  of  being  a  scientist.  This  course  serves  as 
an  introduction  to  researching,  locating,  interpreting  and  presenting  information  from  the 
professional  scientific  literature.   Recommended  for  students  with  sophomore  or  junior  standing. 

BIO  301.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 5  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  the  structural  aspects  of  selected  vertebrate  t}'pes.  These 
organisms  are  smdied  in  relation  to  their  evolution  and  development.  The  laboratory  involves 
detailed  examination  of  representative  vertebrate  specimens  .  Prerequisites:  BIO  102,  BIO  201, 
CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  Completion  of  BIO  201  or  CHM  201  and  coregistration  in  the  other 
may  be  acceptable  with  the  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be 
earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  302.  Human  Physiology 5  hours 

A  detailed  analysis  of  human  functions  that  deals  primarily  with  the  interactions 
involved  in  the  operation  of  complex  human  systems.  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
201,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the 
prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  310.  Special  Topics  in  Biology 1-5  hours 

Advanced  course  and  laboratory  work,  including  independent  studies,  in  various  areas 
of  biology.  Approval  by  the  student's  facult}'  advisor  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  is 
required  for  off-campus  activities.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

BIO  313.  Embryology 5  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  developmental  biology  of  animals.  Classical  observations  are 
considered  along  with  more  recent  experimental  embryology  in  the  framework  of  an  analysis  of 
development.  In  the  laboratory,  living  and  prepared  examples  of  developing  systems  in 
representative  invertebrates  and  vertebrates  are  considered.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201, 
and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  315.  Animal  Behavior 5  hours 

This  course  considers  the  function,  development,  and  evolution  of  animal  behavior, 
including  the  physical  and  physiological  bases  of  behaxdor,  behavioral  genetics,  social  beha\aor  and 
behavioral  ecology.  The  laboratory  component  applies  the  issues  addressed  in  lecmre  in  a  hands- 
on  interactive  and  field-oriented  setting.  An  integrated  speakers  series  is  part  of  the  interactive 
intellectual  environment  cultivated  by  the  course.  Lecmre  and  laboratory.  Offered  biennially. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  102  and  PSY  101.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the 
prerequisite  courses. 


115 


BIO  316.  CeU  Biology 5  hours 

An  in-depth  consideration  of  cell  ultrastructure  and  the  molecular  mechanisms  of  cell 
physiology.  Techniques  involving  the  culturing  and  preparation  of  cells  and  tissues  for 
experimental  examination  are  carried  out  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and 
CHM  201 L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  326.  Vascular  Plants 5  hours 

The  biology  of  vascular  plants  is  considered  at  levels  of  organization  ranging  from  the 
molecular  through  the  ecological.  Studies  of  anatomy  and  morphology  are  pursued  in  the 
laboratory,  and  an  independent  project  concerning  plant  hormones  is  required.  Offered  spring 
semester  of  even-numbered  years.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  413.  Biochemistry 5  hours 

7\n  introduction  to  the  chemistry  of  Hving  systems,  this  course  will  investigate  the 
synthesis,  degradation,  and  functions  of  various  molecules  within  living  organisms.  Central 
metabolic  pathways  and  enzyme  reaction  mechanisms  also  will  be  studied.  Lecttire  and  laboratory. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  102,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201 L  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course; 
recommended  Prerequisite:   CHM  310. 

BIO  414.  Molecular  Biology  and  Biotechnology 5  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  molecular  bioscience.  Topics 
covered  include  the  principles  and  processes  of  molecular  biology,  DNA  isolation  and 
characterization,  restriction  enzyme  analysis,  cloning,  construction  and  selection  of  recombinants 
made  in  vitro  and  preparation  and  analysis  of  gene  libraries.  Lecture  and  Laboratory.  Prerequisites: 
BIO  202,  CHM  201,  CHM  201 L,  and  BIO  413  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

BIO  416.  Evolution 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  the  various  biological  disciplines  and  their  meaning  in  an 
evolutionary  context.  Also,  a  consideration  of  evolutionary  mechanisms  and  the  various  theories 
concerning  them.  Prerequisites:  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher 
must  be  earned  in  each  of  the  prerequisite  courses. 

BIO  423.  Ecology 5  hours 

This  course  investigates  the  features  of  the  environment  that  dictate  where  an  organism 
lives  and  what  densit}'  its  population  can  achieve.  The  course  takes  a  quantitative  approach  to  these 
topics  and  uses  both  laboratory  and  field-based  examples  to  Ulustrate  concepts.  Laboratory 
sections  involve  several  off-campus  field  trips.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor  or  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  BIO  202,  CHM  201,  and  CHM  201L. 

Biopsychology 

Biopsychology  is  the  study  of  the  biological  bases  of  behavior,  including  the  molecular 
and  cellular  basis  of  neural  functioning  and  how  systems  of  neurons  relate  to  beha\ior.  By  its 
nature,  the  field  of  biopsychology  is  an  interdisciplinary  field  of  smdy  that  encompasses  biology, 
chemistry,  and  psychology.  The  field  is  broad  and  researchers  may  find  themselves  smd\ing  the 
brain  from  a  chemical,  cellular,  genetic,  developmental,  behavioral,  cognitive,  or  social  behavioral 
perspective.  A  graduate  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  biopsychology  could  pursue  entry-level 


116 


positions  in  academic  or  private  research  settings,  sales  positions  in  the  biotechnology  industry,  or 
explore  alternative  careers  such  as  policy  development  or  science  writing.  In  addition,  the  major 
provides  the  training  necessary  to  be  competitive  when  applying  to  various  graduate  programs  in 
neuroscience  and  related  disciplines. 

The  major  consists  of  1 1  required  courses  (some  with  associated  laboratories)  and  four 
electives.  There  is  no  minor  in  biopsychology.  Courses  taken  to  complete  this  major  may  not  be 
used  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a  minor  in  a  related  field.  Due  to  the  breadth  of  electives 
offered  students  should  consult  with  their  advisor  to  create  a  coherent  program  of  study  that  is 
best  suited  to  each  student's  goals.  Pre-medical  students  should  consult  with  the  pre-medical 
advisor  concerning  additional  course  work  required  to  apply  to  medical  school. 

General  Biology  I  and  II,  General  Chemistry  I  and  II,  and  General  Chemistry 
Laboratory  I  and  II  have  as  prerequisites  fulfillment  of  one  of  the  following  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  better:  1)  high  school  calculus,  2)  AP  calculus,  or  3)  precalculus  taken  at  the  college  level. 
A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sophomore-level  required 
course  (100-level  and  200-level).  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  higher  is  required  in  all  required 
courses  and  electives  for  the  major.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Major 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  courses: 

BIO  101    General  Biology  I 

BIO  102    General  Biology  II 

BIO  201    Genetics 

BIO  202  Microbiology 

CHM  101,  lOlL  General  Chemistry  I  with  laboratory 

CHM  102,  102L  General  Chemistry  II  with  laboratory 

CHM  201,  201 L  Organic  Chemistry  I  with  laboratory 

MAT  1 1 1    Statistics 

PSY  101    Psychological  Inquiry 

PSY  301    Research  Methods 

PSY  309   Behavioral  Neuroscience 
Each  student  must  also  complete  four  electives  from  the  following  options.  At  least  one 
elective  must  be  a  biology  course  or  Organic  Chemistry  II  with  laboratory. 

BIO  301    Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy 

BIO  302    Human  Physiology 

BIO  315    Animal  Beha\aor  * 

BIO  316    CeU  Biology 

BIO  413   Biochemistry 

BIO  414    Molecular  Biology  and  Biotechnology 

CHM  202,  202L  Organic  Chemistry  II  with  laboratory 

PSY  201    Developmental  Psychology 

PSY  203    Learning  and  Conditioning 

PSY  302    Advanced  Experimental  Psychology 

PSY  306    Abnormal  Psychology 

PSY  307    Cognitive  Psychology 

PSY  308    Sensation  and  Perception 

PSY  403    Drugs,  the  Brain,  and  Behavior 

*Note:     This  course  will  not  serve  as  the  one  biology  elective  by  itself. 


117 


Business  Administration 


Business  Administration  prepares  stxidents  for  careers  in  the  business  world.  Business 
teaches  not  only  knowledge  and  use  of  business  terminology  but  introduces  all  the  major 
disciplines  of  a  business  entity.  Throughout  the  curriculum  there  is  a  major  emphasis  on  critical 
thinking,  strategic  thinking,  leadership,  problem  solving,  managerial  skills,  and  communication 
skills.  Business  students  study  all  functional  areas  of  business  to  enable  them  to  have  an  appropriate 
foundation  for  related  careers  in  advertising,  financial  services,  banking  or  securities  trading, 
marketing,  management,  or  to  pursue  graduate  education.  Internships  are  available  to  prepare 
students  for  careers  after  graduation. 

In  addition  to  preparing  students  for  business  careers  and  graduate  school,  the  program 
in  business  administration  is  a  good  alternative  for  other  careers.  Students  gain  administrative  skills 
and  methods  of  kiquiry  that  are  applicable  in  governmental  and  non-profit  organizations.  Since 
much  legal  practice  involves  business  and  a  knowledge  of  business  terminology  and  institutions, 
this  major  is  an  excellent  background  for  the  smdy  and  practice  of  law. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230   Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231    Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  219   Management  Science 

BUS  260  Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310   Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350  Marketing 

BUS  469   Strategic  Management 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221    Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222   Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  1 1 1    Statistics 

MAT  121    AppUed  Calculus 
In    addition,    the    student    must    satisfy    the    Computer   Applications    Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's 
academic   advisor,  2)   by  successful   completion  of   Introduction   to   Computer  Applications 
Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiency  examination. 

Finally,  three  additional  advanced-level  courses  must  be  successfully  completed  at 
the  300  or  400  level  in  accounting,  business  administration,  economics,  and/or  computer 
science.  These  courses  may  be  taken  in  a  specific  functional  area  as  a  concentration  or  taken 
in  different  areas. 

A  concentration  may  be  earned  in  the  areas  of  finance,  international  business  smdies, 
management,  or  marketing.  Each  concentration  requires  that  the  student  take  at  least  nine  credit 
hours  of  course  work  at  the  300,  400,  or  MBA  level  in  that  area.  For  a  course  to  be  included  as 
part  of  a  student's  concentration,  it  must  be  approved  by  the  smdent's  advisor. 

Students  who  wish  to  take  MBA-level  courses  as  part  of  their  concentration  must  have 
1)  at  least  junior  standing,  2)  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  2.8,  and  3)  written  permission 
from  the  MBA  director.  In  addition,  there  must  be  sufficient  space  availabilit}'  for  undergraduate 
students.  A  student  may  take  no  more  than  six  credit  hours  of  the  concentration  at  the  MBA  level. 


118 


Minor 

A  minor  in  business  administration  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  an 
elementary  foundation  in  the  major  disciplines  within  business  administration.  It  is  a  useful  minor 
for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  an  entry-level  position  in  business  while  pursuing  another 
major  outside  of  business  administradon.  It  is  also  useful  for  those  who  wish  to  continue  work 
after  graduation  toward  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  at  Oglethorpe  or  elsewhere. 
The  requirements  for  a  minor  are  the  successful  completion  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each 
of  the  following  courses: 

ACC  230   Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231    Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  260  Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310   Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350  Marketing 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

BUS  110.  Business  Law  1 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  awareness  of  a  Limited  area  of  those 
aspects  of  the  law  which  will  be  needed  in  day-to-day  dealings  with  the  problems  of  business. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  law  of  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  agency,  and  a  study 
of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  as  it  applies. 

BUS  111.  Business  Law  II 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  partnerships,  corporations,  sales,  bailments,  securit}'  devices, 
propert}',  bankruptcy,  and  trade  infringements.  Prerequisite:   BUS  110. 

BUS  219.  Management  Science 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  operations  research,  model  building,  optimization,  linear 
programming,  inventory  models,  and  simulation.  Major  techniques  and  models  of  quantitative 
analysis  as  appUed  to  business  are  studied.  Prerequisites:  CSC  240,  MAT  111,  and  MAT  121. 

BUS  260.  Principles  of  Management 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  principles  of  management  and  administration.  It 
includes  the  study  of  leadership,  conflict  resolution,  decision  making,  and  the  general  functions  of 
management  in  large  and  small  organizations.  Students  wiU  use  computers  extensively  to  do  active 
research,  and  wiU  learn  spreadsheet  and  graphical  tools  to  aid  in  the  development  of  their 
decision-making  skills. 

BUS  310.  Corporate  Finance 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  organizational  finance  and  its  relation 
to  other  aspects  of  business  management  and  to  the  economic  environment  within  which  the  firm 
operates.  Attention  is  given  to  basic  financial  concepts,  techniques  of  financial  analysis,  sources  of 
fiinding,  asset  management,  capital  budgeting,  capital  structure,  cost  of  capital,  time  value  of 
money,  and  financial  decision  making  under  conditions  of  uncertainty  Prerequisites:  ACC  231, 
ECO  121,  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  350.  Marketing 4  hours 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  policies  and  problems  involved  in  the  operation  of 

market  institutions.  It  will  examine  broad  principles  and  concepts  involved  in  the  operation  of 

market  planning,  market  segmentation,  consumer  behavior,  and  product  management,  pricing, 

distribution,   and   promotion  of   goods   and   services.   Aspects   of   global   marketing,   current 

marketing   topics,   and   ethical   and    social    responsibUit)'   issues   in   marketing   are    addressed. 

Prerequisites:  ACC  231  and  ECO  121. 

^  119 


BUS  351.  Retailing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  tlie  student  with  one  aspect  of  the  marketing 
activity  of  distribution  known  as  retailing.  The  course  will  involve  looking  at  all  the  activities 
necessary  to  sell  goods  and  services  to  the  final  consumer.  This  will  include  an  examination  of 
such  retail  topics  as  consumer  markets  and  behavior,  retail  site  location,  retail  store  operations 
and  management,  pricing  and  communication  decisions,  merchandising,  decision  analysis  and 
evaluation,  and  the  regulatory,  technological  and  ethical  environments  in  which  retailing  operates. 
Prerequisite:   BUS  350. 

BUS  352.  Marketing  Communications 4  hours 

Principles,  concepts,  and  practices  relating  to  the  various  kinds  of  communications 
employed  to  disseminate  information  about  products  and  services  to  potential  buyers  are  topics 
in  this  course.  Communication  methods  to  be  studied  include  advertising,  personal  seUing,  sales 
promotion,  and  pubUc  relations.  The  behavioral  aspects  of  both  messages  and  media  will  be 
explored.  Prerequisite:   BUS  350. 

BUS  362.  Human  Resources  Management 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  will  explore  the  perspectives  and  challenges  of  Human 
Resources  Management  within  the  context  of  the  emerging  global  economy.  The  class  will  look 
at  traditional  HRM  topics  such  as  selection  and  compensation  and  also  at  how  students  can 
manage  their  own  human  resource  potential.  Prerequisite:   BUS  260. 

BUS  370.  International  Business 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  problems  encountered  in 
conducting  business  outside  one's  own  country  and  to  provide  a  basis  for  evaluating  the  impact 
on  business  activities  of  changing  economic,  political,  and  cultural  factors.  Cases  will  be  used 
throughout  the  course  to  give  the  student  experience  with  the  problems  and  advantages  of  doing 
business  across  national  frontiers.  A  cultural  diversit)'  simulation  game  also  will  be  used. 
Prerequisite:   BUS  260. 

BUS  410.  Advanced  Corporate  Finance 4  hours 

As  a  continuation  of  Corporate  Finance,  topics  in  this  course  will  include  capital 
budgeting,  intermediate  and  long-term  funding,  current  asset  management,  working  capital 
management,  and  dividend  policy.  Case  studies  will  be  used  to  emphasize  actual  business 
situations  and  to  focus  on  the  comprehensive  financial  management  of  the  firm.  Prerequisite: 
BUS  310. 

BUS  411.  Investments 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  tlie  environment  in  which  investment  decisions  are  made.  Topics 
explored  wiU  include  efficient  markets,  the  capital  asset  pricing  model,  term  structure  of  interest  rates, 
risk  versus  return,  and  performance  measures.  Although  the  emphasis  will  be  on  stocks  and  bonds, 
other  investments  will  be  discussed.  Prerequisite:  BUS  310. 

BUS  450.  Consumer  Behavior 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  and  enhance  an  understanding  of  how  and  why 
individuals,  groups,  and  organizations  select,  secure,  use,  and  dispose  of  products  and  die  impact 
this  has  on  consumers  and  society.  The  course  is  interdisciplinarv,  drawing  upon  the  fields  of 
economics,  marketing,  psychology,  and  sociology.  Ethical  and  legal  as  well  as  international  aspects 
of  consumer  behavior  are  explored  in  the  course.  Prerequisite:   BUS  350. 

120 


BUS  451.  Direct  Marketing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  specialized  field  of  interactive 
marketing  which  uses  all  media  to  effect  a  measurable  consumer  response.  Topics  to  be  explored 
include  direct  marketing  planning,  mailing  lists  and  databases,  selecting  the  appropriate  media  for 
the  message,  techniques  for  creating  and  producing  direct  response  campaigns,  and  managing  the 
direct  marketing  operation.  Prerequisite:   BUS  350. 

BUS  456.  Marketing  Research 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  explore  topics  such  as  the  t\pes  of  research,  the  research 
process,  research  design,  sampling  procedures,  data  collection  methods,  data  analysis,  and 
preparation  and  presentation  of  research  findings.  A  research  project  and  presentation  of  findings 
is  usually  required  in  the  course.  Prerequisites:  BUS  350,  CSC  240  or  equivalent,  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  461.  Total  Quality  Management 4  hours 

This  course  will  explore  major  systematic  approaches  to  Total  Qualit\'  Management. 
Students  will  examine  quality  management  from  a  "profound  knowledge"  perspective  (Deming, 
Pirsig,  Goldratt),  and  will  learn  how  to  understand  qualit}'  as  a  concept  for  achieving  effective 
management  within  a  firm,  and  in  one's  own  life.  Prerequisites:  BUS  260  and  MAT  111. 

BUS  469.  Strategic  Management 4  hours 

This  course  is  the  capstone  integration  course  for  the  business  program.  Students  learn 
integrative  thinking  skills  and  strategic  management  tools  through  both  the  reading  of  conceptual 
work  and  the  extensive  use  of  the  case  studies.  This  course  must  be  taken  in  residence  in  order  to 
fulfill  the  requirements  for  a  degree  in  this  major.  Prerequisites:  BUS  260,  BUS  310,  and  BUS  350. 

BUS  490.  Internship  in  Business  Administration 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult}'  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
facult}'  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Office  Depot, 
the  Metro  Adanta  Chamber  of  Commerce,  SunTrust  Bank  and  the  Atianta  Thrashers.  Graded  on 
a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

BUS  494.  Independent  Study  in  Business  Administration 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  business  administration.  Prerequisite: 
Submission  of  a  proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and 
assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  \^ice 
President  prior  to  registration. 

BUS  495.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  business  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  a  business 
administration  faculty  member.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 


121 


Business  Administration  and  Behavioral  Science 

Business  administration  and  behavioral  science  provides  students  with  the  knowledge 
and  skills  of  the  behavioral  sciences  as  they  may  apply  to  the  business  world.  Students  majoring 
in  business  and  behavioral  science  will  be  prepared  for  careers  in  human  resources  or  institutional 
administration  such  as  hospitals.  The  major  also  prepares  students  to  pursue  graduate  studies  in 
business,  applied  psychology,  or  organizational  behavior. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must  complete  the  following  requirements 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230   Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231    Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  260  Principles  of  Management 

BUS  350  Marketing 

MAT  1 1 1  Statistics 

PSY  204  Social  Psychology 

PSY  303  Psychological  Testing 

SOC  302  The  Sociology  of  Work  and  Occupations 

One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester 

elementary-level  or  higher 
Two  of  the  following  behavioral  science  courses: 

PSY  202   Organizational  Psychology 

PSY  203  Learning  and  Conditioning 

PSY  205  Theories  of  Personality 

PSY  301   Research  Methods 

SOC  308  Culture  and  Society 
Two  of  the  following  business  administration  courses: 

BUS  110   Business  Law  I 

BUS  219  Management  Science 

BUS  310   Corporate  Finance 

BUS  352  Marketing  Communications 

BUS  362  Human  Resources  Management 

BUS  456  Marketing  Research 

BUS  461    Total  Quality  Management 

BUS  495   Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration:  Entrepreneursliip 
and  Innovation 

ECO  221  Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

ECO  424  Labor  Economics 
In    addition,    the    student    must    satisfy    the    Computer   Applications    Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student  s 
academic   advisor,  2)   by   successful   completion   of   Introduction   to   Computer  Applications 
Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiencv  examination. 


122 


Business  Administration  and  Computer  Science 

Business  involves  the  collection,  storage,  analysis,  and  reporting  of  large  volumes  of 
data.  By  combining  business  and  computer  science  courses,  students  learn  ways  in  which 
computer  systems  can  assist  in  carrying  out  the  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  management 
functions  of  business.  Business  administration  and  computer  science  majors  learn  innovative 
approaches  to  administration  that  would  be  impractical  without  the  computational  capacity  of  the 
computer. 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230  Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231    Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  260    Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310    Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350    Marketing 

BUS  469     Strategic  Management 

CSC  243     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 

CSC  244  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 
CSC  344    Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 
ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 
MAT  1 1 1    Statistics 
MAT  121    AppUed  Calculus 
Completion  of  three  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 

CSC  240     Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  or 

CSC  243   Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 
CSC  244   Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 
CSC  342     Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada 
CSC  440     Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  Using  C++ 
CSC  441     Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecture 
CSC  442    Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 
In    addition,    the    student    must    satisfy    the    Computer   AppUcations    Proficiency 
Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's 
academic   advisor,   2)    by   successful  completion   of   Introduction   to   Computer  Applications 
Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the  computer  proficiencv  examination. 


123 


Chemistry 

The  chemistry  program  covers  four  general  areas  of  chemistry:  inorganic,  organic, 
physical,  and  analytical.  The  first  half  of  a  student's  chemistry  curriculum  involves  courses  which 
present  the  fundamentals  of  the  various  areas.  The  second  half  of  the  curriculum  consists  of 
advanced  courses  which  cover  specialized  topics  in  chemistry.  In  addition  to  factual  knowledge 
about  chemistry,  the  student  gains  an  understanding  about  the  scientific  method  and  a  systematic 
approach  to  research.  A  large  portion  of  the  chemistry  curriculum  includes  laboratory  courses. 
These  courses  teach  the  techniques  and  skills  used  in  chemical  experimentation. 

A  student  who  has  completed  the  Bachelor  of  Science  program  in  chemistry  has  several 
career  options.  These  options  include  technical  or  analytical  work  in  a  chemical  laboratory  and 
non-research  positions  in  the  chemical  industry  such  as  sales  or  marketing.  Another  option  is  to 
enter  a  graduate  or  professional  school.  Graduates  interested  in  doing  chemical  research  should 
pursue  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degrees.  Those  interested  in  professions  such  as  medicine  or  dentistn,-, 
would  enter  the  appropriate  professional  school  after  receiving  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 
Lastiy,  the  chemistry  major  is  an  excellent  preparation  for  careers  as  diversified  as  patent  law  and 
teaching. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sophomore -level 
science  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor;  these  courses  are  numbered  100  through 
300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  higher  is  required  in  all  courses  required 
for  the  major. 

Smdents  who  are  interested  in  scientific  illustration  are  encouraged  to  consider  the 
Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General  Chemistry  I  and  II, 
Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II,  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis,  Instrumental  Methods  of 
Chemical  Analysis,  Physical  Chemistry  I  and  II,  Inorganic  Chemistry,  Advanced  Organic 
Chemistry,  and  Organic  Spectroscopy.  Each  requirement  has  a  respective  laboratory  which  must 
be  taken  concurrentiy  with  the  course.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Minor 

The  requirements  for  a  minor  in  chemistry  are  as  follows:  General  Chemistry  I  and  II 
(with  laboratories).  Organic  Chemistry  I  and  II  (with  laboratories).  Elementary  Quantitative 
Analysis  (with  laboratory),  and  one  additional  lecture  course  in  chemistry. 

CHM  101,  CHM  102.  General  Chemistry  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry,  including  a  smdv  of  the 
theories  of  the  structure  of  atoms  and  molecules  and  the  nature  of  the  chemical  bond;  the 
properties  of  gases,  liquids,  and  solids;  the  rates  and  energetics  of  chemical  reactions;  the 
properties  of  solutions;  chemical  equilibria;  electro-chemistry,  and  the  chemical  beha\'ior  of 
representative  elements.  Prerequisites:  MAT  102  and  MAT  103  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in 
each  course.  Corequisites:  CHM  lOlL  and  CHM  102L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned 
in  CHM  101  before  taking  CHM  102. 


124 


CHM  lOlL,  CHM  102L.  General  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  CHM  101  and  CHM  102.  Various 
laboratory  techniques  will  be  introduced.  Experiments  wiU  demonstrate  concepts  covered  in  the 
lecture  material.  Corequisites:  CHM  101  and  CHM  102. 

CHM  201,  CHM  202.  Organic  Chemistry  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An  introductory  course  in  the  principles  and  theories  of  organic  chemistry.  The 
structure,  preparation,  and  reactions  of  various  functional  groups  wiU  be  investigated.  Emphasis 
will  be  on  synthesis  and  reaction  mechanisms.  Prerequisites:  CHM  101  and  CHM  102  with  a  grade 
of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course.  Corequisites:  CHM  201L  and  CHM  202L.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or 
higher  must  be  earned  in  CHM  201  before  taking  CHM  202. 

CHM  201L,  CHM  202L.  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

The  laboratory  course  is  designed  to  complement  CHM  201  and  CHM  202.  Various 
techniques,  such  as  distillation,  extraction,  and  purification,  are  smdied  in  the  first  semester.  The 
second  semester  involves  synthesis  and  identification  of  a  variet}'  of  organic  compounds. 
Corequisites:  CHM  201  and  CHM  202. 

CHM  301,  CHM  302.  Physical  Chemistry  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

A  systematic  study  of  the  foundations  of  chemistry.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to 
thermodynamics,  including  characterization  of  gases,  liquids,  solids,  and  solutions  of  electrolytes 
and  nonelectrolytes;  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Laws;  spontaneity  and  equilibrium;  phase 
diagrams  and  one-  and  two-component  systems;  electrochemistry;  and  an  introduction  to  the 
kinetic  theory  and  statistical  mechanics.  Additionally,  both  phenomenological  and  mechanistic 
kinetics  are  presented,  as  is  a  brief  introduction  to  quantvim  mechanics.  Prerequisites:  MAT  233, 
CHM  202,  and  PHY  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

CHM  301L,  CHM  302L.  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  the  physical  chemistry  lecture  courses,  these  courses  provide 
the  smdent  with  an  introduction  to  physico-chemical  experimentation.  Corequisite:  CHM  301, 
302. 

CHM  310.  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis 4  hours 

An  introduction  to  elementary  analytical  chemistry,  including  gravimetric  and  volumetric 
methods.  Emphasis  is  on  the  theory  of  analytical  separations,  solubility,  complex,  acid-base,  and 
redox  equilibria.  Intended  for  both  chemistry  majors  and  those  enrolled  in  pre-professional 
programs  in  other  physical  sciences  and  in  the  health  sciences.  Prerequisite:  CHM  201  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  310L.  Elementary  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory 1  hour 

Analyses  are  carried  out  in  this  course  which  illustrate  the  methods  discussed  in  CHM 
310.  Corequisite:  CHM  310. 


125 


CHM  422.  Instrumental  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis 4  hours 

A  discussion  of  the  principles  and  applications  of  modern  instrumentation  used  in 
analytical  chemistry.  Methods  discussed  are  primarily  non-optical,  including  an  overview  of 
electrochemistry;  potentiometric  methods,  including  use  of  pH  and  other  ion  meters; 
electrogravimetry;  coulometry;  polarography;  amperometry;  and  gas-  and  liquid-chromatography. 
Course  is  offered  on  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:   CHM  310  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  422L.  Instrumental  Methods  Laboratory 1  hour 

This  laboratory  accompanies  CHM  422  and  will  consider  the  practical  applications  of 
modern  instrumentation  in  analytical  chemistry.  Corequisite  CHM  422. 

CHM  424.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry 4  hours 

A  discussion  of  selected  reactions  and  theories  in  organic  chemistry.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  reaction  mechanisms  and  reactive  intermediates  encountered  in  organic  synthesis.  Prerequisite: 
CHM  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  424L.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory 1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry,  this  course  will  investigate 
general  reactions  and  mechanistic  principles  in  organic  synthesis.  The  study  will  require  the  multi- 
step  synthesis  of  various  organic  molecules.  Corequisite:  CHM  424 

CHM  432.  Inorganic  Chemistry 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  modern  inorganic  chemistry,  including  atomic  structure; 
molecular  structure;  ionic  bonding;  crystal  structures  of  ionic  solids,  a  systematic  study  of  the 
behavior  of  inorganic  anions;  coordination  chemistry,  including  structure  and  mechanisms  of 
aqueous  reactions;  and  acids  and  bases.  Course  is  offered  on  alternate  years.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  CHM  302. 

CHM  432L.  Inorganic  Chemistry  Laboratory 1  hour 

Intended  to  complement  Inorganic  Chemistry,  this  course  provides  experience  in  the 
methods  of  preparation  and  characterization  of  inorganic  compounds.  Corequisite:  CHM  432 

CHM  434.  Organic  Spectroscopy 4  hours 

A  course  dealing  with  several  spectroscopic  methods  as  applied  to  organic  molecules. 
The  principles  and  interpretation  of  ultra-violet,  visible,  infrared,  mass,  and  nuclear  magnetic 
resonance  spectra  wiU  be  studied.  Course  is  offered  on  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  CHM  202 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

CHM  434L.  Organic  Spectroscopy  Laboratory 1  hour 

Students  enrolled  in  this  course  use  various  spectrometers  for  qualitative  and 
quantitative  analysis.  Corequisite:  CHM  434 

CHM  490.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry 1-5  hours 

Advanced  topics  wiU  be  offered  in  the  following  fields:  Organic  Chemistry,  Organic 
Qualitative  Analysis,  Biochemistry,  Theoretical  Chemistr)',  and  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry. 
Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 


126 


CHM  499.  Independent  Study  in  Chemistry 1-5  hours 

This  course  is  intended  for  students  of  senior  standing  who  wish  to  do  independent 
laboratory  and/or  theoretical  investigations  in  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed 
outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

The  program  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies  prepares  students  to  become 
critically  reflective  citizens  and  practitioners  in  professions,  including  journalism,  public  relations, 
law,  politics,  broadcasting,  advertising,  public  service,  corporate  communications,  and  publishing. 
Students  learn  to  perform  effectively  as  ethical  communicators  —  as  speakers,  writers,  readers,  and 
researchers  who  know  how  to  examine  and  engage  audiences,  from  local  to  global  situations. 
Majors  acquire  theories,  research  methods,  and  practices  for  producing  as  well  as  judging 
communication  of  all  kinds  —  written,  spoken,  visual,  and  multi-media.  The  program  encourages 
students  to  understand  messages,  audiences,  and  media  as  shaped  by  social,  historical,  political, 
economic,  and  cultural  conditions.  Smdents  have  the  opportunity  to  receive  hands-on  experience 
in  a  communication  field  of  their  choice  through  an  internship.  A  leading  center  for  the 
communications  industry,  Adanta  provides  excellent  opportunities  for  students  to  explore  career 
options  and  apply  their  skills. 

The  major  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies  consists  of  at  least  nine  courses  (36 
semester  hours)  in  the  discipline.  All  majors  must  complete  a  minor  course  of  study  to  connect 
their  field  to  a  related  body  of  knowledge  and  to  enhance  career  possibilities.  Smdents  are 
encouraged  to  broaden  their  knowledge  and  skills  through  this  required  minor  in  such  areas  as  art, 
philosophy,  psychology,  business  administration,  politics,  and  international  smdies.  The  degree 
awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Major 

The  following  courses  are  required: 

CRS  101     Theories  of  Communication  and  Rhetoric 

CRSllO    Public  Speaking  I 

CRS  390    Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

One  year  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  first-year  college  level  (or  the 

equivalent  determined  through  testing) 
Two  courses  selected  from  the  following: 

CRS  221     Persuasive  Writing 

CRS  240    Journalism 

CRS  340    Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 
Four  courses  selected  from  the  following  list  with  at  least  three  of  them  bearing  the 
CRS  designation.  Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies  may  be  taken  more 
than  once. 

CRS  1 1 1     PubHc  Speaking  II 

CRS  220    Investigative  Writing 

CRS  250    Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 

CRS  380    Independent  Study  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

CRS  390    Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

CRS  401     Internship  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 
,  ENG  230  Creative  Writing 

ENG  231  Biography  and  Autobiography 

ENG  331  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 

127 


WRI  381    Independent  Study  in  Writing 

WRI  391   Special  Topics  in  Writing 
Minor 

A  student  may  take  a  communication  and  rhetoric  studies  minor  or  writing  minor,  but 
not  both.  The  minor  consists  of  20  semester  hours.  (For  the  requirements  of  the  writing  minor, 
please  see  the  description  of  the  writing  minor  in  alphabetical  order  below.) 
The  following  course  is  required: 

CRS  101     Theories  of  Communication  and  Rhetoric  1 

One  course  selected  from  the  following: 

CRS  221      Persuasive  Writing 

CRS  240     Journalism 

CRS  340     Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 
Three  courses  selected  from  the  following.  Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and 
Rhetoric  Studies  may  be  taken  more  than  once. 

CRS  110      PubHc  Speaking  I 

CRS  111      PubUc  Speaking  II 

CRS  220      Investigative  Writing 

CRS  240     Journalism 

CRS  250      Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 

CRS  340      Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 

CRS  390      Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Smdies 

CRS  401      Internship  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 

WRI  391     Special  Topics  in  Writing 

CRS  101.  Theories  of  Communication  and  Rhetoric 4  hours 

This  gateway  course  to  the  major  is  designed  to  establish  a  broad  understanding  of 
various  theories  used  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies.  Students  wiU  learn  theories  about 
messages  themselves  as  well  as  the  various  contexts  in  which  they  occur:  interpersonal 
communication,  public  communication,  mass  communication,  intercultural  and  gendered 
communication,  and  organizational  communication.  The  ethical  implications  of  these  theories  wiH 
also  be  considered. 

CRS  110.  Public  Speaking  1 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  and  enhance  students'  abiLit\'  to  communicate 
effectively  to  any  audience.  Students  wiU  deliver  both  prepared  and  impromptu  speeches.  Thev  will 
give  humorous  and  inspirational  speeches  as  well  as  informational  speeches  focusing  on 
organization  and  the  use  of  visual  aids.  Students  develop  all  the  tools  necessary  to  effectively 
communicate  —  their  voice,  their  gestures,  their  body  language,  and  their  eye  contact.  They  will 
receive  timely  written  and  oral  feedback  from  the  instructor.  Speeches  wiU  be  videotaped  and 
critiqued.  The  goal  is  to  become  a  more  polished  and  confident  speaker. 

CRS  111.  PubUc  Speaking  II 4  hours 

This  course  develops  communication  skills  gained  in  Public  Speaking  I.  Smdents  will 
learn  to  convey  their  messages  directiy,  confidendy,  and  persuasively.  Students  will  practice 
delivering  persuasive  speeches  for  a  varietv  of  occasions  from  the  classroom  to  the  boardroom. 
They  will  learn  to  make  the  closing  argument  to  the  jury,  to  tleld  the  difficult  interN-iew  question, 
to  close  the  sale,  to  give  the  congratulatory  toast,  and  to  deliver  the  inspirational  speech.  Speeches 
wUl  be  videotaped  and  critiqued.  Prerequisite:   CRS  1 10. 


128 


ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assisting  other 
students,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and  preparation  for  examinations. 
In  addition,  they  participate  in  support  and  training  meetings  with  the  ARC  directors  and  with 
instructors  of  the  courses  in  which  they  tutor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in  different 
disciplines,  encourage  study  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  student 
engagement  with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  Associate  Provost  for  Student  Achievement. 

CRS  220.  Investigative  Writing 4  hours 

This  expository  writing  course  is  designed  to  develop  research  and  writing  skills. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  a  wide  range  of  library  and  Internet-based  research  techniques  and 
purposefully  presenting  information  to  a  variety  of  audiences  in  appropriate  format  and  style. 
Students  wiU  be  asked  to  define  their  own  investigative  projects  and  to  analyze  and  revise  their 
own  writing.  This  course  is  recommended  for  freshmen  and  sophomores.  Prerequisite:  COR  101. 

CRS  221.  Persuasive  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  sophisticated  strategies  of  persuasion  for  analyzing 
and  generating  arguments  responsive  to  targeted  audiences  in  a  variety  of  contexts,  including  civic, 
professional,  and  academic.  Students  will  learn  both  classical  and  contemporary  strategies  of 
persuasion.  Emphasis  will  be  on  presenting  clear,  coherent,  and  logical  arguments.  Students  wiU 
be  asked  to  define  their  own  projects  within  assigned  contexts.  Students  will  evaluate  their  own 
and  others'  writing  to  enable  the  revision  process.  This  course  is  open  to  sophomores,  juniors, 
and  seniors  only.   It  is  offered  in  the  fall  semester.   Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

CRS  240.  Journalism 4  hours 

This  course  teaches  the  fundamentals  of  journalistic  news  writing  and  reporting.  From 
interviews  to  the  Internet,  students  will  learn  how  to  gather  information  from  a  variet\'  of  sources 
and  write  stories  using  different  t\"pes  of  leads,  endings,  and  structures.  Thev  wiU  also  engage  in  a 
critique  of  today's  journalistic  practices.  This  course  is  offered  in  the  fall  semester.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101  and  COR  102. 

CRS  250.  Broadcasting  and  the  New  Electronic  Media 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to  the  economic,  regulatory,  and  creative 
forces  that  affect  the  broadcast  industry.  The  course  will  raise  theoretical  questions  and  practical 
concerns  about  the  different  t}"pes  of  media  (TV,  radio,  and  the  Internet)  that  deal  with  the 
electronic  transmission  of  information.  The  focus  wiU  be  on  industry  trends  and  on  current  issues 
facing  these  media  industries.  This  course  is  offered  in  the  fall  semester. 

CRS  340.  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 4  hours 

This  course  is  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights  of  writing 
and  who  wish  to  improve  their  abilit}'  to  write  clear,  concise,  persuasive  prose  designed  for 
audiences  in  business  and  the  professions.  Students  are  required  to  write  a  variety  of  texts,  such 
as  proposals,  progress  reports,  recommendation  reports,  and  manuals.  Other  elements  of  the 
course  may  include  oral  presentations.  Prerequisite:  CRS  220,  CRS  221,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 


129 


CRS  380.  Independent  Study  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  communications  project.  Prerequisites:  Submission  of  a 
proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the 
instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration.  The 
student  must  be  pursuing  a  major  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies. 

WRI  381.  Independent  Study  in  Writing 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  writing  project.  Prerequisites:  Submission  of  a  proposed 
outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration.  The  student 
must  be  pursuing  a  minor  in  writing  or  a  major  in  communication  and  rhetoric  smdies. 

CRS  390.  Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 4  hours 

This  advanced  course  will  examine  selected  topics  in  rhetoric,  communication,  or  media 
smdies,  such  as  Global  Media,  Civic  Literacy,  Global  Culmre  and  Rhetoric,  Rhetoric  of  Human 
Rights,  Gendered  Communication  and  Rhetoric,  Media  Culture  and  Societ}',  Political  Rhetoric,  and 
Mass  Media  Effects.  Prerequisite:  CRS  101  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  This  course  may  be 
taken  more  than  once. 

WRI  391.  Special  Topics  in  Writing 4  hours 

Smdy  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  field  of  writing,  such  as  Public  Relations  Writing, 
Scientific  and  Technical  Writing,  Oral  History,  and  The  Art  of  the  Essay.  The  topic  will  varv  from 
year  to  year  and  may  be  offered  by  communication  and  rhetoric  studies  facult}'  or  English  facult\\ 
Prerequisite  for  special  topics  taken  with  communication  and  rhetoric  smdies  facult}':  CRS  101  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

CRS  401.  Internship  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  oppormnirv  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult\'  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An 
internship  for  the  writing  minor  must  be  writing  intensive.  Written  work  should  total  five  pages  of 
academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of  internships  is  maintained  bv  the 
Career  Services  Office,  including  oppormnities  at  CNN,  Fox  5,  WSB-TS-^,  Green  Olive  Media,  and 
The  A.tlanta  journal  Constitution.  Students  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do  multiple  internships,  but 
only  4— semester  hours  can  be  applied  as  elective  credits  to  the  major.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  facult\'  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


130 


Computer  Science 


Minor 

A  minor  in  computer  science  consists  of  five  computer  science  courses,  one  of  which 
must  be  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java  or  Principles  of  Computer  Programming 
in  C++,  and  no  more  than  two  of  which  may  be  below  the  300  level.  Internship  in  Computer 
Science  may  not  be  used  as  one  of  the  five  courses  in  a  computer  science  minor. 

CSC  240.  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  major  t}pes  of  computer  applications 
software,  including  word  processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  management,  graphics,  and 
presentation  software.  A  predominant  emphasis  is  on  the  construction  of  significant  applications 
systems,  including  integrating  various  applications,  transferring  data  among  applications,  and 
custom  programming.  The  student  wUl  use  microcomputer  software  such  as  Microsoft  Office 
Professional,  which  includes  Word,  Excel,  Access,  PowerPoint,  and  Visual  BASIC. 

CSC  243.  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++ 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  fundamental  techniques  of  problem  solving 
and  algorithm  construction  within  the  context  of  the  C++  programming  language.  The  student 
will  design  and  complete  several  substantial  programming  projects,  most  having  significant 
mathematical  content.  Topics  include  data  types,  control  structures,  file  manipulation,  functions, 
parameters,  structures,  unions,  classes,  arrays,  dynamic  data  structures,  abstract  data  t)fpes, 
object-oriented  programming,  and  separate  compilation  units.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  or  bv 
examination. 

CSC  244.  Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  the  fundamental  techniques  of  problem  solving 
and  algorithm  construction  within  the  context  of  the  Java  programming  language.  The  student 
will  design  and  implement  several  substantial  programming  projects,  most  having  signitlcant 
mathematical  content.  Topics  include  data  types,  control  structures,  file  manipulation,  functions, 
parameters,  classes,  arrays,  dynamic  data  structures,  object-oriented  programming,  separate 
compilation  units,  HTML,  and  World  Wide  Web  programming.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  or  by 
examination. 

CSC  342.  Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada 4  hours 

This  courses  uses  Ada  language  constructs  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  important 
concepts  of  static  and  dynamic  data  representation,  which,  along  with  effective  algorithm 
development,  are  essential  components  of  successful  computer  program  development.  Topics 
include  arrays,  records,  files,  pointers,  linked  Usts,  stacks,  queues,  priority  queues,  sets,  trees,  b- 
trees,  strings,  abstract  data  types,  sorting  and  searching  techniques,  and  implementation 
procedures.  Prerequisite:   CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 


131 


CSC  344.  Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  accelerated  introduction  to  the  COBOL  language  and  to 
standard  techniques  for  managing  data  in  computer  files.  Students  will  use  COBOL  to  program 
solutions  to  problems  which  arise  predominandy,  though  not  exclusively,  in  business  environments. 
Topics  include  file  creadon  and  updating,  merging  and  searching,  report  generation,  subprograms, 
separate  compilation  units,  interactive  programming,  sequential,  indexed,  and  relative  files,  and 
elementary  concepts  of  database  management.  Prerequisite:  CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  440.  Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  Using  C++ 4  hours 

This  course  includes  a  comprehensive  treatment  of  the  C++  programming  language, 
using  the  object-oriented  methodology.  Fundamental  C++  programming  constructs  will  be 
discussed,  including  native  types,  control  structures,  functions,  parameters,  pointers,  structures, 
unions,  classes,  file  manipulation,  arrays,  dynamic  data  structures,  and  separate  compilation  units. 
In  addition,  the  student  will  study  such  important  object-oriented  notions  as  objects,  constructors, 
parametric  polymorphim,  and  exceptions.  Prerequisite:   CSC  243  or  CSC  244. 

CSC  44L  Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecture 4  hours 

This  course  provides  a  concentrated  introduction  to  assembly  language  programming 
for  the  8086/8088  family  of  microprocessors  and  to  the  architecture  embodied  in  those 
processors.  Special  attention  wtU  be  given  to  implementing  the  familiar  control  structures  of  a 
high-level  language  using  assembly  language's  much  more  restricted  instruction  set,  and  to  the 
problems  of  decimal  and  floating  point  numeric  representation,  conversions,  and  computations. 
Topics  include  structured  programming,  control  structures,  object  library  maintenance,  macro 
programming,  interrupts,  registers,  buses,  bit  manipulation,  memory  management,  input/output 
file  manipulation,  strings,  and  interfacing  with  high-level  languages.  Prerequisite:  CSC  243  or  CSC 
244. 

CSC  442.  Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  a  variet}'  of  timely  concepts  and  useful  language  emdronments. 
Current  topics  include  artificial  intelligence,  machine  simulators,  compiler  and  assembler 
construction,  computer-aided  instruction,  graphics,  database  management,  computer  architecture, 
operating  systems,  and  systems  programming.  These  topics  may  be  examined  in  the  context  of 
languages  such  as  Ada,  assembly  language,  COBOL,  C++,  Forth,  LISP,  Logo,  Pascal,  Scheme, 
Visual  BASIC,  and  applications  software.  Prerequisite:   CSC  342  or  CSC  344. 

CSC  443.  Independent  Study  in  Computer  Science 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic  in  computer  science.  Prerequisite:  Submission 
of  a  proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv 
the  instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

CSC  446.  Internship  in  Computer  Science 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportimin"  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty'  supervisor  in  the 
relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  ever\-  hour  of  academic  credit, 
keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the  facult\' 
supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written  work 
should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of  internships 
is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Array  Computer  Technologies, 
the  Nwoko  Group,  and  the  Catapult  Group.  Graded  on  a  satisfactor\'/unsatisfactorv  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  facult}'  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

132 


Economics 

Economics  is  the  study  of  decision  making.  Economics  is  used  to  examine  individual 
behavior,  interactions,  and  the  resulting  social  order.  Basic  economic  principles  govern  all  action. 
It  is  valuable  to  go  into  negotiations  in  markets,  as  well  as  the  voting  booth,  prepared  with  a  clear 
understanding  of  the  business  strategies,  government  policies  and  decision  outcomes  that  will 
affect  society.  Knowledge  of  how  markets  function  is  helpful  to  both  business  people  and  voters 
who  will  make  decisions  about  such  market-related  economic  matters  as  taxes,  interest  ceilings, 
minimum  wages,  and  public  utility  rates.  A  student  majoring  in  economics  will  evaluate  propert}' 
rights  assessments,  the  incentives  created,  and  resulting  social  order,  replacing  uninformed 
opinions  about  complex  situations  with  disciplined  thought. 

Smdents  majoring  in  economics  will  be  prepared  to  analyze  complex  problems  and 
communicate  their  findings.  The  student  will  be  introduced  to  the  technical  terminology  of 
business,  analytical  tools  for  problem  solving,  and  communication  methods,  including  business 
writing  and  presentation.  Internships  are  available  to  provide  preparation  for  careers  after 
graduation. 

The  major  provides  an  excellent  foundation  for  careers  in  business,  law,  politics,  as  well 
as  government  and  other  not-for-profit  entifies,  or  to  pursue  graduate  studies  in  economics  or 
business  administration. 

Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  must  complete  the  following 
requirements  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ACC  230    Financial  Accounting 

ACC  231     Managerial  Accounting 

BUS  219    Management  Science 

BUS  260     Principles  of  Management 

BUS  310    Corporate  Finance 

BUS  350    Marketing 

BUS  469     Strategic  Management 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221    Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  1 1 1    Statistics 

MAT  121  AppUed  Calculus 
In  addition,  the  student  must  also  complete  three  additional  electives  in  economics  and 
satisfy  the  Computer  Applications  Proficiency  Requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three 
ways:  1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion 
of  Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the 
computer  proficiency  examination. 


133 


Major 

Students  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must  complete  the  following  requirements 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

BUS  219    Management  Science 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221    Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 

MAT  111   Statistics 

MAT  121    AppUed  Calculus 

One  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester 

elementary-level  or  higher 
In  addition  the  student  must  also  complete  four  additional  electives  in  economics  and 
satisfy  the  computer  applications  proficiency  requirement.  This  can  be  done  in  one  of  three  wa3's: 
1)  by  assessment  of  skills  with  the  student's  academic  advisor,  2)  by  successful  completion  of 
Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software,  or  3)  by  successful  performance  on  the 
computer  proficiency  examination. 

Minor 

Students  desiring  to  minor  in  economics  must  complete  the  following  courses  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher: 

ECO  121    Introduction  to  Economics 

ECO  221    Intermediate  Microeconomics 

ECO  222   Intermediate  Macroeconomics 
In  addition  the  smdent  must  complete  two  additional  electives  in  economics. 

ECO  121.  Introduction  to  Economics 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  basic  economic  principles  and 
concepts.  The  student  wiU  be  introduced  to  a  few  key  economic  principles  that  can  be  used  in 
analyzing  various  economic  events.  The  materials  will  include  a  history  of  economic  thought, 
monetary  and  financial  economics,  and  supply  and  demand  analysis. 

ECO  221.  Intermediate  Microeconomics 4  hours 

This  course  develops  the  economic  principles  necessary  to  analyze  and  interpret  the 
decisions  of  individuals  and  firms  with  respect  to  consumption,  investment,  production,  pricing, 
and  hiring.  The  principles  are  used  to  understand  the  beha\dor  of  business  firms  and  public  policy- 
making institutions.  Prerequisites:  ECO  121  and  MAT  121. 

ECO  222,  Intermediate  Macroeconomics 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  goals  of  economic  policy  and  the  poUcv  instruments  available 
to  achieve  those  goals.  Attention  is  given  to  both  monetary  and  fiscal  policy  along  widi  the  theory 
and  measurement  of  national  income,  employment,  and  price  levels,  and  the  international 
implications  of  economic  policy.  Prerequisite:   ECO  121. 

ECO  223.  United  States  Economic  History 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  the  origin  and  growth  of  the  American  economic  system  from 
pre-colonial  through  the  20*  cenmry.  The  course  traces  the  development  of  the  evolution  of 
American  agricultural,  commercial,  manufacturing,  financial,  labor,  regulatory,  and  technological 
sectors.  Prerequisite:   ECO  121. 


134 


ECO  323.  International  Economics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  international  trade  and  finance.  The  microfoundations  of  the 
course  will  address  why  countries  trade,  why  special  interest  groups  fight  international  trade, 
regional  specialization,  international  agreements  on  tariffs  and  trade,  and  national  commercial 
policies.  The  macrofoundations  of  the  course  will  focus  on  exchange  rates,  balance  of  payments, 
international  investments,  and  coordination  and  cooperation  of  international  monetary  and  fiscal 
policies.  Prerequisite:   ECO  121. 

ECO  324.  History  of  Economic  Thought 4  hours 

Tliis  course  is  a  study  of  the  major  writers  and  schools  of  economic  thought,  related  to 
the  economic,  political,  and  social  instimtions  of  their  times:  the  Medieval,  Mercantilist, 
Physiocrat,  Classical,  Marxist,  Historical,  Neoclassical,  Institutionalist,  Keynesian,  and  post- 
Keynesian  schools.  Prerequisite:   ECO  121. 

ECO  420.  Economic  Development 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  economic,  social,  and  political  factors  that  account  for  the 
contrast  between  the  economic  stagnation  in  much  of  the  world  and  the  steadily  rising  incomes  in 
the  United  States,  Europe,  and  Japan.  General  principles  are  applied  to  the  development  experience 
of  selected  countries  in  the  historically  less-developed  world  and  the  formerly  centrally-planned 
economies  of  Eastern  and  Central  Europe.  Prerequisites:  ECO  221  and  ECO  222. 

ECO  421.  Money  and  Banking 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  the  role  of  private  financial  institutions  and  the  Federal  Reserve 
System  in  the  creation  of  the  nation's  money  supply  and  the  theory  that  links  the  money  supply 
to  the  nation's  inflation  rate  and  output  level.  Additional  topics  are  the  international  payments 
mechanism,  capital  flows,  the  determination  of  exchange  rates,  and  the  use  of  a  common  currency 
by  several  countries.  Prerequisites:  ECO  221,  ECO  222,  and  proficiency  in  the  use  of  spreadsheet 
software. 

ECO  423.  Business  Structure  and  Antitrust  Law 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  structure  of  firms  within  a  given  industry,  the  corresponding 
strategic  decisions  and  conduct,  and  the  United  States'  antitrust  policy  that  is  intended  to  facilitate 
competitive  market  goals  across  the  economy.  Topics  will  include  competition,  dominant  firm  and 
cartel  theory,  measurement  of  industry  structure  and  performance,  strategic  behavior  in  pricing, 
advertising  and  information,  vertical  integration,  regulation,  and  law  and  international  markets. 
Prerequisite:   ECO  221  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

ECO  424.  Labor  Economics 4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  cause  and  effect  relationship  between 
work  and  income.  It  will  examine  labor  market  strucmres,  human  capital  theory,  union- 
management  relations,  labor  history,  economic  policy,  and  earning  profiles  by  gender  and  race. 
Prerequisites:  ECO  221  and  ECO  222. 

ECO  425.  PubUc  Finance 4  hours 

An  analysis  of  the  impact  of  federal,  state,  and  local  government  expenditures, 
revenues,  debt  management,  and  budgeting  on  the  allocation  of  resources,  the  distribution  of 
income,  the  stabilization  of  national  income  and  employment,  and  economic  growth.  Topics 
will  include  expenditure  patterns,  tax  structure,  benetlt-cost  analysis,  policy  analysis,  and 
microeconomic  and  macroeconomic  theories  of  public  expenditures  and  taxation. 
Prerequisites:  ECO  221  and  ECO  222. 

135 


ECO  426.  Internship  in  Economics 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult\'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  oppormnities  at  the  Federal 
Reserve  Bank  and  Prudential  Securities.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

ECO  427.  Independent  Study  in  Economics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

ECO  428.  Special  Topics  in  Economics 4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  an  economics  facult}' 
member.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

Education 

Grounded  in  the  Liberal  arts  tradition,  the  education  program  emphasizes  strong 
academic  preparation  of  teachers  who  are  lifelong  learners.  Teacher  education  at  Oglethorpe 
University  is  designed  to  challenge  students  to  think  critically  about  issues  in  education,  to  be 
informed  decision  makers,  and  to  become  change  agents  in  their  schools.  The  program  also  has 
strong  connections  to  the  Atianta  community,  both  urban  and  suburban.  Oglethorpe  is  committed 
to  preparing  teachers  for  the  variety  of  settings  and  diverse  populations  of  metropolitan  schools. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  as  corequisites  to  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching 
program. 

EDU  101.  Introduction  to  Education 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  historical  development,  the  philosophy,  and  the  political  and  social  issues 
underlying  the  American  educational  system  and  the  teaching  profession.  Pro\asion  is  made  for 
classroom  observation  in  public  schools  in  the  Atianta  area. 

EDU  201.  Educational  Psychology 4  hours 

A  study  of  learning  theory  and  its  application  to  such  problems  as  classroom 
management,  the  organization  of  learning  activities,  understanding  individual  differences,  and 
evaluating  teaching  and  learning.  Emphasis  is  given  to  factors  which  facilitate  and  interfere  with 
learning.   Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher. 

EDU  401.  The  Exceptional  Child 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  assist  regular  classroom  teachers  in  the  identification  and 
education  of  children  who  have  special  needs.  In  addition  to  characteristics  of  special  learners, 
students  will  study  topics  such  as  the  referral  process,  educational  approaches  for  use  with  special 
learners,  methods  of  diagnostic  teaching,  mainstreaming,  and  inclusion.  Prerequisites:  EDU  201 
and  admission  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program. 


136 


Education  —  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education  (grades  P-5)  Program  at 
Oglethorpe  University'  is  based  on  a  commitment  to  a  broad  Liberal  arts  background  as  the  best 
content  preparation  for  teaching  and  to  preparing  teachers  for  the  diverse  schools  of  the  21  ^^ 
century.  The  program  offers  both  the  Master  of  Arts  in  teaching  degree  and  initial  certification 
for  earlv  childhood  educators.  Successful  completion  of  the  program  is  necessary  to  obtain 
recommendation  for  a  teaching  certificate. 

Admission 

Application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of  Education.  To  be  admitted  to 
the  graduate  program,  applicants  must  meet  the  following  admission  criteria: 

1.  Completion  of  a  bachelor's  degree  at  a  regionally  accredited  institution.  Oglethorpe 
undergraduate  students  may  be  able  to  "bridge"  into  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  — 
Early  Childhood  Education  Program  in  the  final  semester  of  their  senior  year. 

2.  A  minimum  undergraduate  grade-point  average  of  2.8  from  all  college  work. 

3.  Prerequisites  as  follows: 

•  two  courses  in  humanities  (including  English  composition) 

•  two  courses  in  social  studies 

•  two  courses  in  mathematics 

•  two  courses  in  laboratory  science 

•  two  courses  in  the  arts 

•  EDU  101    Introduction  to  Education,  or  equivalent 

•  EDU  201    Educational  Psychology,  or  equivalent 

•  EDU  401   The  Exceptional  Child,  or  equivalent 

•  PSY  201     Child  and  Adolescent  Psychology,  or  equivalent 

4.  A  passing  score  on  all  sections  (reading,  writing,  and  mathematics)  of  the  Praxis  I  Pre- 
Professional  Skills  Test  (PPST)  developed  and  administered  by  Educational  Testing 
Service.  Applicants  are  exempt  from  this  requirement  if  they  have  earned  qualifying 
scores  on  any  of  these  tests: 

•  SAT  total  score  1 000,  with  at  least  480  verbal  and  520  mathematical 

•  ACT  total  score  22,  with  at  least  21  verbal  and  22  mathematical 

•  GRE  total  score  1030,  with  at  least  490  verbal  and  540  quantitative 

5.  A  combined  score  of  1000  on  the  verbal  and  quantitative  portions  of  the  GRE,  with  a 
minimum  of  500  on  the  verbal  section. 

6.  A  500-  to  1000-word  written  statement  describing  experiences  in  working  with  children 
or  youth  as,  for  example,  a  tutor,  camp  counselor,  day  care  worker,  church  school 
teacher,  substitute  teacher,  or  volunteer  working  with  children. 

7.  Three  letters  of  recommendation,  including  one  from  a  facult}'  advisor,  one  from  another 
universit}'  professor,  and  one  from  a  supervisor  in  a  work  or  volunteer  setting. 

Note:       Admission  to  the  graduate  program  does  not  imply  acceptance  as  a  candidate  for  the 
master's  degree.  See  Admission  to  Candidacy  below. 


137 


i 

Program  Completion  Requirements 

Candidates  for  the  degree  and  initial  certification  must  meet  the  following  requirements: 

1.  Maintain  a  cumulative  grade-point  average  of  3.0  or  higher  for  aU  work  taken  at 
Oglethorpe. 

2.  Complete  all  courses  in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education 
Program  (48  semester  hours)  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher. 

3.  Complete  50  hours  of  field  experience  during  fall  and  spring  enrollment  in  the  program 
and  a  semester-long  student  teaching  experience  —  EDU  619  Student  Teaching  and 
Capstone  Seminar. 

4.  Pass  the  appropriate  Praxis  II  tests  prior  to  enrolling  for  EDU  619  Student  Teaching  and 
Capstone  Seminar. 

5.  Complete  EDU  619  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar  successfully.  In  order  to 
enroll,  students  must  show  proof  of  liabHit}'  insurance  and  sign  the  "Personal 
Affirmation,"  affirming  their  legal  status  and  giving  the  Georgia  Professional  Standards 
Commission  the  right  to  perform  a  background  check,  if  required.  Smdent  teaching 
placement  in  some  school  districts  may  also  require  a  background  check  and/or 
fingerprinting. 

6.  Compile  and  successfully  present  an  electronic  professional  portfolio.  In  this  portfolio, 
candidates  must  demonstrate  their  knowledge  base  for  each  of  the  10  INTASC 
standards. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

Graduate  students  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  before  enrolling  for  EDU  619  Smdent 
Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar.  The  candidacy  application  must  be  filed  with  the  Chair  of  the 
Division  of  Education.  Admission  to  candidacy  may  be  given  or  denied  following  a  careful  re^'iew 
of  all  work  of  the  smdent,  including  participation  in  field  experience.  Notice  of  action  taken  on 
the  candidacy  application  wUl  be  given  in  writing  to  the  smdent. 

Residency  Requirement 

At  least  30  semester  hours   of  graduate  work  must  be  completed  at  Oglethorpe 

Universit}'. 

Transfer  Credit 

The  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early  Childhood  Education  Program  at  Oglethorpe 
is  unique  in  both  conception  and  implementation.  For  this  reason,  only  Limited  transfer  credit  is 
possible.  A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  transferred  from  another  accredited 
graduate  instimtion  subject  to  the  following  conditions: 

1 .  Transfer  credit  may  be  awarded  for  courses  that  are  comparable  to  Culmral  Psychology 
and  Assessing  Teaching  and  Learning.  Transfer  credit  cannot  be  accepted  for  other 
courses. 

2.  Determination  of  transfer  credit  is  made  by  the  Chair  of  the  Division  of  Education  in 
consultation  with  the  smdent's  advisor  and  the  facult\'  member  who  teaches  tiiat  course. 
The  smdent  must  present  a  catalog  course  description  for  the  requested  course.  Work 
already  applied  toward  another  degree  cannot  be  accepted. 

3.  Work  must  have  been  completed  unthin  the  pre\nous  six  \'ears  and  must  have  been 
applicable  toward  a  graduate  degree  at  the  instimtion  where  die  credit  was  earned. 


138 


4.  Acceptance  of  transfer  credit  does  not  reduce  the  residency  requirement. 

5.  An  official  transcript  showing  the  credits  to  be  transferred  must  be  on  file  in  the 
Registrar's  Office.   A  copy  of  the  transcript  should  be  attached  to  the  request. 

6.  Under  no  circumstances  may  credit  earned  through  correspondence  or  online  courses 
be  applied  toward  satisfaction  of  graduate  degree  requirements. 

Advisement  and  Registration 

Upon  admission  to  the  graduate  program,  each  student  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the 
facultv'  of  the  Division  of  Education  who  serves  as  advisor  to  guide  the  student  in  planning  the 
program  of  study.  Registration  dates  for  each  semester  are  listed  in  the  Academic  Calendar  in  this 
Bulletin.  Preregistration  occurs  in  November  for  the  spring  semester  and  in  April  for  the  summer 
and  fall  semesters.  Students  must  meet  with  their  advisors  to  plan  for  registration  for  courses. 

Course  Load 

A  full-time  course  load  for  graduate  smdents  is  12  semester  hours  or  three  courses. 

Tuition  and  Fees 

An  application  fee  (non-refundable)  of  $35  must  accompany  the  application.  Tuition  is 
charged  on  a  per-course  basis.  AH  fees  are  subject  to  change.  Please  direct  inquiries  regarding 
current  fees  to  the  Business  Office.  An  application  for  degree  must  be  made  by  mid-October  in 
the  Registrar's  Office  prior  to  completion  of  degree  requirements  the  following  December,  May, 
or  August,  at  which  time  a  $95  degree  completion  fee  is  due. 

Academic  Standards 

Candidates  for  the  master's  degree  must  meet  the  following  academic  standards: 

1.  The  student's  overall  grade-point  average  for  work  in  the  graduate  program  must  be  3.0 
or  higher. 

2.  If  in  any  case  the  candidate  fails  to  maintain  satisfactory  academic  and  professional 
standards,  a  review  by  the  Teacher  Education  CouncU  will  determine  the  student's 
continuation  in  the  program. 

3.  Any  smdent  who  falls  below  a  3.0  grade-point  average  or  has  a  total  of  two  course 
grades  of  "C"  or  below  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation.  A  student  who  received 
a  third  grade  of  "C"  or  less  or  who  does  not  achieve  a  3.0  grade-point  average  upon 
completion  of  three  additional  graduate  courses  will  be  dismissed  from  the  program. 

EDU  601.  Exploring  Constructivist  Teaching  and  Learning 4  hours 

The  purposes  of  this  course,  the  first  in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  program 
sequence,  are  to  explore  the  historical  and  philosophical  foundations  of  constructivist  teaching 
and  learning  and  to  provide  learners  with  pedagogical  skills  to  plan,  implement,  and  assess  inquiry- 
based  instruction.  Students  will  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing 
knowledge  and  then  apply  their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in  diverse 
settings. 

EDU  602.  Cultural  Psychology 4  hours 

Culmral  psychology  is  an  interdisciplinary  field  benveen  psychology  and  anthropology. 
It  focuses  on  the  ways  in  which  culmre  and  mind,  and  more  specifically,  culture  and  self,  mutually 
constitute  each  other.  Therefore,  cultural  psychology  primarily  addresses  how  the  mumal 
constimtion  of  culture  and  self  has  implications  for  cross-culturaUv  divergent  psvchological 
patterns  in  cognition,  emotion,  motivation,  moral  reasoning,  and  psychopathologies. 

139 


EDU  603.  Assessing  Teaching  and  Learning 4  hours 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  the  concepts  and  skills  needed  to  develop 
paper-and-pencil  and  performance  assessments  for  formative  and  summative  classroom 
evaluation.  Planning  student  evaluations,  coordinating  evaluations  with  objectives,  item 
development,  item  analysis,  relating  evaluation  to  instruction,  grading,  and  reporting  achievement 
outcomes  to  smdents,  parents,  and  school  personnel  are  discussed. 

EDU  604.  Technology  of  Teaching 4  hours 

The  purposes  of  this  course  are  two:  1)  to  prepare  prospective  teachers  to  meet  the 
Georgia  technology  standards  for  educators,  and  2)  for  these  prospective  teachers  to  learn  to 
integrate  technology  into  meaningful  learning  experiences  for  the  students  they  will  teach.  To 
accomplish  these  goals,  students  in  the  course  will  learn  to  use  technology  as  a  tool  for  designing 
and  conducting  learning  projects  in  which  inquiry  is  the  means  of  investigation. 

EDU  611.  Arts  of  Diverse  Peoples 4  hours 

This  course  provides  future  teachers  with  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of  the  arts 
disciplines  of  music,  visual  art,  dance,  and  theatre  as  a  means  to  understand  self,  others,  and  the 
human  condition.  It  also  offers  students  an  opportunity  for  personal  inquiry  experiences  and  skill 
development  in  the  arts  so  that  they  feel  prepared  to  incorporate  study  of  the  arts  into  their 
classrooms.  Students  wUl  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing 
knowledge  base.  Students  will  also  apply  their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in 
diverse  settings. 

EDU  612.  Literacy  and  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  prepares  students  to  be  literacy  teachers  in  diverse  early  childhood 
classrooms.  The  course  includes  methods  of  literacy  instruction  and  explorations  in  Uteramre 
from  various  cultural  perspectives.  Students  will  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on 
their  developing  knowledge  base  and  apply  their  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences 
in  diverse  settings. 

EDU  613.  Studies  of  Diverse  Cultures 4  hours 

This  course  includes  exploration  of  social  studies  content  and  methods  for  teacliing 
social  studies  in  early  childhood  education.  From  a  variet}-  of  perspectives,  students  will  examine 
the  types  of  questions  social  scientists  ask  about  human  experience,  institutions,  and  interactions. 
In  the  course,  prospective  teachers  will  use  appropriate  methods  of  inquiry  to  investigate  some  of 
those  questions.  They  will  engage  in  regular  and  systematic  reflection  on  their  developing 
knowledge  base  and  then  apply  that  knowledge  in  field-based  classroom  experiences  in  diverse 
settings. 

EDU  614.  Mathematical  Inquiry 4  hours 

The  foundation  for  this  course  is  that  knowing  mathematics  is  doing  mathematics; 
thereby,  students  will  be  prepared  to  teach  mathematics  well.  The  focus  is  mathematics  content: 
number  systems,  geometry,  and  an  additional  unit  (from  probabiIit\V statistics,  graph  theory,  or 
another  appropriate  area).  Methods,  assessment,  technology,  and  historical  perspective  are  integral 
to  this  course. 


140 


EDU  615.  Inquiring  Into  Science 4  hours 

In  this  course,  stxidents  will  explore  namre,  content,  and  processes  of  science  while 
examining  current  best  practices  and  issues  in  teaching  science  to  children.  Students  will 
understand  the  role  that  inquiry  plays  in  the  development  of  scientific  knowledge.  Students  will 
explore  relationships  between  science,  technology,  and  other  curriculum  areas  in  a  community  of 
diverse  elementary  learners. 

EDU  619.  Student  Teaching  and  Capstone  Seminar 12  hours 

Student  teaching,  a  supervised  internship  semester  in  a  diverse  elementary  public  school 
classroom,  is  the  capstone  experience  in  teacher  preparation,  the  point  at  which  theory  and 
practice  converge.  The  course  includes  14  weeks  of  full-time  participation  and  teaching  in  a  public 
school  classroom  with  weekly  seminar  meetings  for  professional  development. 

EDU  629.  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Education 1-12  hours 

Advanced  courses  are  offered  to  respond  to  topical  needs  of  the  curriculum. 

Engineering  —  Dual  Degree 

Oglethorpe  is  associated  with  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  the  Universit}'  of 
Florida,  Auburn  Universit}',  Mercer  University',  and  the  Universit}'  of  Southern  California  in 
combined  programs  of  liberal  arts  and  engineering.  The  programs  require  the  student  to  complete 
three  years  at  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  and  the  final  two  years  at  one  of  these  engineering  schools. 
The  three  years  at  Oglethorpe  include  core  curriculum  courses.  General  Chemistry  I  and  II, 
College  Physics  I  and  II,  Calculus  I-III,  a  choice  of  Differential  Equations  or  Linear  Algebra  and 
a  foreign  language  course  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The  two  years  of 
technical  education  require  the  completion  of  courses  in  one  of  the  branches  of  engineering. 

In  this  combined  plan,  the  two  degrees  which  are  awarded  upon  the  successful 
completion  of  the  program  are  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  by  Oglethorpe  Universit\'  and  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  by  the  engineering  school.  Because  the  required  pre- 
engineering  curricula  of  the  five  affiliated  schools  are  slightiy  different,  the  student  is  advised  to 
consult  frequentiy  with  the  facult\'  member  serving  as  dual  degree  engineering  program  ad\isor. 

Engineering  is  a  difficult  subject.  Students  can  maximize  their  chances  for  success  by 
starting  at  Oglethorpe  where  the  facult}''s  primary  concern  is  effective  teaching  and  working 
closely  with  students.  Classes  are  small,  and  laboratories  offer  the  opportunity  for  hands-on 
experience  with  sophisticated  equipment.  This  strong  foundation  gives  the  student  an  excellent 
preparation  for  professional  school,  resulting  in  more  effective  learning  in  advanced  engineering 
courses.  As  a  liberal  arts  and  sciences  university,  Oglethorpe  stresses  broad  education  for 
intelligent  leadership.  Here,  the  student  will  explore  the  fundamental  fields  of  knowledge,  further 
his  or  her  understanding  of  science  and  mathematics,  and  refine  the  abilities  to  read,  write,  speak, 
and  reason  with  clarit}-.  This  preparation  will  serve  the  student  well  in  any  career  but  particularly 
so  in  the  engineering  field.  With  strong  preparation  in  engineering  plus  a  liberal  arts  education,  the 
student  will  be  ready  for  a  variet}'  of  career  positions.  The  dual  degree  engineering  program 
provides  an  education  that  is  both  broad  and  deep  —  a  combination  that  ■uiU  serve  the  graduate 
well  as  career  responsibilities  increase. 

Note:       Dual-degree  students  in  engineering  may  not  use  Oglethorpe  financial  aid  assistance  to 
attend  other  instimtions. 


141 


English 

In  literature  courses,  students  examine  written  works  to  determine  their  meaning,  to 
reach  judgments  about  their  value,  to  explore  their  relation  to  Ufe,  and  to  derive  pleasure.  To  these 
ends,  students  make  written  and  oral  analyses,  supporting  their  conclusions  with  close  examination 
of  specific  passages  firom  the  works  of  literature  being  studied.  In  both  literature  and  writing 
courses,  students  learn  to  compose  their  generalizations  and  supporting  details  into  a  coherent 
structure  of  thought  and  language. 

An  English  major  at  Oglethorpe  is  excellent  preparation  for  law  school  or  anv  other 
professional  training  that  requires  students  to  interpret  written  material  and  support  their 
assertions  with  specific  evidence.  Given  the  expressed  need  in  the  business  communit}-  for  people 
who  can  communicate  weU  orally  and  on  paper,  the  combination  of  an  English  major  and  courses 
in  business  administration  or  an  accounting  minor  may  be  very  attractive  to  prospective 
employers.  The  course  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions  focuses  on  the  kinds  of  speaking 
and  writing  abilities  graduates  wUl  need  to  get  and  keep  jobs  in  personnel,  sales,  and  management. 
Oglethorpe  graduates  also  work  in  public  relations  and  editing,  where  they  use  their  skill  with 
words  -  a  major  emphasis  of  every  English  course.  They  go  into  teaching,  and  sometimes  work 
for  publishers,  television  stations,  film-making  companies,  or  computer  firms.  Thev  write  press 
releases,  training  manuals,  in-house  newspapers,  and  news  copy. 

To  help  smdents  bridge  the  gap  between  academic  life  and  work  experience,  Oglethorpe 
places  English  majors  in  internships  with  area  newspapers,  publishing  companies,  public  relations 
firms,  cultural  associations,  and  radio  and  television  stations.  Such  experiences  enhance  students' 
chances  of  finding  the  jobs  they  want  after  graduation. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  English  are  required  to  take  four  period  courses:  Ancient  Literamre, 
Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature,  18*  and  19*  Century  Literature,  and  Modern  and  Contemporary- 
Literature.  Students  also  are  required  to  take  one  writing  course;  Shakespeare  or  Chaucer;  four  electi\'es 
from  the  upper-level  (300)  literature  courses,  and  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second 
semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

Students  who  minor  in  EngUsh  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  five  literature  courses. 
At  least  three  of  these  must  be  upper-level  (300)  courses. 

ENG  100.  Independent  Study  in  Literature  and  Composition 1-4  hours 

Supervised  study  in  specified  genres  or  periods.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed 
outiine  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

ENG  101.  Ancient  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  literature  of  the  ancient  world.  Although  the  primary  focus 
will  be  on  Greek,  Roman,  and  Hebrew  culmre,  non-Western  materials  may  also  be  smdied.  Wbrks 
and  authors  might  include:  Gilgamesh,  Homer,  Job,  and  Virgil. 

ENG  102.  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  transition  of  the  cultural  world  of  Dante  to  that  of 
Shakespeare  and  Milton.  Although  the  primary  focus  will  be  Western,  non- Western  works  may 
also  be  studied.  Texts  and  authors  might  include:  Chretien,  Dante,  The  Tale  of  Genji,  Chaucer, 
Montaigne,  Shakespeare,  Cervantes,  and  Milton. 
142 


ENG  103.  18'*^  and  19*'^  Century  Literature 4  hours 

Authors  in  this  course  might  include:  Defoe,  Pope,  Basho,  Austen,  Emerson,  Twain,  and 
George  Eliot. 

ENG  104.  Modern  and  Contemporary  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  investigate  the  literature  of  the  20'^  century.  Authors  might  include:  T. 
S.  EUot,  Woolf,  Lawrence,  Frost,  Morrison,  and  Marquez. 

ENG  201.  Chaucer 4  hours 

Students  wiU  learn  to  read  and  appreciate  the  works  of  Geoffrey  Chaucer,  the  first  great 
English  poet,  in  his  original  language;  to  enjoy  the  rich  and  varied  nature  of  his  works;  and  to 
appreciate  why  he  is  called  "the  Father  of  English."  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one 
100-level  English  course. 

ENG  202.  Shakespeare 4  hours 

The  plays  and  theatre  of  William  Shakespeare.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  EngUsh  course. 

ENG.  230.  Creative  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  writing  poetry  and  prose  fiction.  The  smdent  wiU  be 
asked  to  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week,  keep  a  journal,  and  read  published  writers. 
Much  class  time  will  be  spent  discussing  student  and  published  work.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and 
COR  102. 

ENG  231.  Biography  and  Autobiography 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  biographical  and  autobiographical  writing  with  practice 
in  the  personal  narrative  as  well  as  other  forms  such  as  the  profile  and  the  interview.  Students  wdU 
submit  substantial  written  work  each  week  and  keep  a  journal.  The  class  will  foUow  a  workshop 
format,  discussing  the  smdents'  and  published  work.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  300.  The  Bible  as  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  Bible  as  a  literary  artifact  and  within  an  historical  context. 
Students  will  be  particularly  interested  in  the  varied  ways  in  which  the  Bible  generates  meaning. 
These  include  archet\pal  repetition,  the  weaving  together  of  historicaUv  disparate  texts,  parable, 
and  allegory.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  301.  Russian  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  consist  of  Russian  literature  in  translation,  mostiy  fiction,  mostiv  from 
the  19*  cenmry.  Central  to  the  course  is  Anna  Karenina.  In  addition  to  Tolstoy,  authors  might 
include:  Gogol,  Dostoevski,  and  Chekhov.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level 
English  course. 

ENG  302.  The  Child  in  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  will  involve  a  wide-ranging  studv  of  works  which  employ  innocence, 
particularly  in  childhood,  in  order  to  deepen  the  understanding  of  experience.  Authors  might 
include:  Sophocles,  Blake,  Carroll,  James,  and  Kat"ka.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one 
100-level  English  course. 


143 


ENG  303.  American  Poetry 4  hours 

This  course  will  consider  the  work  of  major  American  poets  such  as  XXTiitman, 
Dickinson,  Frost,  Eliot,  and  Williams.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level 
English  course. 

ENG  304.  Images  of  Women  in  Literature 4  hours 

An  exploration  of  various  stereotypical,  archetypal,  and  reaUsdc  images  of  women  in 
Uteramre.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

WGS  304.  Women  Poets 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  poetry  by  women,  from  ancient  Chinese,  Persian,  and  others 
in  translation,  to  medieval  Irish  and  Renaissance  English,  to  19*  and  20*  century  Americans,  as 
well  as  Eastern  Europeans  and  Ladn  Americans  in  translation.  Included  will  be  several  recent 
poets  such  as  Gwendolyn  Brooks,  Adrienne  Rich,  and  Mary  Oliver  in  order  to  discover  what 
themes,  images,  and  attitudes  seem  to  emerge  from  the  works.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR 
102. 

ENG  305.  Chivabric  Romance 4  hours 

This  course  will  explore  the  chivalric  tales  of  "knights  and  ladies'  gentie  deeds,"  paving 
particular  attention  to  models  of  heroism  and  temptation;  tensions  between  holy  and  secular 
quests;  dichotomies  of  masculine  and  feminine  identity;  and  canons  of  moral  and  ethical  beha\tior. 
Authors  might  include  Marie  de  France,  Chretien  de  Troyes,  Arisoto,  and  Spenser.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  EngUsh  course. 

ENG  306.  Special  Topics  in  Drama 4  hours 

Drama  as  literature  and  genre,  through  survey  and  period  studies.  Prerequisites:  COR 
101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  307.  Milton 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  major  prose  and  poetry  of  John  Milton  and  their  place  in 
1 7*  century  English  culture.  Works  studied  wiU  include  Areopagitica,  Ij^ddas,  Samson  Agonistes,  and 
Paradise  Lost  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  308.  Special  Topics  in  Poetry 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  particular  poets,  movements,  styles,  or  periods.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  EngUsh  course. 

ENG  309.  The  Literature  of  the  City  and  the  Country 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  concentrate  on  1 9*  and  20*  century  English  and  American  literature  in 
order  to  deepen  the  student's  understanding  and  test  the  conceptions  of  the  natural  and  the  urban. 
Authors  might  include  Wordsworth,  Dickens,  Thoreau,  Woolf,  and  Frost.  Prerequisites:  COR  101, 
COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  310.  Special  Topics  in  Fiction 4  hours 

English,  American,  and  continental  narrative  prose  will  be  examined  in  the  context  of 
theme,  period,  or  genre.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 


144 


ENG311.  Ulysses 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  a  thorough  reading  of  Ulysses  but  might  also  examine  other 
works  by  James  Joyce,  such  as  Dubliners,  A  Portrait  of  the  Artist  as  a  Young  Man,  and  selecdons  from 
Finnegans  Wake.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  312.  Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture 4  hours 

Courses  relating  literamre  with  aspects  of  social  and  inteUecmal  history  or  a  particular 
issue  or  theme.  Possible  offerings  may  include  women  in  literature,  American  civ^ilization,  African- 
American  (or  other  ethnic)  literature,  popular  culture,  the  literature  of  a  single  decade,  children's 
literature,  and  myth  and  folklore  in  literature.  Usually  offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisites:  COR 
101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course. 

ENG  313.  African-American  Literary  Traditions 4  hours 

This  course  surveys  African-American  literature  and  literary  history.  It  begins  with  a 
close  examination  of  the  slave  narrative  and  the  African-American  sentimental  novel  of  the  19* 
century.  An  exploration  is  made  of  the  literamre  of  the  Harlem  Renaissance,  followed  by  works 
like  Ralph  EUison's  Invisible  Man  and  Richard  Wright's  Native  Son.  Finally,  civil  rights  era  literature 
and  works  by  authors  such  as  Gloria  Naylor  and  Alice  Walker  will  be  examined.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  English  course,  preferably  Modern  and  Contemporary 
Literamre. 

ENG  314.  Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors 4  hours 

An  intensive  study  of  between  one  and  five  British  or  American  authors.  Prerequisite: 
COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level  EngUsh  course. 

ENG  315.  Vision,  Violence,  and  Community  in  Milton,  Blake, 

Whitman,  and  Yeats 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  works  by  four  major  visionary  poets.  In  the  historical  context 
of  English  civil  war,  the  French  Revolution,  the  American  Civil  War,  and  World  War  I  and  the 
Irish  rebellions,  they  tried  to  envision  for  their  culmres  a  restoration  of  communit}'  between  the 
temporal  and  the  eternal,  the  human  and  the  divine.  In  times  of  fragmentation  and  crisis,  each  re- 
invented a  traditional  mythology.  A  smdy  will  be  made  of  their  individual  visions  to  those 
collective  myths  and  to  personal  struggles.  Prerequisites:  COR  101,  COR  102,  and  one  100-level 
English  course. 

ENG  330.  Writing  Poetry 4  hours 

In  weekly  assignments  students  will  try  free  verse  and  various  forms  in  the  effort  to 
discover  and  to  embody  more  and  more  truly  what  they  have  to  say.  Much  time  wiU  be  spent 
reading  published  poets,  responding  to  student  work  in  class,  and  tr\ing  to  generate  language  that 
reveals  rather  than  explains  intangible  "meanings."  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 


145 


ENG  331.  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 4  hours 

Students  will  get  instruction  and  substantial  practice  in  writing  fictional  and  nonfictional 
prose  which  aims  at  getting  what  Henry  James  called  "a  sense  of  felt  life"  onto  the  page.  The  class 
will  follow  a  workshop  format  with  weeldy  assignments,  journal  writing,  extensive  discussion  of 
student  work,  and  reading  of  published  examples.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  401.  Internship  in  English 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit\'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  vAth  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  Atlanta 
Magaf(ine,  The  Knight  Agency,  and  Peachtree  Publishers.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactorv 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 

Environmental  Studies  -  Dual  Degree 

The  Cooperative  College  Program  coordinates  the  education  of  students  at  Oglethorpe 
University  with  graduate  programs  in  environmental  studies  and  natural  resources  offered  bv  the 
Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment  at  Duke  Universit}'.  This  program  pro^ades  a  unique 
combination  of  liberal  and  professional  education  well  suited  for  those  desiring  to  enter  the  fields 
of  environmental  studies  or  natural  resources.  Participating  Oglethorpe  smdents  are  accepted  into 
either  of  two  degree  programs  at  Duke:  the  Master  of  Environmental  Management  (MEM)  or  the 
Master  of  Forestry  (MF).  The  degree  awarded  is  determined  by  the  student's  area  of 
concentration  at  Duke.  The  program  accommodates  a  wide  range  of  undergraduate  backgrounds, 
and  experience  indicates  that  students  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  or  social  sciences,  pre- 
engineering,  economics,  or  business  administration  are  best  suited  for  it.  Although  some  smdents 
may  prefer  to  complete  the  baccalaureate  degree  before  undertaking  graduate  smdv  at  Duke, 
highly  qualified  students  can  reach  a  satisfactory  level  of  preparation  with  three  vears  of 
coordinated  undergraduate  study  at  Oglethorpe;  all  final  admission  decisions  rest  with  the 
Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment.  A  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  by  Oglethorpe 
Universit}'  upon  successful  completion  of  one  year  of  study  at  Duke;  after  four  semesters  at  Duke, 
in  which  at  least  48  semester  units  of  credit  are  earned,  these  smdents  may  qualifi,'  for  one  of  the 
professional  master's  degrees. 

There  are  six  areas  of  concentration  for  the  professional  master's  degree  programs 
offered  by  the  Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment:  Coastal  Environmental  Management; 
Environmental  Toxicology,  Chemistry,  and  Risk  Assessment;  Resource  Ecology;  Resource 
Economics  and  Policy;  Water  and  Air  Resources;  and  Forest  Resource  Management.  The 
undergraduate  course  requirements  are  highly  flexible  for  some  areas  of  concentration;  others  are 
more  stringent.  All  of  the  programs  have  the  following  requirements: 


146 


1.  Completion  of  the  Oglethorpe  University  core  courses,  including  one  semester  of  a 
foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher. 

2.  Training  in  the  natural  sciences  or  social  sciences  related  to  the  student's  area  of  interest 
in  namral  resources  and  environmental  science. 

3.  Completion  of  at  least  one  introductory  course  in  calculus  -  either  Applied  Calculus  or 
Calcvilus  I. 

4.  Completion  of  a  statistics  course  that  includes  descriptive  statistics,  probability 
distributions,  hypothesis  testing,  confidence  intervals,  correlation,  simple  linear 
regression  and  simple  ANOVAs.  Statistics  at  Oglethorpe  fulfills  this  requirement. 

5.  A  working  knowledge  of  microcomputers  for  word  processing  and  data  analysis. 
Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  fulfills  this  requirement,  although 
students  with  extensive  experience  with  computers  may  have  other  options. 

Qualified  students  who  have  interests  outside  of  the  structured  programs  of  the 
Nicholas  School  of  the  Environment  are  permitted  to  design  individual  programs  of  study;  all 
such  individual  programs  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Education  Committee  of  the  Nicholas 
School  of  the  Environment. 

Note:       Dual-degree  students  in  environmental  studies  and  natural  resources  may  not  use 
Oglethorpe  financial  aid  assistance  to  attend  Duke  University. 

Foreign  Languages 

In  order  to  study  in  any  given  foreign  language,  all  students  with  previous  study  or 
experience  in  that  language  must  take  a  language  proficiency  examination  or  obtain  permission  of 
the  instructor  during  summer  orientation  or  prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the 
course  sequence  according  to  their  competence.  Smdents  are  not  eligible  to  enroU  in  elementary 
and  intermediate  courses  in  their  primary  language. 

Please  refer  to  specific  foreign  languages  in  alphabetical  order  in  this  section  for 
respective  course  offerings. 

FOR  201.  Intermediate  Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture 4  hours 

A  course  in  which  intermediate  conversation  or  topical  aspects  of  a  literature  and 
culture  is  explored. 

FOR  301.  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Foreign  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture 4  hours 

A  course  in  which  advanced  conversation  or  topical  aspects  of  a  literature  and  culture 
is  explored. 


147 


FOR  425.  Internship  in  Foreign  Language 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  even^  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Adanta 
Hispanic  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Georgia  Council  for  International  Visitors,  and  the  Georgia 
Department  of  Industry,  Trade,  and  Tourism.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis. 
Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

French 

A  student  who  chooses  French  as  a  major  will  gain  valuable  knowledge,  not  onlv  about 
the  language,  but  also  about  the  many  unique  and  fascinating  cultures  represented  in  the  French- 
speaking  world.  Like  all  languages  offered  in  our  foreign  language  program,  the  French  major  is 
informed  by  "the  five  C's":  Communication,  Cultures,  Connections,  Comparisons,  and 
Communities.  These  areas  represent  the  defined  goals  of  the  National  Standards  for  Foreign 
Language  Learning. 

The  journey  toward  a  French  major  begins  with  a  thorough  emphasis  on  reading, 
writing,  listening  comprehension,  and  speaking.  These  essential  skills  prepare  the  student  with  the 
foundations  for  communicating  in  diverse  contexts  in  the  French  language.  More  advanced  studv 
of  French  wiU  enable  the  student  to  explore  the  treasures  of  French  and  Francophone  prose, 
poetry,  drama  and  cinema,  in  addition  to  the  smdy  of  colorful  and  intriguing  civilizations  in 
France,  Belgium,  Switzerland,  Africa  and  Quebec  and  wider  French-speaking  Canada.  Through 
course  offerings  in  French  at  Oglethorpe  University,  students  become  more  informed  about 
America's  French-speaking  neighbors  to  the  north  and  in  the  Caribbean  to  the  south,  in  addition 
to  becoming  more  functional  global  citizens. 

Once  students  have  reached  an  adequate  level  of  proficiency  in  French,  thev  will  be 
ready  to  complement  their  classroom  smdies  with  full-immersion  smdy  abroad  oppormnities.  As 
an  invaluable  component  of  the  French  major,  students  are  required  to  study  and  live  in  a  French- 
speaking  country  for  a  semester  during  the  academic  year  following  the  completion  of  an  initial 
sequence  of  courses  taken  in  the  program.  Most  French  majors  choose  to  smdy  at  Oglethorpe's 
partner  institution  the  Catholic  University  of  Lille.  In  addition,  for  the  adventurous  smdent,  there 
are  many  other  creative  smdy  abroad  options  available,  all  of  which  can  be  discussed  with  smdent 
advisors.  Native  speakers  of  French  are  invited  to  complete  the  12-semester  hour  requirements  of 
study  abroad  in  courses  at  Oglethorpe  or  through  cross  registration  at  one  of  the  Atianta  Regional 
Consortium  for  Higher  Education  (ARCHE)  instimtions. 

Many  smdents  who  complete  the  French  major  at  Oglethorpe  go  on  to  carrv  out 
graduate  programs  at  other  institutions  in  French  and  Francophone  language  and  Hteramre, 
linguistics,  French  culmral  smdies,  or  International  Relations.  Other  graduates  from  the  program 
become  French  instructors  or  find  oppormnities  in  corporate  or  non-profit  organizations,  where 
they  continue  to  apply  their  language  skiUs  and  global  experiences.  Smdents  are  also  in\-ited  to 
combine  a  double  major  in  French  with  other  disciplines,  a  combination  which  greativ  enhances 
smdent  marketabUit}'  after  graduation.  . 


148 


All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  French  must  take  a  language  placement 
examination.  They  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their  competence.  Under  no 
circumstance  should  students  with  past  experience  in  French  place  themselves  in  courses, 
especially  at  the  elementary  level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate 
courses  in  their  native  languages. 

Major 

Students  who  major  in  French  must  first  complete  the  following  requirements: 
FRE  201   Intermediate  French 
FRE  301    French  Conversation  and  Composition 
FRE  302   French  Lyric  and  Literary  Prose 
Students  will  then  complete  a  semester  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program,  which 
should  include  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours.  Returning  students  must  complete  three  upper- 
level  (300  or  400)  courses  in  French. 

Elementary  Spanish  I  or  equivalent  as  determined  through  the  Spanish  placement  test 
is  also  required.  It  is  recommended  that  this  requirement  be  completed  during  the  student's  first 
two  years. 

The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  French  consists  of  the  following  requirements: 

FRE  201    Intermediate  French 

Three  upper-level  courses  (300  or  400) 
Certain  of  these  requirements  may  be  met  through  an  approved  study  abroad  program. 

FRE  101,  FRE  102.  Elementary  French  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  college  French,  designed  to  present  a  sound  foundation  in 
understanding,  speaking,  reading  and  writing  contemporary  French.  Prerequisite:  None  for  FRE 
101;  FRE  101  required  for  FRE  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

FRE  201.  Intermediate  French". 4  hours 

This  course  involves  further  practice  in  developing  oral  and  written  skills. 
Introduction  to  a  variet}?  of  unedited  French  texts  will  be  included.  Prerequisite:  FRE  102  or 
placement  by  testing. 

FRE  301.  French  Conversation  and  Composition 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  development  of  oral  skills  through  practice  in  group  settings 
and  individual  class  presentations  combined  with  weekly  writing  assignments  in  French  to  be 
revised  on  a  regular  basis.  A  study  of  st\'le  and  grammatical  forms  used  exclusively  in  the  written 
language  completes  the  course  work.  Prerequisite:   FRE  201  or  placement  bv  testing. 

FRE  302.  French  Lyric  and  Literary  Prose 4  hours 

Selected  texts  from  French  literature  are  studied  as  examples  of  prose,  poetrv  and 
drama.  Students  will  read  original  works  from  the  French  classical  and  modern  periods.  Taught  in 
French.  Prerequisite:   FRE  301  or  placement  by  testing. 


149 


FRE  401.  Special  Topics  in  French  Language,  Literature,  and  Culture 4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the  French 
language  are  explored  in  this  course.  Offerings  will  vary  according  to  faculty  and  student  interest. 
Prerequisite:   FRE  301. 

FRE  402.  The  Modern  French  Republics  and  Their  Institutions 4  hours 

A  study  of  both  political  and  cultural  institutions  in  France  from  1870  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  the  traditions  established  by  the  new  republican  government  in  the  1 880s  and 
the  creation  in  1958  of  the  Fifth  Republic  under  which  France  is  currendy  governed.  Taught  in 
French.  Prerequisite:   FRE  301. 

FRE  403.  Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  orientadon  to  French  business  and  cultural  communides  and 
considerations  of  existing  connections  with  their  American  counterparts.  The  course  includes 
an  introduction  to  business  French.  Guest  lecturers  are  invited  from  the  diplomatic  and 
business  community  in  the  wider  Atianta  area.  Field  trips  are  also  organized  to  consulates,  trade 
offices,  and  businesses.  Taught  in  French.  Prerequisite:    FRE  301. 

FRE  404.  Great  French  Actresses  and  Their  Film  Roles 4  hours 

This  course  will  smdy  French  film  actresses  and  their  roles  in  an  attempt  to  understand 
better  the  simation  of  women  in  France  during  the  last  half  of  the  20*  century.  Readings  from 
The  Second  Sex  by  Simone  de  Beauvoir,  written  at  the  outset  of  the  period  in  question,  pro\ade 
a  counterpoint  to  the  cinematic  fiction.  Actresses  studied  may  include  Isabelle  Adjani,  Arletn; 
Fanny  7\rdant,  Brigitte  Bardot,  Juliette  Binoche,  Sandrine  Bonaire,  Catherine  Deneuve,  IsabeUe 
Huppert,  Miou-Miou,  Romy  Scheider,  and  Simone  Signoret.  The  course  is  conducted  in  English. 
Students  may  take  the  course  as  part  of  a  French  major  or  minor  and  complete  readings,  tests,  and 
written  work  in  French.  Prerequisite:   None  for  work  in  English,  FRE  302  for  work  in  French. 

FRE  405.  The  19th-century  French  Realist  Novel 4  hours 

This  course  studies  the  19*-century  French  realist  novel  by  concentrating  on  three 
"giants"  of  the  tradition.  The  course  includes  Balzac's  Pere  Goriof,  Flaubert's  Education  Sentimentale 
and  Zola's  Germinal  The  smdy  of  one  novel  of  each  of  these  writers  gives  an  over\dew  of  the 
major  Literary  moments  in  the  century  following  the  French  Revolution.  The  principal  characters 
in  each  novel  confront  the  particular  challenges  of  each  historical  and  social  moment  in  19^*^- 
cenmry  France.  The  course  thus  allows  students  to  obtain  a  complex  notion  of  realism  in  an 
historical  context  along  with  greatiy  enhanced  vocabulary  and  language  skills  in  French.  Taught  in 
French.  Prerequisite:   FRE  302. 

FRE  450.  Independent  Study  in  French 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv  die  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 


150 


General  Science 


The  physical  science  and  biological  science  courses  are  appropriate  for  students  who 
have  a  good  background  in  algebra  but  a  minimal  one  in  other  sciences.  Students  with  excellent 
preparation  in  the  sciences  may  elect  one  of  the  regular  lecture-and-laboratorv  courses  in  biology, 
chemistry,  or  physics. 

GEN  101.  Natural  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences 4  hours 

This  topically-oriented  course  will  examine  the  many  facets  of  scientific  investigation. 
These  include  the  underlying  assumptions,  the  limitations,  the  provisional  nature,  and  the  power 
of  the  scientific  process,  as  weO  as  the  influences  of  science  on  other  aspects  of  human  activit}'. 
Experimentation  is  the  hallmark  of  scientific  investigation.  As  such,  laboratory  experimentation 
will  be  a  distinguishing  feamre  of  this  course.  Course  time  devoted  to  experimentation  in  the 
laboratory,  as  well  as  inside  and  outside  the  classroom,  will  intertwine  with  time  devoted  to 
discussion  and  lecture.  Namral  Science:  The  Physical  Sciences  will  deal  with  a  topic  drawn  from 
the  physical  sciences.  These  will  include,  but  not  be  limited  to:  Chemistry,  Cosmology,  Descriptive 
Astronomy,  History  of  Science,  Meteorology,  Modern  Scientific  Perspectives  of  the  Universe,  and 
Oceanography.  Prerequisite:   MAT  103  or  bv  examination. 

GEN  102.  Natural  Science:  The  Biological  Sciences 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  examine  the  many  facets  of  scientific  investigation. 
Laboratory  experimentation  will  be  an  important  feature,  with  course  time  devoted  to 
experimentation  in  the  laboratory  as  well  as  the  classroom.  Rather  than  a  survey  of  the  entire  field 
of  biology,  this  effort  will  be  directed  toward  specific  topics  such  as,  but  not  limited  to:  Cancer, 
Cell  Biology,  Human  Biology,  Ecology,  and  Evolution. 

GEN  200.  Internship  in  Science 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult\"  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  n  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
facult\'  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  oppormnities  at  Piedmont 
Hospital,  The  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention,  and  Accura  Analytical  Laboratory. 
Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor 
and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


151 


German 

All  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  German  must  take  a  language 
placement  examination  during  summer  orientation  or  immediately  prior  to  fall  registration.  They 
will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances 
should  students  with  past  experience  in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the 
elementary  level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in  their 
primary  languages. 

GER  101,  GER  102.  Elementary  German  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  college  German,  designed  to  develop  the  abiHt)'  to  understand, 
speak,  read,  and  write  contemporary  German.  Prerequisite:  None  for  GER  101;  GER  101 
required  for  GER  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

GER  201.  Intermediate  German  1 4  hours 

This  course  will  focus  on  practice  in  speaking  and  understanding  German,  accompanied 
by  a  review  of  grammar.  Reading  and  discussion  of  short  literary  texts.  Prerequisite:  GER  102  or 
placement  by  testing. 

GER  202.  Intermediate  German  II 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  continuation  of  Intermediate  German  I  with  practice  in  spoken 
German  and  added  emphasis  on  writing.  Reading  materials  include  both  contemporary  topics  and 
selections  from  literamre.  Prerequisite:   GER  201  or  placement  by  testing. 

GER  301,  GER  302.  Special  Topics  in  German  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the  German 
language  are  explored  in  this  two-semester  sequence  of  courses.  Prerequisite:   GER  202. 

For  a  listing  of  foreign  instimtions  and  programs  with  which  Oglethorpe  has  exchange 
agreements  and  affiliations,  please  see  Oglethorpe  University  Smdents  Abroad  in  the  Educational 
Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin.  Of  particular  interest  to  smdents  of  German  is  the 
Oglethorpe  exchange  agreement  with  the  University  of  Dortmund. 

Greek 


AJl  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Attic  Greek  must  take  a  language 
placement  examination  during  summer  orientation  or  prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed 
in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  smdents 
with  past  experience  in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especiaUv  at  the  elementary  level. 

GRE  101,  GRE  102.  Attic  Greek  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

These  courses  wUl  introduce  students  to  the  grammatical  and  syntactical  elements  of 
the  Attic  dialect  of  5*  century  Athens.  Mastery  of  these  materials  will  enable  students  to  read 
works  written  by  Thucydides,  Sophocles,  Plato,  Aristotie,  and  other  ancient  authors  of  tliis 
period.  Knowledge  of  Attic  Greek  will  also  provide  a  foundation  for  those  wishing  to  study 
Homeric  epic  or  The  New  Testament.  Prerequisite:  None  for  GRE  101;  GRE  101  for  GRE  102, 
or  placement  by  testing. 


152 


History 

History  bridges  the  disciplinary  perspectives  of  the  humanities  and  social  sciences.  At 
Oglethorpe  the  causes,  experience,  and  impact  of  important  moments  in  the  past  are  examined 
in  order  to  explain,  analyze,  and  assign  contemporary  significance  to  the  movements  and  events 
that  have  shaped  human  experience.  History  courses  at  Oglethorpe  begin  where  traditional 
survey  courses  and  textbooks  leave  off.  Rather  than  simply  viewing  the  parade  of  events, 
students  consider  the  origins  and  implications  of  events,  their  impact  on  our  values,  assumptions, 
social  relations,  and  world  views.  In  this  spirit  students  are  invited  to  enter  into  dialogue  with 
historians  past  and  present. 

Courses  are  taught  in  a  seminar  format  designed  to  promote  lively  interchange  and 
informed  debate.  Reading  assignments  draw  on  a  wide  range  of  historical  methods  and  traditions, 
including  perspectives  from  religion,  philosophy,  art,  music,  literature,  and  popular  culture  as  well 
as  politics,  economics,  and  geography.  These  methods  and  perspectives  inform  independent 
student  research.  In  their  individual  projects,  students  develop  their  own  research  agendas  and 
learn  to  master  the  techniques  of  historical  research.  Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  presentation 
—  both  written  and  oral  -  of  evidence,  arguments,  and  conclusions. 

Oglethorpe's  location  provides  many  opportunities  for  creative  research  as  well  as 
internships.  The  experience  and  training  of  Oglethorpe  history  majors  prepares  them  for  post- 
graduate study  in  a  wide  variet}'  of  academic  disciplines,  including  histor)',  archaeology, 
anthropology,  politics,  international  studies,  and  social  work,  as  well  as  careers  in  such  fields  as 
education,  law,  journalism,  public  relations,  art,  theology,  diplomacy,  and  public  service. 

Lower-level  (100  and  200)  courses  are  especially  recommended  for  freshmen  and 
sophomores;  upper-level  (300  and  400)  courses  generaUv  require  a  research  paper,  may  have 
prerequisites,  and  are  primarily  aimed  toward  juniors  and  seniors. 

Major 

Students  majoring  in  history  are  required  to  take  at  least  nine  history  courses.  These 
must  cover  the  following  geographic  areas  and  time  periods  (a  course  can  simultaneously  satisfy 
both  one  area  and  one  time-period  requirement):  European,  United  States,  and  Latin  American 
history;  and  ancient  or  medieval  (before  1500),  early  modern  (1500-1789),  and  modern  (since 
1789)  history.  In  addition,  the  student  must  also  take  one  course  in  Asian  Smdies,  and  at  least  one 
semester  of  a  foreign  language  beyond  the  first-year  level,  or  demonstrate  the  equivalent 
proficiency.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

To  complete  a  minor,  four  courses  must  be  taken. 

HIS  110.  The  Vikings  and  the  Anglo-Saxons 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  meteoric  rise  of  the  Scandinavians  from  obscurity  to 
become  the  terror  of  Europe  in  the  8*  through  the  11*  centuries.  For  purposes  of  comparison, 
a  look  also  will  be  taken  at  the  Vikings'  more  "civilized"  cousms,  the  7\nglo-Saxons.  VCTnile  both 
medieval  and  modern  historians  have  tended  to  draw  a  thick  line  between  these  two  cultures,  this 
course  will  suggest  that  both  represent  aspects  of  a  general  political,  economic,  and  cultural  zone 
in  the  Northern  Seas. 


153 


HIS  130.  United  States  History  to  1865 4  hours 

A  survey  from  Colonial  times  to  1865,  concerned  mainly  with  the  major  domestic 
developments  of  a  growing  nation. 

HIS  131.  United  States  History  Since  1865 4  hours 

A  survey  from  1865  to  the  present,  concerned  with  the  chief  events  which  explain  the 
growth  of  the  United  States  to  a  position  of  world  power. 

HIS  201.  Ancient  Greece 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  Greeks  from  their  Minoan  and  Mycenaean  antecedents 
through  the  rise  of  Macedonia  in  the  mid-fourth  century  B.C.E.  Students  will  investigate  the 
political,  social,  economic,  and  cultural  aspects  of  Greek  civilization  as  well  as  an  appreciation  of 
the  Hellenic  world's  legacy.  Specific  topics  include:  the  collapse  of  Mycenaean  civilization  and  the 
problem  of  a  "Dark  Age;"  the  rise,  development  and  failure  of  the  polls  system;  Greek  contact 
with  eastern  cultures;  the  political  significance  of  hoplite  warfare;  the  roles  of  women  in  various 
Greek  poleis;  and  competing  models  of  Greek  political  organization. 

HIS  202.  Roman  History 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  trace  the  history  of  Rome  from  its  Italian  precursors  through  the 
ascension  of  Constantine.  Topics  will  include  political,  religious,  social,  cultural,  and  economic 
aspects  of  Rome's  development,  focusing  on  the  origins,  maturation,  decline,  and  transformation 
of  its  civilization. 

HIS  210.  The  Age  of  Chivaky,  800-1450 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  cover  the  High  and  Later  Middle  Ages,  from  the  later  Carolingian 
period  through  the  War  of  the  Roses.  The  main  focus  wiU  be  on  the  evolution  of  state  and  societ\' 
in  northern  and  western  Europe  during  these  periods.  Special  attention  wiU  be  given  to  such 
events  as  the  rise  of  feudal  monarchies,  the  Investiture  Contest,  the  Norman  Conquests,  the 
Crusades,  and  the  Hundred  Years'  War. 

HIS  211.  The  Renaissance  and  Reformation 4  hours 

Students  will  study  the  significant  changes  in  European  art,  thought,  and  institutions 
during  the  period  from  1300  to  1550.  The  course  will  focus  on  critical  readings  of  primary  sources 
from  this  era. 

HIS  212.  Early  Modern  Europe 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  development  of  European  societ\'  and  politics  from  the 
end  of  the  Reformation  to  the  eve  of  the  French  Revolution.  Special  emphasis  \\ill  be  placed  on 
the  development  of  the  modern  state,  the  contest  between  absolutism  and  constitutionalism,  and 
the  Enlightenment. 

HIS  213.  The  Age  of  Revolution  -  Europe  and  the  Atlantic  World 

1776-1849 4  hours 

The  "old  regime"  (serfdom,  rule  by  monarchs  and  nobles,  and  a  politically  powerful 
church)  and  an  agrarian  way  of  life  had  prevailed  in  much  of  Europe  and  the  New  World  since 
the  Middle  Ages.  From  1 776  on,  however,  a  series  of  upheavals,  such  as  the  American  and  French 
revolutions,  the  Napoleonic  Wars,  the  Latin  American  Wars  of  Independence,  and  the  European 
revolutions  of  1820-21,  1830-31,  and  1848-49  had  challenged  the  old  order.  This  course  studies 
the  events  of  this  dramatic  period,  including  the  Industrial  Revolution  and  the  rise  of 
romanticism,  socialism,  nationalism,  and  liberalism. 

154 


HIS  214.  The  Age  of  Empire  and  Nationalism  -  Europe  1848-1914 4  hours 

The  six  decades  following  the  revolutions  of  1848  were  a  period  of  remarkable  power, 
prosperity,  and  creativity  in  Europe.  New  nation-states  (Germany  and  Italy)  were  formed;  old 
multiethnic  empires  (Russia  and  Austria-Hungary)  seemed  rejuvenated;  and  Europeans  acquired 
immense  colonial  empires.  Meanwhile,  industrialization  and  modern  science  and  art 
revolutionized  European  life  and  thought.  However,  this  fusion  of  culmral  and  economic 
modernity  with  social  and  political  conservatism  concealed  grave  weaknesses  that  would  lead, 
beginning  in  1914,  to  the  upheavals  of  world  war,  communism,  and  fascism. 

HIS  215.  The  Age  of  World  War  -  Europe  1914-1945 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  disasters  that  befell  Europe  in  the  three  decades  after  1914: 
World  War  I;  the  Russian  Revolution;  the  lU-fated  Treat}'  of  Versailles;  the  rise  of  Mussolini;  the 
Great  Depression;  the  dictatorships  of  Hider  and  StaHn;  the  spread  of  fascism  in  the  1930s;  and 
World  War  II.  The  course  discusses  the  reasons  for  the  failure  of  the  international  order  to 
prevent  two  horrific  military  conflicts,  and  for  the  failure  of  moderate  forces  in  many  European 
countries  -  including  Russia,  Germany,  Italy,  and  Spain  -  to  block  the  rise  to  power  of  violent  and 
millenarian  political  forces. 

HIS  216.  Rise  and  Fall  of  the  Third  Reich 4  hours 

The  course  examines  the  roots  of  National  Socialism  in  Germany  before  World  War  I; 
the  reasons  for  the  failure  of  the  Weimar  Republic  in  the  1920s,  which  ended  in  Hitier's  coming 
to  power;  and  the  nature  of  Hitier's  dictatorship,  with  its  policies  of  totalitarian  rule,  world  war, 
and  genocide. 

HIS  240.  Latin  America  to  Independence 4  hours 

Latin  American  history  from  the  origins  of  pre-Columbian  civilizations  to  independence 
win  be  examined  by  exploring:  the  origins  and  development  of  indigenous  societies  in 
Mesoamerica  and  the  Andes;  the  conquest  and  colonization  of  (what  became)  Spanish  and 
Pormguese  America;  the  nature  of  colonial  control;  the  response  of  indigenous  populations  to 
colonial  societ)'^,  administration,  and  religion;  and  the  developing  tensions  between  Spaniards  and 
Creole  elites.  The  movement  for  independence,  which  arose  from  a  variet\'  of  issues,  created  bv 
contrasting  views  and  concerns  of  distant  European  authorit}'  and  local  culmral  identit\',  wiH  be 
studied.  Finally,  the  major  challenges  that  faced  the  newly  emergent  Latin  American  nations  will 
be  considered. 

HIS  301.  History  of  Christianity 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  origins  and  development  of  Christianit}'  through  the 
modern  era.  Special  areas  of  interest  include  the  structure  and  organization  of  the  church,  the 
development  of  liturgy  and  doctrine,  and  the  counterpoint  between  orthodoxy  and  heresy.  A 
central  question  will  be  the  relationship  between  the  "three  pillars"  of  doctrine  —  revelation, 
reason,  and  tradition  —  and  social  pressures  in  the  history  of  the  church  and  doctrine. 

HIS  311.  The  Old  Reich:   German  History  to  1800 4  hours 

The  Holy  Roman  Empire  of  the  German  Nation  has  been  derided  by  Voltaire  as  being 
none  of  the  above.  At  the  same  time,  the  Empire  provided  the  primary  political  organization  of 
pre-Modern  Germany,  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  Napoleonic  Wars.  This  course  will  survey  the 
general  history  of  the  Empire  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  end  of  the  18*  cenmry.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  paid  to  questions  of  social,  cultural  and  constitution  history,  in  particular,  the 
development  of  German  identit}'  and  political  culture  in  the  Early  Modern  era.  Prerequisite:  HIS 
211,  HIS  212,  or  HIS  213,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

155 


HIS  312.  German  History  Since  1800 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  German  history  in  the  19*  and  20*  centuries,  focusing  on 
the  unification  of  Germany  in  the  19*  century,  the  Bismarckian  state,  the  two  world  wars,  the 
Weimar  Republic,  the  Third  Reich,  and  the  division  and  subsequent  reunification  of  Germanv 
after  World  War  II. 

HIS  320.  Russia  under  the  Tsars 4  hours 

This  course  studies  the  thousand  years  from  the  formation  of  the  Kievan  state  until  the 
abolition  of  serfdom.  It  covers  the  Mongol  invasion,  the  rise  of  Muscov}',  the  reign  of  Ivan  the 
Terrible  and  the  Time  of  Troubles,  Imperial  Russia's  Westernization  under  Peter  the  Great,  and 
its  apogee  under  Catherine  the  Great  and  her  grandsons. 

HIS  321.  Russian  History  Since  1861 4  hours 

This  course  studies  Russian  history  from  the  abolition  of  serfdom,  which  began 
Imperial  Russia's  last  attempt  to  reform  itself  and  stave  off  revolution,  until  the  present.  It  also 
covers  the  1905  and  1917  revolutions,  the  rise  of  communism,  the  era  of  Lenin  and  Stalin,  and 
the  fall  of  the  communist  system. 

HIS  330.  Between  World  Wars:  The  United  States,  1920-1945 4  hours 

During  this  period  of  war,  prosperit}',  and  depression,  the  United  States  underwent 
dramatic  economic,  political,  social,  and  cultural  changes.  The  interwar  years  witoessed  the 
emergence  of  the  United  States  as  a  world  power,  an  increasingly  sophisticated  women's 
movement,  the  rise  of  mass  production  and  mass  consumption,  and  a  variet}'  of  new  challenges 
to  social  and  economic  policies.  The  Great  Depression  and  the  New  Deal  brought  further 
challenges  to  traditional  liberal  political  and  economic  assumptions  as  the  federal  government 
intervened  in  nearly  every  aspect  of  American  Ufe.  World  War  II,  then,  again  transformed  the 
nation  as  it  ushered  in  the  "age  of  affluence"  and  cold  wars  in  the  international  and  domestic 
realms.  Prerequisites:  HIS  130  and  HIS  131  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  331.  The  Age  of  Affluence:  The  United  States  Since  1945 4  hours 

An  interdisciplinary  study  of  American  life  since  World  War  II,  this  course  will 
emphasize  political,  economic,  and  social  developments.  Foreign  policy  is  considered  principally 
with  respect  to  its  impact  on  domestic  affairs. 

HIS  335.  Georgia  History 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  chronological  examination  of  the  history  of  Georgia  from  the  Colonial 
period  to  the  20*  century.  Emphasis  is  given  to  Old  and  New  South  themes,  higher  education 
development  with  attention  to  the  history  of  Oglethorpe,  the  transition  from  rural  to  urban  life, 
and  Georgia's  role  in  contemporary  American  life.  Prerequisites:  HIS  130,  HIS  131,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

HIS  340.  Dictatorship  and  Democracy  in  Latin  America 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  roots,  character,  and  impact  of  authoritarian  rule  —  and 
resulting  resistance  movements  —  in  Latin  America.  Included  will  be  a  look  at  the  caudillos  who 
competed  for  power  after  independence,  the  Liberal  dictatorships  of  the  late  19*  century,  the 
Depression  Dictators  of  the  1930s  and  Populist  dictators  of  the  1940s  and  1950s,  and  the  rise 
of  miHtary-bureaucratic  dictatorships  in  the  1960s  and  1970s.  An  understanding  will  be  sought 
for  why  almost  all  political  orientations  (Republicanism,  Liberalism,  nationalism.  Populism, 
and  Communism)  offered  up  a  dictator  as  their  champion  at  some  point  in  Latin  American 
history  and  how  Latin  American  nations  have  been  able  to  make  a  transition  to  democracy. 

156 


Finally,  consideration  will  be  given  to  how  dictatorships  affect  the  everyday  lives  and 
perceptions  of  the  people  living  under  them  and  in  their  aftermath.  Prerequisite:  HIS  240  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  350.  Special  Topics  in  History 4  hours 

Courses  offered  to  respond  to  topical  needs  of  the  curriculum.  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor. 

FRE  402.  The  Modern  French  Republics  and  Their  Institutions 4  hours 

A  study  of  both  political  and  cultural  institutions  in  France  from  1870  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  the  traditions  established  by  the  new  republican  government  in  the  1880s  and 
the  creation  in  1958  of  the  Fifth  Republic  under  which  France  is  currendy  governed.  Taught  in 
French.  Prerequisite:   FRE  301. 

HIS  410.  Ancient  History  and  Ancient  Historians 4  hours 

In  this  course,  the  history  of  Greek  and  Roman  civilizations  will  be  studied  through  the 
writings  of  several  ancient  historians.  The  methods  used  by  ancient  authors,  their  literary  st\'le,  and 
the  relation  of  their  works  to  the  specific  historical  context  in  which  they  were  written  will  be 
examined.  The  course  will  focus  on  detailed  analysis  of  specific  historical  events  such  as  the  5*- 
cenmry  Athens,  the  rise  of  the  Roman  Empire,  and  the  Roman  civil  wars.  Since  the  thematic  focus 
and  selection  of  readings  will  not  always  be  the  same,  the  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  with 
the  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  411.  The  Fall  of  Rome  and  the  Barbarians 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  "fall"  of  the  Roman  Empire  in  late  antiquit}'  and  the 
subsequent  rise  of  barbarian  kingdoms  in  Europe.  The  primary  issue  will  be  to  determine  whether 
the  Roman  Empire  did  in  fact  "fall"  during  this  time,  or  whether  the  period  actually  marks  a 
transition,  the  birth  of  Europe.  The  role  of  Christianity  in  the  transformation  of  Europe 
will  be  a  major  focus  of  discussion,  as  well  as  other  social,  political,  and  economic  issues. 
Prerequisite:   Junior  standing  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  412.  Radical  Religion  and  Revolution 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  the  role  of  radical  theologies  in  shaping  a  series  of  rebeUions 
and  revolutions  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Early  Modern  era.  Some  of  the  conflicts  studied  wlU 
include  the  Hussite  Revolution,  The  German  Reformation,  and  the  EngUsh  Civil  War.  In  addition, 
some  modern  examples  illustrating  the  connections  between  religion  and  revolutionary  thought, 
in  particular,  liberation  theology  in  Latin  America  and  the  current  crisis  in  the  Middle  East  will  be 
considered.   Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

HIS  430.  The  American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction 4  hours 

A  course  for  advanced  history  students  emphasizing  the  causes  of  conflict,  the  wartime 
period,  and  major  changes  that  occurred.  Prerequisites:  HIS  130  and  HIS  131. 

HIS  431.  History  of  United  States  Foreign  Relations 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  major  developments  in  American  diplomacy  from  the  end  of 
the  Revolution  until  1945.  Prerequisite:  at  least  one  prior  United  States  history  course,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 


157 


HIS  450.  Independent  Study  in  History 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

HIS  451.  Internship  in  History 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Adanta 
History  Center,  the  Atlanta  Preservation  Center,  the  Holocaust  Center,  and  the  Coosawattee 
Foundation  archeological  dig.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites: 
Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Individually  Planned  Major 

A  student  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  not  included  in  one  of  the 
available  majors  may  petition  to  receive  permission  to  complete  an  individually  planned 
major. 

Such  a  major  must  include  at  least  nine  courses  beyond  core  requirements  (excluding 
courses  with  three  or  fewer  semester  hours)  and  including  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign 
language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  At  least  four  courses  of  the  major 
must  be  completed  in  courses  above  the  introductory  level  in  one  particular  discipline.  This 
discipline  will  be  defined  as  the  major's  concentration.  Graded  course  work  in  the  major  must  have 
a  grade-point  average  of  at  least  2.0.  Course  work  that  is  included  in  the  individuallv  planned 
major  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  second  major  or  a  minor. 

To  apply  for  an  individually  planned  major,  the  student,  in  consultation  with  his  or  her 
academic  advisor,  must  complete  an  application,  available  at  the  Registrar's  Office,  to  be  approved 
by  the  chairperson  of  the  division  in  which  the  proposed  major's  concentration  is  included  and 
the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President.  This  application  should  be  submitted  by  the  end  of  the 
second  semester  of  the  smdent's  sophomore  year.  The  application  must  specify  the  following: 

1.  The  major's  coverage  and  definition. 

2.  The  observed  or  expected  conceptual  linkages  among  the  concentration  and  the  other 
subject(s)  included  in  the  major. 

3.  The  expected  outcomes  of  the  completion  of  the  major  in  terms  of  the  student's 
intellectual  growth  and  plans  for  graduate  study  or  career. 

After  the  student  has  secured  written  approval  from  his  or  her  academic  ad^^sor,  the 
chairperson  of  the  division,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  the  Provost  and  Senior 
Vice  President  will  fde  the  application  in  the  Registrar's  office.  The  Registrar  will  notih'  the  student 
and  the  student's  advisor  of  the  acceptance  of  the  proposal. 

The  degree  awarded  upon  successful  completion  of  an  approved  individuallv  planned 
major  is  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


158 


Individually  Planned  Minor 


A  smdent  who  wishes  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  not  included  in  one  of  the  available 
minors  may  petition  to  receive  permission  to  complete  an  individually  planned  minor. 

Such  a  minor  must  include  five  courses  (excluding  courses  with  three  or  fewer  semester 
hours),  of  which  at  least  two  courses  are  in  one  discipline,  which  is  the  minor's  concentration,  and 
must  be  at  the  300  or  400  level.  Of  the  other  three  courses  included  in  the  minor,  another  two 
must  also  be  at  the  300  or  400  level.  Graded  work  in  the  minor  must  have  a  grade-point  average 
of  at  least  2.0.  Course  work  that  is  included  in  the  individually  planned  minor  may  not  be  counted 
toward  a  major  or  another  minor. 

To  apply  for  an  individually  planned  minor,  the  student,  in  consultation  with  his  or  her 
academic  advisor,  must  complete  an  application,  available  at  the  Registrar's  Office,  to  be  approved 
by  the  chairperson  of  the  division  in  which  the  proposed  minor's  concentration  is  included  and 
the  Provost.  This  application  should  be  submitted  by  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of  the 
student's  junior  year.  The  application  must  specify  the  following: 

1.  The  minor's  coverage  and  definition. 

2.  The  observed  or  expected  conceptual  linkages  among  the  concentration  and  the  other 
subject(s)  included  in  the  minor. 

3.  The  expected  outcomes  of  the  completion  of  the  minor  in  terms  of  the  student's 
intellectual  growth  and  plans  for  graduate  study  or  career. 

After  the  student  has  secured  written  approval  from  his  or  her  academic  advisor,  the 
chairperson  of  the  division,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President,  the  Provost  and  Senior 
Vice  President  will  file  the  application  in  the  Registrar's  Office.  The  Registrar  will  notify  the 
student  and  the  smdent's  advisor  of  the  acceptance  of  the  proposal. 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 


INT  301.  Special  Topics  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies: 4  hours 

These  courses  will  focus  on  materials  and  topics  that  transcend  the  boundaries  of 
specific  academic  disciplines  and  are  not  offered  on  a  regular  basis.  Such  courses  have  included 
Bioethics  and  Environmental  Science. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  politics  and 
policymaking  in  the  new  American  city  and  its  environs.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  political 
and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the  factors  that  characterize  this  new  development, 
including:  the  extremes  of  wealth  and  povert}^,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the 
opportunities  and  challenges  provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered 
annually. 

ULP  304.  Community  Issues  Forum:  Principles  into  Practice 4  hours 

This  course  is  taught  as  a  weekly  evening  seininar  focusing  on  a  particular  communit}' 
issue  and  accompanied  by  an  issue-related,  off-campus  internship.  Together  with  communit}' 
leaders  and  facult};  students  analyze  issues  confronting  stakeholders,  collaborate  on  solutions,  and 
present  findings  derived  from  their  internship  assignments.  Students  have  interned  with  the  state 
legislature,  local  and  state  chambers  of  commerce,  community  food  banks,  arts  organizations, 
corporations,  non-profit  organizations,  and  a  number  of  other  communit^'  groups.  Topics  covered 
in  previous  years  include:  education,  transportation,  health  care,  and  the  environment. 
Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

159 


INT  401.  Internship  in  Interdisciplinary  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  ever}'  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Graded  on  a  satisfactorv/unsatisfacton' 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 

International  Studies 

International  Studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  major  that  seeks  to  develop  the  skills  and 
understanding  essential  for  effective  participation  in  the  emerging  global  business,  social  and 
political  environment.  The  major  helps  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  government  serxice, 
international  commerce,  banking  and  finance,  the  travel  and  convention  businesses,  poHtics  and 
teaching.  It  also  provides  appropriate  preparation  for  the  professional  study  of  business,  law  and 
international  affairs.  Students  interested  in  masters  programs  in  international  affairs  mav  find  it 
advantageous  to  take  additional  courses  in  economics.  Interested  students  should  ask  the  Registrar 
to  refer  them  to  a  faculty  advisor  who  specializes  in  this  major.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  successful  completion  of  11  courses,  three  of  which 
must  be  International  Relations,  United  States  Foreign  Policy,  and  International  Economics. 
Completion  of  five  courses  selected  from  the  following  also  is  required: 

BUS  370  International  Business 

ECO  323  International  Economics 

ECO  420  Economic  Development 

PRE  402  The  Modern  French  Republics  and  Their  Institutions 

FRE  403   Franco- American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 

HIS  215  The  Age  of  World  War  -  Europe  1914-1945 

HIS  240  Latin  America  to  Independence 

HIS  312   German  History  Since  1800 

HIS  321    Russian  History  Since  1861 

HIS  340  Dictatorship  and  Democracy  in  Latin  America 

HIS  350  Special  Topics  in  History  * 

HIS  431    History  of  United  States  Foreign  Relations 

HIS  450  Independent  Study  in  History  * 


160 


INS  400  Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 

INS  401    Internship  in  International  Studies 

POL  211  War 

POL  231   Asian  Politics 

POL  321    Political  Development 

POL  331    Comparative  Politics  of  China  and  Japan 

POL  350  Special  Topics  in  Politics  * 

POL  361    European  Politics 

POL  411    War,  Peace,  and  Security 

POL  422  Seminar  in  Chinese  Politics 

POL  431    Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  * 

POL  450  Independent  Study  in  Politics  * 

SPN  305   Spanish  for  International  Relations  and  Business 

SPN  410  The  Development  of  Latin  American  Cultures 

*Note:  Special  topics  and  independent  study  courses  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  major  only 
when  they  have  a  substantial  international  component.  This  implies  that  the  course  deals 
with  the  modern  history,  current  situation  or  culture  in  a  geographical  area  outside  the 
United  States  or  concerns  some  substantive  issue  that  is  international  in  scope,  t}'pically 
regarding  economics  or  securit}'. 

Smdents  must  complete  two  years  of  foreign  language  study  or  demonstrate  the 
equivalent  competence  by  examination.  Students  must  also  take  one  additional  language  course  in 
which  the  foreign  language  is  required  for  research,  reading,  or  discussion. 

A  study  abroad  experience  is  required.  Note  that  no  more  than  two  courses  may  be 
counted  toward  major  requirements  from  a  study  abroad  program.  Foreign  students  may  count 
their  residence  at  Oglethorpe  as  their  study-abroad  experience.  Please  see  Oglethorpe  Universit}' 
Smdents  Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Students  who  receive  financial  aid  at  Oglethorpe  should  contact  the  Director  of 
Financial  Aid  early  in  the  pursuit  of  this  major  to  determine  available  funding  for  the  study 
abroad  experience. 

Note:  Students  who  graduated  from  a  secondary  school  located  abroad  at  which  the  language 
of  instruction  was  not  English  have  satisfied  the  foreign  language  requirement.  They 
may  satisfy  the  smdy  abroad  requirement  via  their  residency  in  the  United  States. 


161 


International  Studies  with  Asia  Concentration 


Like  the  general  international  studies  major,  this  is  a  major  designed  to  develop  skills 
useful  in  cross-culturaUy  oriented  careers.  Students  achieve  an  Asia  concentration  by  taking  at  least 
four  courses  that  focus  on  the  culture,  politics,  history  or  literature  of  nations  in  Asia  in  addition 
to  a  selection  of  more  general  courses  that  cover  fundamental  issues  of  international  studies.  The 
specialized  knowledge  that  students  gain  through  Asia-related  course  work  helps  to  prepare  them 
for  careers  in  fields  such  as  government,  finance,  and  travel  in  this  economically  growing  and 
culturally  rich  area  of  the  globe.  Combined  with  the  other  components  of  the  international  studies 
major,  the  Asia  concentration  will  assist  students  with  the  necessary  background  for  entry  into 
graduate  or  professional  schools  in  an  Asian  studies  field.  Students  might  go  on  to  study  in  such 
areas  as  anthropology,  politics,  and  international  law  or  business.  The  degree  awarded  is  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  successful  completion  of  the  following  five  courses: 

ECO  323  International  Economics  or 

ECO  420   Economic  Development 

POL  111    International  Relations 

POL  231    Asian  PoUtics 

POL  331    Comparative  Politics  of  China  and  Japan 

POL  431    Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  (Japan/ Asian  concentration) 
Students  must  also  take  two  of  the  following  courses: 

JPN  301     Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature,  and  Culmre  I 

POL  311    United  States  Foreign  Policy 

Another  Asian  studies  course  at  Oglethorpe  or  at  another  institution 

pre-approved  by  the  smdent's  advisor 
Students  must  also  take  one  of  the  following  courses: 

BUS  370    International  Business 

PRE  403    Franco-American  Relations  in  Trade  and  Culture 

HIS  350     Special  Topics  in  History  * 

HIS  450     Independent  Study  in  History  * 

INS  400     Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 

INS  401      Internship  in  International  Studies 

POL  350    Special  Topics  in  Politics  * 

POL  361    European  Politics 

POL  411    War,  Peace,  and  Securit}' 

POL  431    Seminar  in  Politics  and  Culture  (with  a  different  focus  than 
the  one  above) 

POL  450    Independent  Study  in  Politics  * 
^  SOC  308    Culture  and  Societ}- 

Any  course  in  20*-centurv  European  history 

*Note:     Special  topics  and  independent  study  courses  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  major  onlv 
when  they  have  a  substantial  international  component. 


162 


Students  must  take  at  least  one  400-level  course.  Students  must  demonstrate  at  least  a 
second-3'ear  competence  in  an  Asian  language  or  be  able  to  use  an  Asian  language  for  research  and 
writing  in  a  class.  A  study  abroad  for  one  semester  in  an  Asian  nadon  is  strongly  urged.  Please  see 
Oglethorpe  University  Students  Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 
Note  that  no  more  than  two  courses  may  be  counted  toward  major  requirements  from  a  study 
abroad  program.  Foreign  students  whose  native  language  is  Asian  may  consider  their  residence  at 
Oglethorpe  as  their  study-abroad  experience  and  their  foreign  language  requirement  satisfied. 

INS  400.  Independent  Study  in  International  Studies 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

INS  401.  Internship  in  International  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Southern 
Center  for  International  Smdies,  the  Georgia  Department  of  Industry,  Trade,  and  Tourism, 
Hispanic  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the  United  States  Department  of  State.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Japanese 

The  study  of  modern  Japanese  broadens  the  mind  and  provides  insight  into  one  of  the 
world's  richest  cultures.  Oglethorpe's  Japanese  program  embraces  the  "five  C's"  of  foreign 
language  education  outiined  in  the  National  Standards  in  Foreign  Language  Education: 
communication,  cultures,  connections,  comparisons,  and  communities. 

Oglethorpe's  four-course  Japanese  sequence  assumes  no  initial  knowledge  of  the 
language.  The  courses  lead  the  student  step  by  step  toward  communicative  competence  in  the  four 
basic  language  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing.  These  skills  are  taught  by  means  of 
model  conversations,  role  plays,  listening  activities,  and  readings.  Elementary  classes  present  the 
fundamentals  of  the  language  through  a  sequence  of  units  that  focus  on  daily  Ufe.  A  t\pical 
conversation  at  the  beginning  level  might  be  about  making  plans  for  the  weekend  or  describing 
one's  family.  Students  are  initially  trained  in  the  two  phonetic  kana  scripts  so  that  they  are  able  to 
write  in  Japanese  from  the  very  beginning.  Training  in  kanji  characters  begins  in  the  second 
semester.  At  the  intermediate  level  students  master  more  advanced  vocabulary  and  grammatical 
patterns.  The  smdent  also  learns  how  to  use  the  language  appropriately  in  different  social  contexts. 
A  conversation  at  this  level  might  be  about  the  student's  career  plans,  while  a  tj'pical  reading  might 
deal  with  changing  attitudes  toward  marriage  in  japan.  By  the  end  of  the  four-course  sequence, 
the  student  will  be  able  to  express  a  broad  range  of  ideas  with  confidence,  will  be  capable  of 
writing  short  essays,  and  wUl  know  about  240  kanji  characters. 

Students  who  seek  further  training  in  Japanese  can  take  advanced  Japanese  through 
cross  registration  at  one  of  the  Atianta  Regional  Consortium  for  Higher  Education  (ARCHE) 
institutions.  FuU-immersion  study  abroad  opportunities  are  available  at  Oglethorpe's  sister  schools 
in  Japan,  Seigakuin  Universit}'  and  Otaru  Universit}-  of  Commerce. 

163 


General  interest  courses  taught  in  English  on  premodern  and  modern  Japanese  literature 
supplement  the  language  curriculum.  These  and  other  eligible  courses  can  be  taken  in  conjunction 
with  the  language  sequence  toward  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  a  minor  in  Japanese.  The 
combination  of  a  Japanese  minor  with  a  major  in  any  of  the  traditional  liberal  arts  disciplines  can 
greatly  enhance  marketability  following  graduation,  and  can  lead  to  career  opportunities  in  fields 
as  diverse  as  education,  foreign  service,  and  international  commerce. 

Students  with  previous  study  experience  should  take  the  Japanese  placement 
examination  prior  to  registration. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Japanese  consists  of  successful  completion  of  Intermediate  Japanese  II  and 
two  culture  courses,  totaling  24  semester  hours.  At  least  one  of  the  two  years  of  language  study 
must  be  taken  at  Oglethorpe.  The  student  may  select  two  culture  courses  from  the  follo\\ing: 

JPN  301  JPN  302  Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature,  and 

Culture  I,  II 
PHI  321  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Issues  and 

Problems  —  Philosophy  of  the  Kyoto  School 
PHI  321  Special     Topics     in     Philosophy:     Philosophical     Issues     and 
Problems —Japanese  Aesthetics 
Other  courses  offered  at  Oglethorpe  as  special  topics  courses,  as  well  as  certain  courses 
offered  at  other  colleges  and  through  study  abroad  programs,  may  also  qualif}'. 

Study  Abroad  and  Internships 

Although  it  is  expected  that  at  least  half  of  the  courses  counted  toward  the  minor  must 
be  taken  at  Oglethorpe,  all  students  of  Japanese  language  and  culture  are  strongly  encouraged  to 
spend  at  least  one  semester  in  Japan.  Guidance  in  finding  an  appropriate  program  is  provided  bv 
the  Japanese  department  or  the  Oglethorpe  University  Students  Abroad  (OUSA)  Director.  Of 
particular  interest  to  students  of  Japanese  is  the  Oglethorpe  exchange  agreement  with  Seigakuin 
Universit)'  in  Tokyo  and  Otaru  Universit}'  of  Commerce  in  Hokkaido.  See  also  Oglethorpe 
Universit}'  Students  Abroad  in  the  Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

A  student  can  also  gain  practical  experience  by  pursuing  internship  opportunities  in 
Japanese  organizations  and  firms  in  and  around  Atianta.  Credit  for  these  activities  is  given  when 
the  internship  is  completed  in  accordance  with  the  objectives  agreed  upon  with  the  facult\' 
supervisor.  Credit  is  given  toward  the  minor  upon  approval  by  the  student's  facult}^  ad\dsor.  The 
Career  Services  Office  has  an  extensive  list  of  available  internships. 

JPN  101,  JPN  102.  Elementary  Japanese  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  a  one-year  course  sequence  in  beginning  Japanese  aimed  at  developing  basic  skills 
in  speaking,  reading,  writing,  and  aural  comprehension.  The  kaiia  and  kanji  writing  systems  are 
introduced.  Prerequisite:   None  for  JPN  101;  JPN  101  for  JPN  102,  or  placement  bv  testing. 

JPN  201.  Intermediate  Japanese  1 4  hours 

A  continuation  of  elementary  Japanese,  the  first  semester  of  the  second-year  sequence 
focuses  on  conversational  skills  and  vocabulary  building,  and  extends  the  student's  proficiency  in 
reading  and  writing.  Aspects  of  the  Japanese  culture  and  society  are  also  explored.  Prerequisite: 
JPN  102  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


164 


JPN  202.  Intermediate  Japanese  II 4  hours 

This  course  consolidates  and  integrates  the  student's  knowledge  of  basic  grammatical 
patterns,  and  introduces  advanced  grammatical  structures.  Further  practice  in  reading  and  writing 
prepares  the  student  to  pursue  further  study  in  areas  related  to  his  or  her  major.  Audio-visual 
materials  are  used  more  extensively  to  supplement  the  main  text.  Prerequisite:  JPN  201  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

JPN  250.  Introduction  to  Japanese  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  survey  of  Japanese  literature  from 
classical  to  modern  times.  Readings  include  selections  from  creation  myths,  court  romances  and 
poetic  diaries,  Buddhist  folk  tales,  the  haiku  and  travel  writings  of  Basho,  Saikaku's  Five  W^omen 
Who  Loi'e^I Loi'e,  the  puppet  drama  Ta/e  of  the  47  Samurai,  and  modern  works  by  Mori  Ogai,  Soseki 
Natsume,  and  Tanizaki  Jun'ichiro.  All  readings  are  in  English  translation. 

JPN  301,  JPN  302.  Special  Topics  in  Japanese  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

Topical  aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the  Japanese 
language  are  explored  through  readings  in  English  in  this  course. 

JPN  350.  Modern  Japanese  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  Japanese  literature  from  1890  to  the  present.  The 
development  of  modern  literature  will  be  examined  beginning  with  the  early  decades  of 
modernization,  through  militarization  and  defeat  and  ending  with  a  consideration  of 
postmodernist  writing.  Readings  will  include  novels  and  short  stories  by  Mori  Ogai,  Higuchi 
Ichiyo,  Tanizaki  Jun'ichiro,  Dazai  Osamu,  Oe  Kenzaburo,  and  Murakami  Haruki.  Class  discussions 
will  be  supplemented  by  lectures  on  history  and  culture.  All-  readings  will  be  in  English  translation. 

Latin 

AH  students  with  previous  study  or  experience  in  Latin  must  take  a  language  placement 
examination  during  summer  orientation  or  prior  to  fall  registration.  They  will  be  placed  in  the 
course  sequence  according  to  their  competence.  Under  no  circumstances  should  students  with 
past  experience  in  the  language  place  themselves  in  courses,  especially  at  the  elementary  level. 

LAT  101,  LAT  102.  Elementary  Latin  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  course  is  beginning  Latin,  designed  to  present  a  foundation  in  classical  Latin 
grammar  and  syntax  and  to  introduce  students  to  Roman  literature  and  histor}-.  Prerequisite: 
None  for  LAT  101;  LAT  101  required  for  LAT  102,  or  placement  bv  testing. 

LAT  201,  LAT  202.  Special  Topics  in  Latin  Language,  Literature, 

and  Culture  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

Aspects  of  the  literature  and  cultural  phenomena  associated  with  the  Latin  language  are 
explored  in  this  two-semester  sequence  of  courses.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 


165 


Mathematics 


During  their  course  of  study  at  Oglethorpe,  mathematics  majors  move  from  a  concrete, 
algorithmic  mode  of  reasoning  in  early  courses  to  a  more  abstract,  formal  mode  of  reasoning  in 
the  later  capstone  courses.  The  successful  mathematics  major  will: 

•  Appreciate  the  inherent  beauty  and  utilit}'  of  mathemadcs; 

•  Appreciate  the  interconnectedness  of  the  various  mathematical  fields  to  one  another 
and  to  outside  disciplines; 

•  Communicate  mathematical  results  in  written,  oral,  formal,  and  informal  fashions; 

•  Discern  patterns; 

•  Read  and  create  mathematical  results  in  a  self-directed  fashion; 

•  Sharpen  his  or  her  problem-solving  skills;  and 

•  Understand  the  power  and  limitations  of  using  technology  to  create  mathematics. 
Through  tutoring,  volunteer,  and  internship  opportunities,  mathematics  majors  can 

further  strengthen  their  own  understanding  of  mathematics  and  help  others  to  do  the  same. 

Upon  graduation,  mathematics  majors  are  ready  to  pursue  graduate  study,  teacher 
preparation,  or  employment  in  industry.  Oglethorpe  graduates  are  especially  well  prepared  to  work 
in  actuarial  science,  applied  mathematics,  operations  research,  statistical  consulting,  or  a  variet\'  of 
careers  in  computing. 

Major 

In  order  to  major  in  mathematics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  the  follo\vdng 
mathematics  courses  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher:  Calculus  I,  Calculus  II,  Calculus  III, 
Differential  Equations,  Discrete  Mathematics,  ProbabiUt}',  Complex  Analysis,  Linear  Algebra, 
Abstract  Algebra,  and  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics.  Mathematics  majors  graduate  with  a 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Minor 

In  order  to  minor  in  mathematics,  a  student  must  successfully  complete  the  following 
mathematics  courses  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher:  Calculus  I,  Calculus  II,  Calculus  III,  and  t\x'0 
additional  courses  chosen  from  the  list  required  for  the  major. 

Note:       No  student  will  be  permitted  to  register  for  a  mathematics  course  that  is  a  prerequisite 
to  a  mathematics  course  for  which  the  student  has  already  received  academic  credit. 

MAT  102.  College  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  equip  students  with  the  algebra  skills  needed  for 
Statistics  and  Applied  Calculus.  Topics  include  algebraic  expressions,  equations,  inequalities,  basic 
functions  (polynomial,  rational,  exponential  and  logarithmic)  and  their  graphs,  die  algebra  of 
functions,  inverse  functions,  and  systems  of  equations  and  inequalities. 

MAT  103.  Precalculus 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  equip  students  with  the  skills  needed  for 
Calculus  I.  Topics  include  basic  analytic  geometr}',  trigonometry  (functions,  equations,  and 
identities),  complex  numbers,  polar  coordinates,  vectors  in  the  plane,  parametric  equations, 
and  transformation  of  coordinates.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher 
or  by  examination. 


166 


MAT  111.  Statistics 4  hours 

This  course  includes  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  with  particular  emphasis  upon 
parametric  statistics,  rules  of  probability,  interval  estimation,  and  h}^othesis  testing.  Distributions 
that  will  be  discussed  include  the  normal,  chi-square,  and  t-distribution.  Additional  topics  include 
analysis  of  variance,  regression  and  correlation  analysis,  goodness-of-fit,  and  tests  for 
independence.  Prerequisite:   MAT  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by  examination. 

MAT  121.  Applied  Calculus 4  hours 

This  is  the  recommended  calculus  course  for  students  in  business,  economics,  and  the 
social  sciences.  The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  present  calculus  in  an  intuitive  yet  intellectually 
satisfying  way  and  to  illustrate  the  many  applications  of  calculus  to  the  management  sciences, 
business,  economics,  and  the  social  sciences.  Topics  include  functions,  the  derivative,  techniques 
of  differentiation,  applications  of  the  derivative,  the  exponential  and  natural  logarithm  functions, 
applications  of  the  exponential  and  natural  logarithm  functions,  the  definite  integral,  and 
functions  of  several  variables.  Prerequisite:  MAT  102  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by 
examination. 

MAT  131,  MAT  132,  MAT  233.  Calculus  I,  II,  III 4  plus  4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  the  recommended  calculus  sequence  for  students  in  mathematics,  the  phvsical 
sciences,  and  computer  science.  The  objective  of  these  courses  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental 
ideas  of  the  differential  and  integral  calculus  of  functions  of  one  and  several  variables.  Topics 
include  limits,  continuit};  rates  of  change,  derivatives,  the  Mean  Value  Theorem,  applications  of 
the  derivative,  curve  sketching,  related  rates,  maximization/minimization  problems,  area, 
integration,  the  Fundamental  Theorem  of  Calculus,  inverse  functions,  logarithmic  functions, 
exponential  functions,  techniques  of  integration,  applications  of  integration  to  volumes  and 
surface  area,  conic  sections,  sequences,  series,  vectors,  lines,  planes,  vector-valued  functions, 
curves,  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  and  vector  fields.  Prerequisite  for  MAT  131:  MAT 
103  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by  examination.  Prerequisite  for  MAT  132:  MAT  131  with 
a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  or  by  examination.  Prerequisite  for  MAT  233:  MAT  132  with  a  grade 
of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  241.  Differential  Equations 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  theory  of 
ordinary  differential  equations  and  to  consider  some  of  the  applications  of  this  theory  to  the 
physical  sciences.  Topics  include  equations  of  order  one,  applications  of  equations  of  order  one, 
linear  differential  equations,  linear  equations  with  constant  coefficients,  nonhomogenous 
equations,  undetermined  coefficients,  variation  of  parameters,  applications  of  equations  of  order 
two,  and  power  series  solutions.  Prerequisite:   MAT  233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  fiigher. 

MAT  261.  Discrete  Mathematics 4  hours 

This  course  may  be  considered  a  general  introduction  to  advanced  mathematics.  As 
such,  it  will  consider  various  methods  and  techniques  of  mathematical  proof  Topics  are  drawn 
from  logic,  set  theory,  functions,  relations,  combinatorics,  graph  theory,  and  boolean  algebra. 
Prerequisite:   MAT  132  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 


167 


MAT  341.  Probability 4  hours 

This  course  provides  a  calculus-based  stxidy  of  probability  theory.  Topics  include  set- 
theoretic,  axiomatic  and  combinatorial  foundations,  basic  rules,  conditional  probabiHt}^, 
independence,  random  variable  theory,  special  discrete  and  continuous  models,  probabiHt}'  plots, 
and  joint  distributions.  Prerequisite:   MAT  233  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  351.  Complex  Analysis 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  theorv  of 
functions  of  a  complex  variable.  Topics  include  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions,  elementzTj 
functions,  conformal  mapping,  complex  integration,  and  infinite  series.  Prerequisite:  MAT  233 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  362.  Linear  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  linear  algebra.  Topics 
include  Hnear  equations,  matrices,  determinants,  vector  spaces,  inner  products,  linear  transformation, 
eigenvalues,  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  MAT  132  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher.  It  is 
recommended  that  students  take  MAT  261  before  taking  this  course. 

MAT  463.  Abstract  Algebra 4  hours 

The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  introduce  the  fundamental  ideas  of  modern  algebra. 
Topics  include  sets,  mappings,  the  integers,  groups,  rings,  and  fields.  Prerequisite:  MAT  362  with 
a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

MAT  471.  Special  Topics  in  Mathematics 4  hours 

Selected  topics  in  advanced  mathematics  are  offered  such  as  Real  Analysis,  Topology,  Set 
Theory,  Number  Theory,  Mathematical  Statistics,  Abstract  vVlgebra  II,  and  Differential  Geometry. 
Prerequisites  will  depend  on  the  topic  but  will  include  a  minimum  of  MAT  233  with  a  grade  of 
"C-"  or  higher  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MAT  481.  Independent  Study  in  Mathematics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv  the  instructor, 
the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

MAT  491.  Internship  in  Mathematics 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  everv  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularlv  scheduled  meetings  widi  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Lvnwood 
Park  Community  Center  Education  Program,  Internal  Revenue  Ser\ace,  and  various  actuarial  and 
consulting  firms.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


168 


Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 


Since  its  inception  as  an  academic  discipline,  computer  science  has  been  closely 
associated  with  mathematics.  Many  of  the  field's  pioneers  are  mathematicians  by  training.  Indeed, 
modern  computer  science  would  not  be  possible  without  the  existence  of  a  number  of 
mathematical  developments  once  thought  to  be  entirely  theoretical  in  namre. 

The  interdisciplinary  major  in  mathematics  and  computer  science  is  designed  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  various  linkages  between  computer  science  and  mathematics  and  to  enable 
students  to  understand  more  thoroughly  their  primary  discipline,  whether  it  is  mathematics  or 
computer  science.  Rigorous  training  in  mathematical  thinking  will  provide  the  computer  science 
student  with  essential  analytical  tools  and  mental  discipline,  while  the  problem-solving  skills  that 
will  be  sharpened  in  the  process  of  developing  algorithms  for  computer  applications  will  prove  to 
be  beneficial  to  students  in  mathematics.  Students  will  become  familiar  with  ways  in  which 
modern  computational  tools  have  made  possible  work  in  mathematics  that  would  otherwise  be 
prohibitively  laborious.  Understanding  of  the  many  mathematical  structures  that  are  essential  to 
effective  development  and  utilization  of  processes  in  computer  science  will  be  enhanced.  The 
degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Requirements  of  the  major  include  completion  of  the  following  courses,  all  with  a  grade 
of  "C-"  or  higher: 

MAT  131    Calculus  I 

MAT  132  Calculus  II 

MAT  233  Calculus  III 

MAT  241    Differential  Equations 

MAT  261    Discrete  Mathematics 

MAT  341   ProbabiHt)' 

CSC  244    Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java  or 

CSC  243     Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C+  + 

MAT  362  Linear  Algebra 

MAT  463   Abstract  Algebra 

CSC  342    Introduction  to  Data  Structures  in  Ada 
Completion  of  three  of  the  following  courses  also  is  required: 

CSC  240    Introduction  to  Computer  Applications  Software  or 

CSC  243    Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  C++  or 
CSC  244    Principles  of  Computer  Programming  in  Java 

CSC  344    Principles  of  File  Processing  in  COBOL 

CSC  440     Principles  of  Object-Oriented  Programming  in  C++ 

CSC  441     Assembly  Language  and  Computer  Architecmre 

CSC  442    Special  Topics  in  Computer  Science 


169 


Music 

The  music  curriculum  includes  courses  in  music  history  and  theory,  ensemble 
performance,  and  applied  lessons. 

Minor 

To  complete  a  minor  in  music  a  student  must  successfully  complete  the  following: 

MUS  331    History  and  Theory  of  Music  I 

MUS  332   History  and  Theory  of  Music  II 

MUS  333   History  and  Theory  of  Music  III 

MUS  334  History  and  Theory  of  Music  IV 
A  total  of  four  semester  hours  of  University  Singers  and/or  Applied  Instruction  in 
Music  also  must  be  taken  and  the  completion  of  four  hours  of  independent  study  in  music. 

MUS  134.  University  Singers 1  hour 

This  is  an  auditioned,  mixed-voice  concert  choir,  which  is  the  primary  musical  ensemble 
for  the  study  and  performance  of  sacred  and  secular  choral  music.  The  Universit}-  Chorale,  an 
auditioned  chamber  choir,  is  chosen  from  members  of  the  University  Singers.  Prerequisites:  An 
audition  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  135.  Beginning  Class  Voice 1  hour 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  basics  of  singing  which  includes  posture,  breath 
pressure,  phonation,  diction,  tone,  and  intonation.  A  variety  of  easy  vocal  Literature  will  be  studied 
and  performed.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  136.  Applied  Instruction  in  Music 1  hour 

The  study  and  practice  of  techniques  and  literature  on  an  individual  basis.  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  331.  History  and  Theory  of  Music  I   4  hours 

History  and  Theory  of  Music  I  examines  music  from  the  early  beginnings  to  1600  with 
analysis  of  representative  works.  This  course  uses  primary  sources  —  listening  and  stud\ing  the 
music  with  the  aid  of  selected  scores  and  outlines,  and  reading  and  discussing  comments  by 
composers,  performers,  theorists,  and  other.  The  required  Listening  assignments  are  created  to 
supplement  and  enhance  the  classroom  experience.  Prerequisite:  COR  103  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

MUS  332.  History  and  Theory  of  Music  II 4  hours 

History  and  Theory  of  Music  II  examines  music  from  1600  to  1800  with  analysis  of 
representative  works.  This  course  uses  primary  sources  —  listening  and  stud)ing  the  music  with  the 
aid  of  selected  scores  and  outiines,  and  reading  and  discussing  comments  by  composers, 
performers,  theorists,  and  other.  The  required  listening  assignments  are  created  to  supplement  and 
enhance  the  classroom  experience.  Prerequisite:  COR  103,  MUS  331  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 


170 


MUS  333.  History  and  Theory  of  Music  III 4  hours 

History  and  Theory  of  Music  III  examines  music  from  1800  to  1900  with  analysis  of 
representative  works.  This  course  uses  primary  sources  —  listening  and  studying  the  music  with  the 
aid  of  selected  scores  and  outUnes,  and  reading  and  discussing  comments  by  composers, 
performers,  theorists,  and  other.  The  required  listening  assignments  are  created  to  supplement  and 
enhance  the  classroom  experience.  Prerequisite:   COR  103  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

MUS  334.  History  and  Theory  of  Music  IV 4  hours 

History  and  Theory  of  Music  IV  examines  music  from  1900  to  the  present  with  analysis 
of  representative  works.  This  course  uses  primary  sources  —  listening  and  studying  the  music  with 
the  aid  of  selected  scores  and  outlines,  and  reading  and  discussing  comments  by  composers, 
performers,  theorists,  and  other.  The  required  listening  assignments  are  created  to  supplement  and 
enhance  the  classroom  experience.  Prerequisite:  COR  103,  MUS  333,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

MUS  430.  Special  Topics  in  Music 4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  study  of  a  selected  topic  in  music,  such  as  African-American 
Composers,  Basic  Techniques  of  Conducting,  Fundamentals  of  Music,  Masterpieces  of  Choral 
Literature,  Music,  Television,  Films  and  Their  Impact  on  Culture,  Musics  of  Multicultural 
America,  Women  in  Music,  and  World  Music.  Prerequisite:  COR  103  or  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

MUS  431.  Independent  Study  in  Music 1-4  hours 

This  course  is  supervised  research  on  a  selected  project  or  paper.  It  provides  students 
an  opportunit}^  to  study  and  analyze  in  depth  a  specific  musical  style,  composer,  work,  etc. 
Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and 
assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice 
President  prior  to  registration. 

Philosophy 

Philosophy,  in  the  broadest  meaning  of  this  term,  is  the  attempt  to  think  clearly  about 
the  world  and  the  place  of  human  beings  in  it.  This  activit}'  is  a  response  to  questions  which  arise 
because  the  various  areas  of  human  life,  such  as  science,  art,  moralit}^,  and  religion,  often  do  not 
seem  to  be  intelligible  in  themselves  or  to  fit  with  one  another.  A  philosophical  world  \aew,  such 
as  the  philosophy  of  Plato  or  the  philosophy  of  Descartes,  represents  an  attempt  to  think  through 
these  difficulties  and  to  arrive  at  a  single,  coherent  vision  of  how  reaHt)'  is  and  how  human  beings 
should  relate  to  it. 

The  study  of  philosophy  is  a  noble  and  worthwhile  activity  in  its  own  right  for  the 
enlightenment  which  it  can  provide  about  questions  which  should  be  of  interest  to  everyone.  It  is 
important,  however,  that  the  philosophy  major  also  be  effective  at  imparting  those  general  skills 
which  are  crucial  for  most  professions. 

The  mission  statement  of  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  states  that  Oglethorpe  graduates  should 
be  "humane  generaUsts"  with  the  intellectual  adaptability  which  is  needed  to  function  successfully 
in  changing  and  often  unpredictable  job  situations.  The  plailosophy  program  at  Oglethorpe 
accomplishes  this  goal  by  fostering  those  abilities  of  critical  thinking  and  intellectual  tlexibiUt}- 
required  in  virtually  any  professional  career.  Philosophy  students  learn  how  to  read  and  understand 
abstract  and  often  very  difficult  arguments.  They  also  learn  to  think  critically  and  independentiy,  to 
develop  their  own  views,  and  to  express  their  insights  in  clear,  articulate  spoken  and  written  prose. 
Such  skills  are  important  for  almost  any  profession  and  are  especially  useful  for  business  and  law. 

171 


Philosophy  courses  need  not  be  taken  in  a  rigid  sequence.  Any  philosophy  course  should 
improve  a  student's  overall  philosophical  abilities  and  thereby  strengthen  the  student's 
performance  in  any  subsequent  philosophy  course.  The  courses  are,  however,  classified  by  the 
difficulty  of  the  reading  involved  and  the  amount  of  philosophical  training  and  background  which 
is  advisable. 

Major 

The  philosophy  major  consists  of  10  courses  in  philosophy  which  must  include  the 
following  courses:  Logic;  Plato;  Aristotle;  Nietzsche;  either  Knowledge  and  Scepticism 
(Epistemology)  or  Philosophy  of  Mind;  one  course  in  non-Western  phUosophv;  and  four 
additional  courses  in  philosophy. 

Students  majoring  in  philosophy  are  also  required  to  take  at  least  one  semester  of  a 
foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  Students  who  have  attained 
some  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language  may  make  use  of  this  abiHt}^  by  adding  one  semester  hour 
of  foreign  language  credit  to  certain  philosophy  courses.  For  example,  a  student  might  add  one 
semester  hour  of  credit  to  the  Nietzsche  course  by  reading  some  parts  of  Nietzsche's  writings  in 
the  original  German,  or  add  one  semester  hour  of  credit  to  the  Plato  course  by  reading  portions 
of  Plato's  dialogues  in  Greek.  Most  philosophy  courses  at  Oglethorpe  are  suitable  for  such  foreign 
language  supplementation.  Credit  for  such  extra  sttidy  will  be  arranged  between  the  student  and 
the  instructor.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

The  philosophy  minor  consists  of  any  five  courses  in  philosophy,  which  must  include 
Logic;  either  Plato  or  Aristotie;  and  three  additional  courses  in  philosoph}'. 

Level  I  courses  are  suitable  for  students  who  have  no  background  in  philosophy  and  may  serve 
as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  philosophy. 

PHI  101.  Significance  of  Human  Life  —  Western  Responses 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  the  student  to  Western  philosophy  through  the  question  of 
whether  human  life  as  a  whole  has  any  ultimate  meaning  or  significance  outside  of  indi^ndual 
desires.  This  question  will  be  considered  by  studying  Eccksiastes,  The  Book  of  Job,  the  phUosophv  of 
Socrates  in  Plato's  Euthjphro,  Apolog)/,  and  Crito,  Lucretius,'  On  the  Nature  of  Things,  and  Hume's 
Dialogues  Concerning  Natural  Religion. 

PHI  102.  Significance  of  Human  Life  —  Eastern  Responses 4  hours 

Here  the  student  is  introduced  to  non-Western  philosophy  through  a  study  of  some 
Asian  responses  to  the  question  of  human  significance.  Students  will  study  four  thinkers  who  are 
different  from  one  another  but  who  are  all  important  in  the  Asian  intellectual  tradition.  By 
studying  these  four  in  some  depth,  students  wiU  be  able  to  contrast  their  own  Western 
philosophical  background  with  something  quite  different  from  it.  Students  are  encouraged  but  not 
required  to  take  PHI  101  and  PHI  102  as  a  two-semester  sequence. 


172 


PHI  103.  Logic 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  both  logical  thinking  and  thinking  about  logic.  It  is 
divided  into  three  parts:  informal  logic  (a  study  of  logical  fallacies  in  thinking),  formal  logic  (a 
primer  to  develop  Uterac}'  in  symbolic  logic),  and  the  philosophy  of  logic  (exactly  what  is  logic?). 

Level  II  courses  are  for  students  who  have  some  philosophical  background,  to  the  extent  of  at 
least  one  Level  I  course. 

PHI  202.  Contemporary  Ethical  Theory 4  hours 

In  this  course,  smdents  wiU  read  several  contemporary  works  concerning  the  namre  of 
the  ethical.  Works  will  be  drawn  from  both  the  analytic  and  the  Continental  traditions  and  an 
effort  will  be  made  to  put  the  two  traditions  into  dialogues  with  each  other. 

PHI  204.  Plato 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophy  of  Plato  through  a  reading  of  his  major 
dialogues.  In  addition  to  the  "Socratic"  dialogues,  readings  will  include  the  Phaedo,  Phaedrus, 
Symposium,  Republic,  and  Timaeus. 

PHI  205.  Aristotle 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophy  of  Aristotie  through  a  reading  of  his  major 
works.  Readings  wiU  include  portions  of  the  Ljjgic,  Physics,  DeAnima,  Metaphysics,  and  Nicomachean 
Ethics. 

PHI  301.  Philosophy  of  Art  (Aesthetics) 4  hours 

This  course  will  attempt  to  trace  the  philosophic  underpinnings  of  the  movement  within 
art  toward  non-representational  art.  The  course  begins  with  Kant's  third  Critique  and  includes 
readings  by  Hegel,  Heidegger,  Derrida,  and  several  others.  Students  will  also  read  several  works  by 
artists  themselves,  including  Kandinsky,  Francis  Bacon,  and  Anselm  Kiefer. 

PHI  302.  Knowledge  and  Scepticism  (Epistemology) 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  cover  various  issues  concerned  with  the  namre  and  validit)'  of  human 
knowledge.  The  topics  smdied  will  include  the  distinction  between  knowledge  and  belief, 
arguments  for  and  against  scepticism,  perception  and  our  knowledge  of  the  physical  world,  and 
the  namre  of  truth. 

PHI  303.  Space,  Time,  and  God 4  hours 

This  course  examines  our  conception  of  the  universe  as  a  totality,  both  in  its  own  namre 
and  in  relation  to  an  external  cause.  We  will  consider  whether  space  and  time  are  "absolute" 
realities  or  only  systems  of  relations  among  objects,  whether  they  are  finite  or  infinite,  and 
whether  or  not  there  logically  could  exist  space-time  universes  in  addition  to  our  own.  The  course 
wiU  conclude  with  the  question  of  whether  our  space-time  universe  is  self-sufficient  or  requires 
an  ultimate  cause  or  explanation  (God)  outside  of  itself 


173 


PHI  304.  Philosophy  of  Mind 4  hours 

This  course  involves  the  study  of  philosophical  questions  about  the  nature  of  human 
persons.  Students  will  examine:  1)  The  mind-body  problem  —  the  nature  of  the  mind  and 
consciousness,  and  the  relation  of  consciousness  to  physical  processes  within  the  body;  2) 
Personal  identity  —  what  makes  a  person  one  mind  or  subject  both  at  a  single  moment  and  over 
time;  and  3)  Free  will  —  the  status  of  a  person  as  a  free  agent  and  the  relation  of  this  freedom  to 
the  causally  determined  processes  in  the  person's  body. 

PHI  305.  Nietzsche 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  wiU  study  the  philosophy  of  Nietzsche  through  a  reading  of  his 
major  works,  including  The  Birth  of  Tragedy,  The  Uses  and  Abuses  of  History  for  Ufe,  Thus  Spake 
Zarathustra,  Beyond  Good  and  Evil,  Twilight  of  the  Idols,  and  The  Anti-Christ.  Students  will  also  study 
some  contemporary  and  influential  readings  of  Nietzsche. 

PHI  306.  African  Philosophy 4  hours 

Taking  African  philosophy  as  a  case  study  of  post-colonial  thought,  students  will  study 
the  African  critique  of  traditional  modes  of  philosophizing.  The  authors  read  will  include  Cesaire, 
Senghor,  Sartre,  Mudimbe,  Appiah,  Achebe,  Soyinka,  Ngugi  wa  Thiong'o,  and  Victor  Turner. 

PHI  320.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Pliilosophers 4  hours 

Intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  a  single  important  philosopher  or  group  of 
philosophers. 

PHI  321.  Special  Topics  in  Philosophy:  Philosophical  Issues  and 

Problems 4  hours 

Smdies  of  selected  philosophical  questions  usually  of  special  relevance  to  the  present 
day  have  included  courses  such  as  Philosophy  of  History,  War  and  Its  justification,  and 
Philosophical  Issues  in  Women's  Rights. 

PHI  322.  Independent  Study  in  Philosophy 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

PHI  323.  Internship  in  Philosophy 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opporrunit\-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult\'  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internsliip.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  American 
Civil  Liberties  Union,  the  Georgia  Attorney  General's  Office,  and  Georgia  justice  Project.  Graded 
on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty-  super\-isor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


174 


POL  341.  Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval 4  hours 

This  is  an  examinadon  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the  fundamental 
issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  the  critical  consideradon  of  the  polidcal  views  of 
our  dme.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are  the  reladonship  between  knowledge  and  polidcal  power 
and  the  character  of  polidcal  jusdce.  Pordons  of  the  works  of  Aristophanes,  Plato,  Aristode, 
Aquinas,  and  Alfarabi  are  examined.  Prerequisite:   COR  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  342.  Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 4  hours 

This  is  a  cridcal  examinadon  of  the  peculiarly  modern  political  and  philosophical  stance 
beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among  the  authors  discussed  are  Machiavelli, 
Hobbes,  Rousseau,  Kant,  and  Kojeve.  Prerequisite:   POL  341  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Level  III  courses  are  the  most  difficult  and  challenging  and  are  for  students  who  have  significant 
philosophical  background,  to  the  extent  of  at  least  one  or  two  Level  II  courses. 

PHI  401.  The  Philosophical  Response  to  the  Scientific  Revolution 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  philosophical  systems  of  Hobbes,  Descartes,  Spinoza  and 
Leibniz.  Each  of  these  philosophies  is  an  attempt  to  come  to  terms  with  the  scientific  picture  of 
the  world  which  had  been  given  to  the  West  by  Copernicus  and  Galileo.  The  course  begins  with 
the  materialist  philosophy  of  Hobbes,  followed  by  Descartes'  dualistic  (between  mind  and  matter) 
view  of  the  created  world,  and  then  considers  Spinoza's  pantheistic  monism  and  Leibniz's 
idealistic  atomism  as  responses  to  the  difficulties  in  the  Cartesian  philosophy. 

PHI  402.  Kant's  Critique  of  Pure  Reason 4  hours 

A  smdy  of  Kant's  theoretical  philosophy,  his  "metaphysics  of  experience,"  through  a 
reading  and  analysis  of  his  major  work.  An  attempt  will  be  made  to  discover  which  portions  of 
Kant's  philosophy  can  be  accepted  as  valid  and  true  in  the  light  of  present-day  philosophy  and 


PHI  403.  Heidegger's  Being  and  Time 4  hours 

This  course  involves  a  close  and  patient  reading  of  one  of  the  most  important  and 
difficult  works  of  Continental  philosophy.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  avoid  speaking 
"heideggerianese"  and  to  translate  the  dense  language  of  the  text  into  a  wav  of  speaking  accessible 
to  students. 

PHI  404.  Contemporary  French  Philosophy 4  hours 

It  has  been  argued  that  the  most  provocative  developments  in  the  current  development 
of  German  philosophy  have  been  the  French  readings  of  now  classic  German  writers  such  as 
Kant,  Hegel,  Marx,  Nietzsche,  Freud,  and  Heidegger,  to  name  a  few.  Smdents  will  attempt  to  test 
this  thesis  by  reading  some  representative  and  challenging  texts.  The  authors  studied  may  include 
BataiUe,  Foucault,  Deleuze,  Derrida,  Althusser,  Blanchot,  and  others. 


175 


Physics 

The  physics  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  well-rounded  preparation  in  classical  and 
modern  physics.  The  successful  completion  of  this  program  will  prepare  the  graduate  to  gain 
admission  to  one  of  the  better  graduate  programs  in  physics  or  a  related  scientific  field,  or  to 
secure  employment  in  a  technical,  scientific,  or  engineering  setting. 

A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  obtained  in  each  freshman-  and  sophomore-level 
science  course  that  is  required  for  this  major  or  minor;  these  courses  are  numbered  100  through 
300  in  each  discipline.  A  grade-point  average  of  2.0  or  higher  is  required  in  all  courses  required 
for  the  major. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  scientific  illustration  are  encouraged  to  consider  the 
Scientific  Illustration  Tracks  that  are  offered  within  the  art  major. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  physics  are  as  follows:  College  Physics  I  and  II  taken 
after  or  concurrentiy  with  Calculus  I  and  II  (preferably  in  the  freshman  year);  Classical  Mechanics 
I  and  II  taken  after  or  concurrentiy  with  Calculus  III  (suggested  for  the  sophomore  year);  Thermal 
and  Statistical  Physics;  Modern  Optics;  Modern  Physics  I  and  II;  Electricit}'  and  Magnetism  I  and 
II;  Mathematical  Physics;  and  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics  or  Special  Topics  in 
Experimental  Physics.  Examination  is  generally  required  to  transfer  credit  for  anv  of  these 
courses.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Science. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  physics  is  offered  to  provide  students  with  an  opportunit}'  to  strengthen  and 
broaden  their  educational  credentials  either  as  an  end  in  itself  or  as  an  enhancement  of  future 
employment  prospects.  The  requirement  for  the  physics  minor  is  three  lecture  courses  numbered 
FHY  202  or  higher  plus  at  least  one  physics  laboratory  course  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

PHY  101,  PHY  102.  General  Physics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

An  introductory  course  without  calculus.  Fundamental  aspects  of  mechanics,  heat,  Ught, 
sound,  and  electricity  are  included.  The  text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Serway  and  Faughn,  College 
Physics.  Three  lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MAT  103;  PHY  101 
must  precede  PHY  102.  Corequisites:  PHY  lOlL  and  PHY  102L. 

PHY  201,  PHY  202.  CoUege  Physics  I,  II 5  plus  5  hours 

Introductory  physics  with  calculus.  Subject  matter  is  the  same  as  in  general  physics  but 
on  a  level  more  suited  to  physics  majors,  engineering  majors,  etc.  One  year  of  calculus  as  a 
prerequisite  is  preferred,  otherwise  calculus  must  be  taken  concurrentiy.  The  text  will  be  on  the 
level  of  Halliday,  Resnick,  and  Walker,  Fundamentals  of  Physics.  Prerequisite:  PH\'  201  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  precede  PHY  202.  Corequisites:  PHY  lOlL  and  PHY  102L. 

PHY  lOlL,  PHY  102L.  Introductory  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Introductory  physics  laboratories  to  accompany  PHY  101,  102,  201  and  202. 


176 


PHY  211,  PHY  212.  Classical  Mechanics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

This  is  the  student's  first  introduction  to  theoretical  physics.  Lagrangian  and 
Hamiltonian  methods  are  developed  with  Newton's  laws  of  motion  and  applied  to  a  variet\'  of 
contemporary  problems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  problem  work,  the  object  being  to  develop 
physical  intuition  and  facilit}'  for  translating  physical  problems  into  mathematical  terms.  The  text 
will  be  on  the  level  of  Analytical  Mechanics  by  Fowles.  Prerequisites:  MAT  132  and  PHY  202  with 
a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course.  A  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  must  be  earned  in  PHY  21 1 
before  taking  PHY  212. 

PHY  232.  Fundamentals  of  Electronics 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  science  majors  and  dual  degree  engineering 
students.  Coverage  includes  DC  and  AC  circuits,  semi-conductor  devices,  amplifiers,  oscillators, 
and  digital  devices.  The  intent  is  to  provide  a  working  understanding  of  common  instrumentation 
in  science  and  technology.  Prerequisite:   PHY  102  or  FHY  212  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PHY  232L.  Fundamentals  of  Electronics  Laboratory 1  hour 

The  laboratory  component  of  PHY  232. 

PHY  331,  PHY  332.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

A  thorough  introduction  to  one  of  the  two  fundamental  disciplines  of  classical  physics, 
using  vector  calculus  methods.  After  a  brief  review  of  vector  analysis,  the  first  semester  will  treat 
electrostatic  and  magnetic  fields  and  provide  an  introduction  to  the  special  theory  of  relativit)'. 
The  second  semester  wiU  develop  electrodynamics,  including  Maxwell's  equations,  the  propagation 
of  electromagnetic  waves,  radiation,  and  the  electromagnetic  theory  of  light.  The  treatment  will 
be  on  the  level  of  the  text  of  Reitz,  Milford,  and  Christ}'^.  It  is  recommended  that  MAT  241  be 
taken  concurrentiv.  Prerequisites:  MAT  233  and  PHY  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each 
course;  PHY  331  must  precede  PHY  332. 

PHY  333.  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  provide  physics,  engineering,  and  chemistry  majors  with 
a  fundamental  understanding  of  heat  and  the  equilibrium  behavior  of  complex  systems.  Topics 
wUl  include  the  zeroth,  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  with  applications  to  closed  and 
open  systems;  microcanonical  and  canonical  ensembles  for  classical  and  quantum  systems,  with 
applications  to  ideal  gases,  specific  heats,  blackbody  radiation,  etc.;  the  kinetic  description  of 
equilibrium  properties.  Text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Kestin  and  Dorfman  or  Zemansky 
Prerequisites:  MAT  132  and  PHY  202  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

PHY  333L.  Thermal  and  Statistical  Physics  Laboratory 1  hour 

Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  classic  experiments  such  as  the  ballistic  pendulum,  hard 
sphere  scattering,  the  Millikan  oil  drop  experiment,  the  Michelson  interferometer,  etc.  Emphasis 
also  will  be  placed  on  measuring  fundamental  constants  such  as  the  speed  of  light,  h,  G,  e  and 
e/m.  Corequisite:  PHY  333. 

PHY  335.  Introduction  to  Modern  Optics 4  hours 

A  standard  intermediate-level  optics  course  which  will  treat  the  basics  of  wave  theory 
and  the  electromagnetic  origin  of  optical  phenomena,  geometrical  optics,  physical  optics  including 
Fourier  optics,  Fraunhofer  and  Fresnel  diffraction,  and  dispersion.  The  course  will  conclude  with 
some  consideration  of  current  topics  such  as  holography,  quantum  optics,  and  non-linear  optics. 
Text  will  be  on  the  level  of  Jenkins  and  White  or  Hecht.  Prerequisites:  AL\T  241  and  PHY  202 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  in  each  course. 

177 


PHY335L.  Modern  Optics  Laboratory 1  hour 

This  laboratory  accompanies  course  PHY  335. 

PHY  421,  PHY  422.  Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

For  physics,  engineering,  and  chemistry  majors,  this  is  a  one-year  sequence  that  discusses 
the  most  important  developments  in  20*-century  physics.  The  first  semester  will  review  special 
relativity  and  treat  the  foundations  of  quantum  physics  from  a  historical  perspective;  the  quantum 
theory  of  one-electron  atoms  will  be  developed.  In  the  second  semester,  there  will  be  a  treatment 
of  many-electron  atoms,  molecules,  and  solids,  with  an  introduction  to  nuclear  and  elementan- 
particle  physics.  The  text  wiU  be  on  the  level  of  Eisberg  and  Resnick,  Quanmm  Physics. 
Prerequisites:  PHY  202  and  PHY  332;  PHY  421  must  precede  PHY  422. 

PHY  421L,  PHY  422L.  Modern  Physics  Laboratory  I,  II 1  plus  1  hour 

Laboratory  work  will  emphasize  modern  physics  in  areas  such  as  microwave  optics, 
superconductivity,  measurements  of  magnetic  fields,  electron  spin  resonance,  the  Franck-Hertz 
experiment,  laser  optics,  etc.  Corequisites:  PHY  421  and  PHY  422. 

PHY  423.  Mathematical  Physics 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  a  variety  of  mathematical  ideas  and  methods  used  in  phvsical 
sciences.  Topics  may  include:  vector  calculus;  solutions  of  partial  differential  equations,  including 
the  wave  and  heat  equations;  special  functions;  eigenvalue  problems;  Fourier  analysis  and 
mathematical  modeling,  particularly  numerical  computer  methods.  Text  will  be  on  the  level  of 
Arfken  or  Mathews  and  Walker.  Prerequisite:   MAT  241  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PHY  431.  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Physics 1-5  hours 

Topics  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  the  student's  interest  include  Laser  Phvsics, 
Plasma  Physics,  Theory  of  the  Solid  State,  Nuclear  and  Particle  Physics,  Astrophysics,  and 
Cosmology. 

PHY  441.  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Physics 1-5  hours 

Topics  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  the  student's  interest  in  experimental  phvsics. 

PHY  499.  Independent  Study  in  Physics 1-5  hours 

Supervised  study  of  a  topic  of  interest  to  the  student,  which  is  not  treated  in  the 
regularly  scheduled  course  offerings.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline  of  smdv  that 
includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  bv  the  instructor,  the  di\ision  chair, 
and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 


178 


Politics 

As  Aristode  observed  some  2000  years  ago,  "Man  is  by  nature  a  polidcal  animal." 
Polidcs  shapes  who  we  are  and  how  we  live;  it  animates  human  nature,  forges  idenddes,  drives 
social  movements,  structures  national  politics  and  institudons,  molds  internadonal  reladons.  At 
Oglethorpe,  students  of  polidcs  encounter  a  wide  range  of  opinions,  beliefs,  and  scholarly  analysis 
as  to  the  nature  of  polidcs  and  what  constitutes  the  legitimate  aims  of  polidcal  action.  Differences 
and  disagreements  abound,  providing  a  rich  environment  for  students  to  develop  their  own 
informed  opinions  honed  through  healthy  debate  with  their  colleagues.  In  addition,  politics  majors 
gain  both  substantive  knowledge  and  analytic  skills.  Introductory  classes  in  American  politics, 
comparative  politics,  international  relations,  and  political  philosophy  provide  the  foundation  for 
subsequent  pursuit  of  more  specialized  study  undertaken  in  higher-level  courses.  Skills  acquired 
include:  close  critical  reading  of  texts;  inductive,  deductive,  and  analogical  reasoning; 
substantiating  arguments;  comparing  across  cases;  and  making  generalizations. 

Oglethorpe's  location  provides  numerous  opportunities  to  study  and  engage  with  real 
world  politics,  be  they  local,  national,  or  international.  Adanta  is  home  to  the  Georgia  state 
government.  The  Carter  Center,  and  the  Martin  Luther  Iving  Jr.  Center.  Smdents  have  taken 
advantage  of  the  Georgia's  Legislative  Intern  and  Governor's  Intern  Programs,  as  well  as  worked 
with  the  Georgia  State  Legislature,  the  Department  of  Industry,  Trade  and  Tourism,  and  the 
League  of  Women  Voters,  participated  in  The  Carter  Center  Internship  Program,  and  worked 
with  a  variety  of  governmental  and  grassroots  programs. 

Resources  at  Oglethorpe  serve  to  help  students  engage  actively  in  politics.  Through  the 
Universit}''s  Career  Services  Office,  students  can  identify  and  create  other  internships. 
Oglethorpe's  affiliations  with  The  Washington  Center  for  Internships  and  the  Washington 
Semester  Program  of  American  Universit)'  allow  students  to  study  politics  and  intern  in  the 
nation's  capital.  Students  can  also  use  internship  credit  towards  their  major  requirements.  In  an 
increasingly  globalized  world,  Oglethorpe  study  abroad  programs  provide  the  opportunit^'  to  gain 
in-depth  experience  of  the  politics  and  culture  of  another  country  for  periods  ranging  from  a 
week,  to  a  semester,  to  a  year.  Please  see  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  Students  Abroad  in  the 
Educational  Enrichment  section  of  this  Bulletin. 

Politics  majors  contemplate  and  analyze  the  different  forms  of  power  shaping  today's 
world,  be  they  individuals,  ideas,  institutions,  or  coercive  force.  This  knowledge  prepares  them  well 
for  a  variet}'  of  careers,  including  law,  journalism,  government,  international  organizations, 
NGO's,  education,  business,  and  poHtics. 

Major 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  politics  are  satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  10 
courses  in  the  discipline,  of  which  the  following  four  are  required: 

POL  101  Introduction  to  American  Politics 
POL  111  International  Relations 
POL  121  Introduction  to  Comparative  Politics 
POL  341  Political  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval  or 
POL  342  PoUtical  Philosophy  II:  Modern 

In  addition,  students  must  take  two  courses  at  the  300  level  and  one  at  the  400  level,  and 
complete  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or 
higher.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 


179 


Minor 

To  receive  a  minor,  students  must  take  four  courses  distributed  among  three  of  the  four 
subfields  of  the  discipline  (American  politics,  comparative  poUtics,  international  relations,  and 
political  philosophy). 

POL  101.  Introduction  to  American  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  fundamental  questions  of  politics  through  an 
examination  of  the  American  founding  and  political  institutions. 

POL  111.  International  Relations 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  conduct  of  politics  in  a  condition  of  anarchy.  The 
central  issues  will  be  how  and  whether  independent  states  can  establish  and  preserve  international 
order  and  cooperate  for  the  achievement  of  their  common  interests  in  an  anarchic  environment. 
These  questions  will  be  explored  through  a  reading  of  relevant  history  and  theoretical  writings  and 
an  examination  of  present  and  future  trends  influencing  world  politics. 

POL  121.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  traces  the  evolution  of  major  theories  and  methodologies  of  comparative 
politics  from  the  1960s  to  present,  analyzing  both  their  distinguishing  characteristics  and  how 
these  theories  respond  to  the  prominent  political  issues  and  intellectual  debates  of  their  times. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include:  political  behavior,  political  culture,  revolutions,  modernization, 
political  economy,  rational  choice,  instimtions,  and  the  state,  with  democratization  serving  as  an 
overarching  theme. 

POL  201.  Constitutional  Law 4  hours 

In  this  course,  we  will  examine  the  Constitution  and  the  efforts  of  the  United  States 
Supreme  Court  to  expound  and  interpret  it.  In  addition  to  reading  and  briefing  manv  Supreme 
Court  decisions,  we  will  examine  some  leading  contemporary  works  in  constitutional  and  legal 
theory.  Prerequisite:   POL  101. 

POL  202.  State  and  Local  Government 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  the  origin,  development,  and  characteristic  problems  of  state 
and  local  government  in  the  United  States.  Prerequisite:   POL  101. 

POL21L  War 4  hours 

What  is  war?  How  and  to  what  extent  has  it  changed  through  the  ages?  Whx  are  wars 
won  or  lost?  When  is  war  just?  How  will  war  be  fought  in  the  future,  with  what  results? 

POL  231.  Asian  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  general  introduction  to  the  varietv'  of  political  systems  in  Asia, 
concentrating  particularly  on  the  nations  of  East  Asia.  It  wiU  emphasize  the  methods  of 
comparative  political  study  and  will  focus  on  understanding  the  factors  that  determine  different 
political  outcomes  in  nations  that  share  a  geographical  region  and  many  similar  cultural  and 
historical  influences. 

POL  302.  American  Political  Parties 4  hours 

An  in-depth  smdy  of  the  development  of  part}'  organizations  in  the  United  States  and 
an  analysis  of  their  bases  of  power.  Prerequisite:   POL  101. 


180 


POL  303.  Congress  and  the  Presidency 4  hours 

An  examination  of  the  original  arguments  for  the  current  American  governmental 
structure  and  the  problems  now  faced  by  these  institutions.  Prerequisite:   POL  101. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  politics  and 
policymaking  in  the  new  American  cit}'  and  its  environs.  Consideration  wUl  be  given  to  the  political 
and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the  factors  that  characterize  this  new  development, 
including  the  extremes  of  wealth  and  poverty,  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  the 
opportunities  and  challenges  provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered 
annually. 

POL  304.  African- American  Politics 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  provide  students  with  an  overview  of  the  various  strategies 
and  tactics  used  by  African-Americans  to  advance  their  economic,  social,  and  political  agendas.  As 
such,  the  course  will  provide  a  detailed  examination  of  the  successes  and  failures  of  the 
interaction  between  the  United  States  political  system  and  African-Americans  from  both  an 
historic  and  present-day  perspective.  Prerequisite:   POL  101. 

POL  311.  United  States  Foreign  Policy 4  hours 

A  history  of  American  foreign  policy  since  1945,  emphasis  in  this  course  will  be  on 
the  description,  explanation,  and  evaluation  of  events  and  policies,  not  the  study  of  policy- 
making as  such. 

POL  321.  PoUtical  Development 4  hours 

This  course  surveys  substantive  themes  and  theoretical  debates  in  the  study  of 
political  development  including:  what  is  meant  by  'political  development,'  cultural  versus 
structural  explanations  for  change,  whether  development  is  driven  by  domestic  or  international 
influences,  political  transitions,  and  the  relative  significance  of  particular  groups  or 
institutions.  Readings  build  from  theoretical  touchstones  HNSO  II  (Smith,  Marx,  Weber)  to 
address  contemporary  cases  in  developing  and  developed  countries.  Prerequisite:  POL  121, 
COR  202,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  331.  Comparative  Politics  of  China  and  Japan 4  hours 

While  Japan  and  China  have  both  become  prominent  nation-states  with  increasing 
international  influence,  each  country  has  achieved  this  feat  through  very  different  means.  This 
course  seeks  to  ascertain  the  sources  and  strength  of  their  respective  development  paths  as  well 
as  the  prognosis  for  their  political  and  economic  futures.  Topics  to  be  covered  include:  state 
formation,  ideology  and  political  order,  political  and  economic  institutions,  economic 
development  strategies,  Asian  values,'  state-society  relations,  regional  and  international  relations. 
Prerequisite:   POL  121,  POL  231,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  341.  PoUtical  Philosophy  I:  Ancient  and  Medieval 4  hours 

This  is  an  examination  of  the  origins  of  philosophical  reflection  on  the  fundamental 
issues  of  politics,  which  is  designed  to  lead  to  the  critical  consideration  of  the  political  views  of 
our  time.  Among  the  topics  discussed  are  the  relationship  between  knowledge  and  political  power 
and  the  character  of  political  justice.  Portions  of  the  works  of  Aristophanes,  Plato,  Cicero,  and 
Alfarabi  are  examined.  Prerequisite:   COR  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


181 


POL  342.  Political  Philosophy  II:  Modern 4  hours 

This  is  a  critical  examination  of  the  peculiarly  modern  political  and  philosophical 
stance  beginning  where  Political  Philosophy  I  concludes.  Among  the  authors  discussed  are 
Machiavelli,  Hobbes,  Locke,  Rousseau,  Kant,  and  Kojeve.  Prerequisite:  POL  341  or  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

POL  350.  Special  Topics  in  Politics 4  hours 

A  variet}'  of  courses  will  be  offered  to  respond  to  topical  needs  of  the  curriculum. 
Recent  courses  include  Moral  and  Political  Leadership,  Dealing  with  Diversit^;  Criminal  Law,  and 
Citizenship  in  Theory  and  Practice.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  361.  European  PoUtics 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  factual,  conceptual  and  historical  introduction  to  poHtics  on  the 
European  continent,  including  (but  not  necessarily  limited  to)  Britain,  France,  German}',  Italy 
Russia,  and  the  European  Union.  These  regimes  will  be  smdied  through  a  comparison  of  their 
social  structures,  party  systems,  institutions  and  constitutions,  political  cultures  and  (if  possible) 
their  domestic  policies.  Prerequisite:   POL  lOL 

POL  411.  War,  Peace,  and  Security 4  hours 

An  in-depth  treatment  of  one  or  more  of  the  issues  introduced  in  International 
Relations.  The  course  will  be  conducted  as  a  seminar,  with  the  emphasis  on  reading,  discussion 
and  research.  It  wiU  address  the  following  questions:  When  and  why  do  statesmen  resort  to  force 
to  resolve  international  conflicts?  WTien  does  the  threat  of  force  succeed  or  fail  and  when  and 
how  ought  one  to  employ  it?  When  and  why  do  states  make  peace?  What  are  the  causes  of  conflict 
in  the  present  and  future?  What  are  the  prospects  for  peace?  Topics  vary  from  year  to  vear. 
Prerequisite:   POL  111  or  POL  311. 

POL  422.  Seminar  in  Chinese  PoUtics 4  hours 

This  course  explores  the  ongoing  political,  social,  and  economic  transformations  in 
Communist  China,  with  emphasis  on  the  post-Mao  era  (1978  to  the  present).  General  themes 
include  Maoist  versus  Dengist  politics,  revolution  versus  reform,  market  reform  in  a  communist 
state,  factionalism,  central-local  relations,  state-society  relations,  China  in  the  international  order. 
The  course  also  examines  current  political  and  social  issues.  Prerequisite:  POL  121,  POL  231,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

POL  431.  Seminar  in  PoUtics  and  Culture 4  hours 

This  will  be  an  upper-level  seminar  in  the  study  of  the  relationship  of  politics  and 
culture.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  understanding  the  namre  and  difficulties  of  cultural  study 
with  particular  attention  to  ethnographic  or  participant  observer  research  methods.  Focus  of  the 
seminar  changes  yearly  but  has  included  such  topics  as  Judaism  and  Jewishness,  Women  and 
Politics,  and  Language  and  Politics.  Prerequisite:   POL  101  or  junior  standing. 

POL  441.  Seminar  in  PoUtical  Philosophy 4  hours 

An  intensive  examination  of  a  text  or  theme  introduced  in  the  Political  Philosophv 
sequence.  Among  the  topics  have  been  Rousseau's  Emile,  Spinoza,  and  The  German 
Enlightenment.  Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the  instructor. 


182 


POL  450.  Independent  Study  in  Politics 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

POL  451.  Internship  in  Politics 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit}-  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult}'  supervisor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the  Georgia 
State  Legislature,  the  United  States  Department  of  State,  The  Carter  Center,  and  the  Superior 
Court  of  Fulton  Count}'.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission 
of  the  facult\'  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

Pre-law  Studies 

Students  planning  to  enter  law  school  after  graduation  from  Oglethorpe  should  realize 
that  neither  the  American  Bar  Association  nor  leading  law  schools  endorse  a  particular  pre-law 
major.  The  student  is  advised,  however,  to  take  courses  that  enhance  the  basic  skills  of  a  UberaUv 
educated  person:  reading  with  comprehension,  writing,  speaking,  and  reasoning.  The  student  is 
encouraged  to  become  more  familiar  with  political,  economic,  and  social  institutions  as  thev  have 
developed  historically  and  as  they  function  in  contemporary  societ}'. 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  a  legal  career  should  ask  the  Registrar  for  the  names  of 
facult}'  members  serving  as  pre-law  advisors. 

Pre-medical  Studies 

A  student  who  plans  to  attend  a  professional  school  of  medicine,  dentistry,  optometry, 
pharmacy  or  veterinary  medicine  should  plan  a  program  of  studies  at  Oglethorpe  in  consultation 
with  a  facult}'  member  who  is  a  designated  pre-medical  advisor.  It  is  desirable  for  the  pre-medical 
student  to  have  a  pre-medical  advisor  from  the  outset  of  the  planning  of  his  or  her  undergraduate 
program.  It  is  essential  that  the  student  establish  contact  with  a  pre-medical  advisor  by  the  second 
semester  of  the  student's  freshman  year. 

Professional  schools  of  health  science  require  for  admission  successful  completion  of  a 
specified  sequence  of  courses  in  the  natural  sciences,  courses  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences, 
as  well  as  the  submission  of  acceptable  scores  on  appropriate  standardized  tests.  However,  pre- 
medical  smdents  have  wide  latitude  of  choice  with  regard  to  the  major  selected.  Smdents  should 
familiarize  themselves  with  the  particular  admission  requirements  of  the  t}^e  of  professional 
school  they  plan  to  enter  prior  to  deciding  on  the  course  of  study  to  be  pursued  at  Oglethorpe. 
An  excellent  starting  point  for  this  preliminary  study  is  "Health  Professions  Links"  at 
http:/  /  mm:  naahp.  org. 


183 


Some  schools  of  medicine,  dentistry,  and  veterinary  medicine  will  admit  highly  qualified 
applicants  who  have  completed  all  admission  requirements  for  the  professional  school  during 
three  years  of  study  at  an  undergraduate  institution.  (Four  years  of  undergraduate  work  and  a 
bachelor's  degree  are  standard  requirements;  admission  after  three  years  is  highly  at}-pical  and  is 
not  available  at  aU  schools.)  It  is  possible  for  students  to  enter  an  allopathic,  osteopathic  or 
pediatric  medical  school,  dental  school  or  veterinary  school  (no  other  health  professions  schools 
are  eligible)  after  three  years  of  study  at  Oglethorpe  and  to  complete  their  bachelor's  degree  under 
the  Professional  Option.  By  specific  arrangement  between  the  professional  school  and 
Oglethorpe  University,  and  in  accordance  with  regulations  of  both  institutions,  after  successful 
completion  of  all  academic  requirements  of  the  first  year  in  the  professional  school,  the  student 
receives  a  degree  from  Oglethorpe  University  when  certified  to  be  in  good  standing  at  the 
professional  school.  Students  interested  in  this  possibility  should  consult  with  their  ad\'isors  to 
make  certain  that  all  conditions  are  met;  simultaneous  enrollment  in  several  science  courses  each 
semester  during  the  three  years  at  Oglethorpe  likely  wiU  be  required  to  meet  minimum 
expectations  for  taking  professional  school  admissions  tests  and  to  meet  admission  requirements 
for  the  professional  school.  All  Oglethorpe  core  courses  must  be  completed  before  the  student 
enrolls  in  the  professional  school. 

An  important  note  for  international  smdents:  It  is  extremely  difficult  for  international 
applicants  who  are  not  citizens  or  permanent  residents  of  the  United  States  to  gain  admission  to 
American  medical  schools.  State-supported  medical  schools  rarely  consider  international 
applicants;  private  medical  schools  that  accept  international  applicants  generally  require  them  to 
place  in  escrow  the  equivalent  of  one  to  four  years  tuition  and  fees  (U.S.  $40,000  to  $200,000). 
There  are  very  few  scholarships  available  to  support  any  students  at  American  medical  schools;  in 
order  to  qualify  for  loans  that  are  sponsored  by  the  United  States  government,  the  applicant  must 
be  a  citizen  or  permanent  resident.  International  students  who  plan  to  become  medical  doctors 
by  completing  their  education  at  an  American  medical  school  should  consider  these  issues  verv 
carefuUy  before  enrolling  in  an  undergraduate  pre-medical  program  in  the  United  States. 

Psychology 

The  Department  of  Psychology  endorses  a  view  of  psychology  as  the  use  of  scientific 
methods  to  study  a  broad  range  of  factors  that  often  interact  to  produce  human  behavior, 
including  cognitive,  developmental,  personality,  physiological,  and  social  variables.  Therefore, 
students  who  major  in  psychology  are  expected  to: 

1 .  Learn  to  apply  empirical  methods  to  understand  human  and  animal  beha^^or.  Smdents 
should  be  able  to  use  and  critique  a  variety  of  research  methods,  ranging  from  controlled 
laboratory  experiments  to  naturalistic  observations.  Specific  skills  to  be  acquired  include 
the  ability  to  operationally  define  concepts  for  empirical  study;  to  collect,  analyze,  and 
interpret  empirical  data;  and  to  clearl}'  communicate  findings  to  larger  audiences  through 
oral  and  written  presentations  (for  example,  APA  st^de  research  papers,  posters,  and 
presentations). 

2.  Learn  major  theoretical  and  empirical  advances  in  a  variet)'  of  disciplines  uitliin  the  field 
of  psychology  (for  example,  clinical,  cognitive,  developmental,  motivational, 
organizational,  personality,  physiological,  social).  This  objective  should  include  the 
abiUt)'  to  compare  and  contrast  explanations  offered  by  different  schools  of  thought 
within  each  discipline  (for  example,  behavioral,  biological,  cognitive,  dispositional, 
psychoanalytic,  social  learning).  It  also  should  include  an  understanding  of  both  current 
and  historically  prominent  developments  in  the  various  disciplines. 


184 


3.  Learn  ways  in  which  psychological  concepts  can  be  applied  for  the  benefit  of  oneself 
and  society.  Students  will  learn  about  clinical,  educational  and  organizational 
applications  of  psychological  research  and  will  consider  ways  in  which  psychological 
principles  may  be  relevant  to  personal  life  and  civic  participation.  In  addition,  students 
are  expected  to  become  more  precise  and  tolerant  observers  of  human  behavior  and 
individual  differences. 

The  Department  of  Psychology  at  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  has  a  strong  tradition  of 
student  achievement  in  research  and  internships.  Many  students  collaborate  with  facult)'  on 
research  projects  or  develop  and  complete  their  own  research  projects  with  the  help  of  faculty 
mentors.  Each  year,  Oglethorpe  is  represented  at  regional  and  national  psychology  conferences  by 
psychology  students  presenting  their  original  work.  Psychology  students  have  completed 
internships  in  a  variet}"  of  settings  including:  private  clinical  practices,  adoption  agencies,  law 
enforcement  agencies,  law  firms,  the  Centers  for  Disease  Control  and  Prevention,  Partnership 
Against  Domestic  Violence,  Georgia  State  Universit}-  Language  Research  Center,  Zoo  Adanta, 
Yerkes  Regional  Primate  Research  Center,  and  the  Georgia  Psychological  Association. 

Major 

To  complete  a  major  in  psychology,  the  student  must  complete  nine  psychology  courses 
(36  semester  hours)  beyond  Psychological  Inquiry.  These  nine  courses  must  include  Statistics, 
Research  Methods,  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology,  and  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology. 
Psychology  majors  also  are  required  to  complete  General  Biologv  I  and  II  as  directed  electives  and 
at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher.  The 
degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts.  Transfer  courses  may  satisfy  major  requirements  if 
approved  by  psychology  facult)',  if  shown  on  an  official  transcript  and  if  the  work  was  completed 
with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher.  Any  course  taken  outside  of  the  undergraduate  day  program  to 
satisfy  degree  requirements  must  be  approved  by  the  psychology  department. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  any  four  psychology  courses  (20  semester  hours) 
beyond  Psychological  Inquiry.  No  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy-  both  major  and  minor 
requirements. 

PSY  101.  Psychological  Inquiry 4  hours 

This  course  presents  a  unique  way  of  understanding  ourselves:  the  use  of  the  empirical 
method  to  obtain  information  about  human  and  animal  beha\aor.  Psychological  experimentation 
win  be  shown  to  contribute  to  human  self-understanding  through  its  production  of  interesting, 
reliable,  and  often  counter-intuitive  results.  Topics  to  be  considered  may  include  obedience  to 
authority,  memory,  alcohoHsm,  persuasion,  intelligence,  and  dreaming.  These  topics  will  be 
examined  from  a  variety  of  potentially  conflicting  perspectives:  behavioral,  cognitive, 
developmental,  biological,  and  psychoanalytic. 

PSY  201.   Developmental  Psychology 4  hours 

The  ways  in  which  individuals  understand  the  world  and  each  other  change  dramatically 
from  birth  to  adolescence.  This  course  will  trace  these  developments,  particularly  those  of 
cognition,  social  behavior,  and  self-concept.  The  factors  influencing  development,  such  as 
heredity  and  the  social/cultural  environment,  will  be  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  uith  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 


185 


EDU  201.  Educational  Psychology 4  hours 

A  study  of  learning  theory  and  its  application  to  such  problems  as  classroom 
management,  the  organization  of  learning  activities,  understanding  individual  differences,  and 
evaluating  teaching  and  learning.  Emphasis  is  given  to  factors  which  facilitate  and  interfere  with 
learning.   Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  higher. 

PSY  202.  Organizational  Psychology 4  hours 

Organizations  and  the  individuals  who  function  within  them  will  be  examined  from  the 
perspective  of  psychological  theory  and  research.  Consideration  will  be  given  both  to  broad  topics 
relevant  to  all  organizations,  such  as  communications,  groups,  and  leadership,  and  to  topics 
specific  to  the  work  environment,  such  as  employee  selection,  training,  and  evaluation. 
Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  203.  Learning  and  Conditioning 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  empirical  and  theoretical  issues  surrounding  learned  behavior. 
Most  of  the  data  discussed  come  from  studies  in  animal  learning  but  special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  how  learning  principles  explain  everyday  human  behavior  and  are  used  in  the  treatment 
of  abnormal  behavior  patterns.  Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  204.  Social  Psychology 4  hours 

Social  psychology  is  the  study  of  human  beings  in  interaction  with  each  other  or  under 
the  pressure  of  forces  of  social  influence.  The  course  will  include  a  consideration  of  conformity, 
persuasion,  attraction,  aggression,  self-presentation,  and  other  relevant  aspects  of  the  social  life. 
Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  205.  Theories  of  Personality 4  hours 

The  goal  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  major  theories  of  personality" 
and  with  approaches  to  the  scientific  evaluation  of  them.  Students  will  be  encouraged  to  engage 
in  critical  analysis  and  theoretical  comparisons  of  the  ideas  presented  from  diverse,  and  often 
contradictory,  perspectives.  Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  301.   Research  Methods 4  hours 

Through  a  combination  of  class  discussion  and  hands-on  research  activit\',  this  course 
provides  students  with  exposure  to  a  variet}'  of  research  approaches.  The  course  begins  with  an 
examination  of  descriptive  methods,  such  as  naturalistic  observation,  surveys,  and  archival 
research,  and  concludes  with  an  analysis  of  controlled  experimental  methods.  Quasi-experimental 
designs  and  applications  of  research  methods  are  also  explored.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a 
grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  MAT  HI. 

PSY  302.  Advanced  Experimental  Psychology 4  hours 

This  sequel  to  the  introductory  research  methods  course  provides  an  in-depth 
analysis  of  controlled  experimentation  in  a  laboratory  setting.  Each  student  will  design  and 
conduct  an  individual  research  project  to  fulfill  the  laboratory  component  of  the  course. 
Prerequisite:    PSY  301. 


186 


PSY  303.  Psychological  Testing 4  hours 

This  course  covers  the  selecdon,  interpretation,  and  applications  of  psychological  tests, 
including  tests  of  intellectual  ability,  vocational  and  academic  apdtudes,  and  personality.  The 
most  common  uses  of  test  results  in  educational  institutions,  clinical  settings,  business, 
government,  and  the  military  will  be  considered.  The  history  of  psychological  testing  and  the 
interpretation  of  test  results  also  will  be  considered  from  both  traditional  and  cridcal 
perspectives.  Although  students  will  have  the  opportunity  to  see  many  psychological  tests,  this 
course  is  not  intended  to  train  students  actually  to  administer  tests.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with 
a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  MAT  111. 

PSY  306.  Abnormal  Psychology 4  hours 

There  are  three  main  goals  in  this  course.  The  first  is  to  enhance  the  student's 
understanding  of  psychopathology  and  major  treatment  approaches.  The  second  is  to  help  the 
student  learn  to  evaluate  critically  the  research  evidence  regarding  therapeutic  interventions.  The 
third  is  to  encourage  a  self-examination  of  the  student's  attitudes  and  those  of  our  society 
regarding  mental  illness  and  the  full  range  of  human  individual  differences.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101 
with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 

PSY  307.  Cognitive  Psychology 4  hours 

This  course  explores  the  nature  and  function  of  human  thought  processes.  Topics  to 
be  considered  include  perception,  attention,  remembering  and  forgetting,  mental  imagery, 
psycholinguistics,  problem  solving,  and  reasoning.  Prerequisite:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-" 
or  higher. 

PSY  308.  Sensation  and  Perception 4  hours 

This  course  explores  how  the  brain  and  body  transduce,  organize,  and  interpret 
information  from  the  environment.  Topics  covered  will  include  psychophysical  methods,  signal 
detection  theory,  and  the  neural  mechanisms  underlying  vision,  hearing,  taste,  smell,  and  touch. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  BIO  102.  (Biologv  majors  only  need 
BIO  102.) 

PSY  309.  Behavioral  Neuroscience 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  on  the  neural  and  hormonal  correlates  of  behavior  including  sleep, 
feeding,  sexual  behavior,  learning  and  memory,  language,  movement,  and  psvchopathology 
including  mood  disorders  and  schizophrenia.  Other  topics  include  methods  used  in  the  brain 
sciences,  the  connection  between  stress  and  Ulness,  and  how  the  brain  recovers  from  injury. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  BIO  102.  (Biology  majors  only  need 
BIO  102.) 

PSY  401.  Special  Topics  in  Psychology 4  hours 

The  seminar  will  provide  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  of  contemporary 
interest  in  psjxhology.  Prerequisite:   PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher. 


187 


PSY402.  Topics  in  Clinical  Psychology 4  hours 

The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  the  examination  and  discussion  of  topics  of 
contemporary  interest  in  clinical  psychology.  Prerequisite:   PSY  306. 

PSY  403.  Drugs,  the  Brain,  and  Behavior 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  effects  of  psychoactive  drugs  on  the  central  nervous  system 
and  behavior.  Both  recreational  and  illicit  drugs  (opiods,  stimulants,  sedatives,  hallucinogens)  and 
those  used  to  treat  mental  disorders  (antianxiety'  agents,  antidepressants,  antipsychotics)  will  be 
covered.  Drug  action  at  the  synaptic  level,  dose-response  functions,  tolerance  and  sensitization, 
and  toxicity  will  be  discussed.  Prerequisites:  PSY  101  with  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  higher  and  BIO  102. 
(Biology  majors  only  need  BIO  102.) 

PSY  405.  History  and  Systems  of  Psychology 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  historic  development  of  modern  psychology,  this  course  covers  its 
philosophical  and  scientific  ancestry,  the  major  schools  of  thought,  the  contemporary  systems  of 
psychology,  and  their  theoretical  and  empirical  differences.  Recommended  for  the  senior  year. 
Prerequisites:  Two  or  more  psychology  courses  and  senior  status  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

PSY  406.  Directed  Research  in  Psychology 4  hours 

Original  investigations  and  detailed  studies  of  the  literature  in  selected  areas  of 
psychology  will  be  supervised  by  a  faculty  member.  Emphasis  will  be  on  original  research. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  301  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

PSY  407.  Internship  in  Psychology 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  oppormnit}'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generaUy  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  smdy,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  mentioned  in  the 
major  overview.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the 
faculty  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

PSY  408.  Independent  Study  in  Psychology 1-4  hours 

This  course  provides  the  opportunit}'  for  an  intense  study  of  diverse  topics  under  tlie 
direct  supervision  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline  of  smdy  that 
includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the  di\-ision  chair, 
and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

Sociology 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  human  society  culture,  and  conduct  from  a  variets'  of 
perspectives  that  include  interpersonal,  instimtional,  and  aggregate  levels  of  analyses.  At  the 
interpersonal  level,  sociologists  may  study  personalit\'  formation  in  social  contexts  or  how  the 
individual  responds  to  social  opportunities  and  constraints.  At  the  institutional  level,  sociologists 
attempt  to  analyze  social  institutions  (such  as  the  family,  religion,  and  the  state)  and  social  structures 


188 


(such  as  social  classes  and  racial  and  ethnic  stratification)  that  shape  human  conduct.  And  at  the 
aggregate    level,    sociology    focuses    on    the    study    of    large-scale    influences    ranging    from 
demograpliics  to  social  movements  to  cultural  systems. 

The  mission  of  the  sociology  facult}'  at  Oglethorpe  is  to  introduce  students  to  such 
studies  within  a  liberal  arts  setting  by  developing  each  student's  analytical,  writing,  speaking,  and 
methodological  skills,  as  well  as  his  or  her  ability  to  comprehend  and  explicate  difficult  texts. 
Sociology  majors  should  be  able,  through  written  and  oral  analyses,  to  make  arguments  whose 
conclusions  follow  from  evidence  carefully  and  logically  presented.  They  should  be  able  to 
distinguish  between  informed  and  uninformed  opinion.  In  addition,  each  sociology  student  at 
Oglethorpe  will  be  expected  to  master  essential  knowledge  within  the  areas  of  sociological 
theory,  research  methodology,  and  statistics,  and  within  at  least  three  content  areas.  In  order  to 
encourage  a  practical  understanding  of  social  problems  and  institutions,  students,  where 
appropriate,  are  urged  to  seek  internships.  Students  bound  for  graduate  school  are  encouraged 
to  master  a  foreign  language. 

Major 

The  sociology  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  nine  sociology  courses  (36  semester 
hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II.  These  nine  courses  must  include 
Introduction  to  Sociology,  Statistics,  Research  Methods,  Sociological  Theory,  and  five  additional 
sociology  courses  selected  by  the  student.  Of  the  nine  courses,  at  least  six  must  be  completed  at 
Oglethorpe  for  a  major  in  sociology.  Human  Namre  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II  must  be 
completed  by  all  majors  who  enter  Oglethorpe  below  the  junior  level.  In  addition,  at  least  one 
semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementary-level  or  higher  is  required.  The 
degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  sociology  consists  of  Introduction  to  Sociology  and  any  other  three  sociology 
courses  (16  semester  hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II.  No  course  can 
be  used  to  satisfy  both  major  and  minor  requirements.  Of  the  four  sociology  courses,  at  least  three 
must  be  completed  at  Oglethorpe  for  a  minor  in  sociology. 

Sociology  with  Social  Work  Concentration 

Major 

A  major  in  sociology  with  a  concentration  in  social  work  consists  of  seven  courses  (28 
semester  hours)  beyond  Human  Nature  and  the  Social  Order  I  and  II,  in  addition  to  a  semester 
of  field  placement  (16  semester  hours).  Required  courses  include  Introduction  to  Sociologv,  Field 
of  Social  Work,  and  Methods  of  Social  Work,  in  addition  to  four  sociologv  electives.  Successful 
completion  of  at  least  one  semester  of  a  foreign  language  at  the  second  semester  elementarv-level 
or  higher  also  is  required.  The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

SOC  101.  Introduction  to  Sociology 4  hours 

This  course  offers  an  introduction  to  topics  central  to  the  study  of  human  societ}', 
culture,  and  conduct.  Selected  fields  of  study  frequentiy  include  culture,  formation  of  the  self, 
social  classes,  power  structures,  social  movements,  criminal  beha\ior,  and  a  variet}'  of  social 
institutions.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  basic  concepts  and  principal  findings  of  the  field.  Offered 
annually. 


189 


SOC  201.  The  Family 4  hours 

This  course  focuses  primarily  on  the  20*-centxiry  American  family.  The  topics  discussed 
include  trends  in  marriage,  the  age  of  marriage,  fertility,  illegitimacy,  divorce,  remarriage,  and 
domestic  abuse.  The  possible  social  and  economic  causes  and  consequences  of  these  trends  are 
also  discussed.  Offered  annually. 

SOC  202.  The  American  Experience 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  acquaint  students  with  basic  aspects  of  the  American 
experience.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the  individual's  relationship  to  the  community'.  Specific 
topics  of  discussion  include  Populism,  Federalism,  the  role  of  advertising  in  folk  culture,  the 
relationship  of  technology  and  democracy,  and  America's  exploring  spirit.  Offered  bienniall)-. 

SOC  204.  Social  Problems 4  hours 

This  course  studies  the  impact  of  current  social  forces  upon  American  societ\'. 
Deviation  from  social  norms,  conflict  concerning  social  goals  and  values,  and  social 
disorganization  as  these  apply  to  family,  economic,  religious,  and  other  insdtutional  and 
interpersonal  situations  are  of  primary  concern.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  205.  Crime  and  Deviance 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  behaviors  that  do  not  conform  to  moral  and  legal  codes  and 
the  ways  in  which  sociedes  control  such  behaviors.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to 
American  society.  Readings  will  include  classic  and  current  analyses  of  deviance  and  crime. 
Offered  biennially. 

SOC  302.  The  Sociology  of  Work  and  Occupations 4  hours 

This  course  has  three  purposes:  first,  to  analyze  the  means  by  which  non-economic 
institutions,  especially  the  family,  schools,  and  religious  institutions  influence  the  formation  of 
"human  capital;"  second,  to  smdy  the  history  and  contemporary  nature  of  the  professions;  and 
third,  to  analyze  the  relationship  between  the  external  control  of  workers  and  their  internal 
motivation.  A  cross-cultural  approach  is  employed  in  the  course.  Offered  bienniallv. 

SOC  303.  Field  of  Social  Work 4  hours 

This  course  wiU  study  and  analyze  the  historical  development  of  social  work  and  social 
work  activities  in  contemporary  societ}'.  Offered  biennially. 

ULP  303.  The  New  American  City 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  problems  and  prospects  of  politics  and 
policymaking  in  the  new  American  cit}'  and  its  environs.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  political 
and  sociological  significance  of  a  number  of  the  factors  that  characterize  this  new  development, 
including  the  extremes  of  wealth  and  povert\',  the  mix  of  racial  and  ethnic  groups,  and  die 
oppormnities  and  challenges  provided  by  progress  in  transportation  and  technology.  Offered 
biennially. 


190 


SOC  304.  Methods  of  Social  Work 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  study  of  the  methods  used  in  contemporary  social  work.  Offered 
biennially.  Prerequisite:   SOC  303. 

SOC  305.  Film  and  Society 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  help  students  analyze  and  interpret  films  from  the 
perspectives  of  social  theory.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  exploring  visions  of  the  self  and 
society  in  a  variety  of  film  genres,  including  mysteries,  comedies,  film  noir,  westerns,  musicals,  etc. 
Films  studied  in  recent  classes  include  Citizen  Kane,  \-^ertigo,  The  Maltese  Falcon,  R£d  River,  Cabaret, 
and  others.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  306.  Race,  Ethnicity,  and  Immigration 4  hours 

This  course  treats  contemporary  ethnic  relations  and  the  history  of  immigration  in  the 
United  States.  It  considers  the  role  of  markets,  government  policy,  and  culture  in  the  formation 
of  ethnic  identity'  and  the  well  being  of  ethnic  groups.  7\lthough  the  chief  concern  is  with  the 
United  States,  a  comparative  approach  is  taken.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  307.  EUtes  and  Inequality 4  hours 

An  examination  is  made  in  this  course  of  the  social  stratification  of  privileges  and 
deprivations  in  contemporary  societies,  focusing  on  the  distribution  of  wealth,  status,  and  power. 
The  course  studies  social  stratification  historically  and  comparatively,  the  American  upper,  middle, 
and  lower  classes,  institutionalized  power  elites,  race  and  gender  stratification,  status  systems,  and 
economic  inequalit}^.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  308.  Culture  and  Society 4  hours 

A  study  of  the  dynamics  of  traditional,  modern,  and  postmodern  cultures  that  focuses 
on  the  analysis  of  symbolic  forms  and  boundaries,  social  memory,  ceremonies  and  rituals,  bodily 
habits,  cultural  elites,  and  cultural  revolutions.  Special  attention  is  given  to  "culture  wars,"  the 
impact  of  mass  media,  and  postmodernism  in  contemporary  societies.  The  course  is  comparative 
in  approach.  Offered  bienniallv 

SOC  309.  Religion  and  Society 4  hours 

This  course  will  examine  religion  as  a  social  institution,  its  internal  development, 
relationship  to  other  institutions,  and  its  cultural  and  social  significance  in  modern  and  traditional 
societies.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  conflict  between  spirit  and  institution  in 
Christianit)';  the  rise  and  decline  of  denominationalism;  contemporary  forms  of  spiritualit}-;  the 
modern  psychologization  of  religion,  and  the  comparative  study  of  religions.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  401.  Nations  and  NationaUsm 4  hours 

This  course  examines  the  rise  and  persistence  of  nation-states  and  nationalism  in  the 
modern  world.  Theories  of  nationalism,  nationalist  visions,  and  case  studies  of  particular  nations, 
including  France,  Germany,  and  Russia  will  be  covered.  Topics  to  be  addressed  include  radical 
nationalism  (for  example,  Nazism  and  Fascism),  problems  of  national  "self-determination," 
Zionism,  and  the  fall  of  Communism. 


191 


SOC  402.  Field  Experience  in  Social  Work 16  hours 

Students  concentrating  in  social  work  spend  a  semester  in  social  work  agencies  in  the 
Adanta  area  for  on-the-job  practicum  experience.  Successful  field  placements  have  been  made  in 
a  variety  of  settings  in  recent  years,  including  Wesley  Woods  Health  Center,  West  Paces  Ferry 
Hospital,  and  Adanta  shelters  for  the  homeless.  Prerequisites:  SOC  303,  permission  of  the 
academic  advisor  and  faculty  supervisor,  and  signature  of  the  Director  of  Career  Services. 

SOC  403.  Sociological  Theory 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  classical  and  contemporary  theory  with  an  emphasis  upon  the 
latter.  Contemporary  theories  covered  usually  include  utilitarian  individualism  (sociobiology, 
exchange  theory,  and  rational-choice  theory),  communitarianism,  civil  societ}^  theor}'^,  critical 
theory,  and  post-modernism.  Offered  biennially. 

SOC  404.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology 4  hours 

A  seminar  providing  examination  and  discussion  of  various  topics  on  contemporary'  and 
historical  interest  in  sociology.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

SOC  405.  Internship  in  Sociology 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity,'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult}'  super\asor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  \X  ritten 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  Hst  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  the 
Gainesville/Hall  Senior  Center,  the  Georgia  Bureau  of  Investigation,  and  the  Parmership  Against 
Domestic  Violence.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of 
the  facult}'  supervisor  and  qualitlcation  for  the  internship  program. 

SOC  406.  Independent  Study  in  Sociology 1-4  hours 

An  intense  study  of  diverse  topics  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the  instructor. 
Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline  of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and 
assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the  division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Mce 
President  prior  to  registration. 

SOC  407.  Internship  in  American  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facuIt^'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  u'ith  die 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  \Xritten 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  \n  extensive  Hst  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactorv 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  facult)'  superx-isor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 


192 


Spanish 

A  student  who  chooses  Spanish  as  a  major  uill  gain  valuable  knowledge,  not  only  about 
the  language,  but  also  about  the  many  unique  and  fascinating  cultures  represented  in  the  Spanish- 
speaking  world.  Like  all  languages  offered  at  Oglethorpe,  the  Spanish  major  is  informed  by  "the 
five  C's":  communication,  cultures,  connections,  comparisons,  and  communities.  These  areas 
represent  the  defined  goals  of  the  National  Standards  for  Foreign  Language  Learning. 

The  journey  toward  a  Spanish  major  begins  with  a  thorough  emphasis  on  reading, 
writing,  listening  comprehension,  and  speaking.  These  essential  skills  prepare  the  student  with  the 
foundations  for  communicating  in  diverse  contexts  in  the  Spanish  language.  More  advanced  smdv 
of  Spanish  will  enable  the  student  to  explore  the  treasures  of  Hispanic  prose,  poetry,  drama  and 
cinema,  in  addition  to  the  study  of  colorful  and  intriguing  Hispanic  civilizations  in  Spain,  Africa 
and  Latin  America.  Through  the  course  offerings  in  Spanish,  students  become  more  informed 
about  America's  Latino  and  fiispanic  neighbors,  in  addition  to  becoming  more  functional  global 
citizens. 

Once  students  have  reached  an  adequate  level  of  proficiency  in  Spanish  and  have 
become  familiar  with  Spanish-speaking  populations  and  societies,  they  will  be  ready  to 
complement  their  classroom  studies  with  full-immersion  study  abroad  opportunities.  As  an 
invaluable  component  of  the  Spanish  major,  students  are  required  to  study  and  live  in  a  Spanish- 
speaking  country  for  a  semester  during  the  academic  year  following  the  completion  of  an  initial 
sequence  of  courses  taken  in  the  program.  Most  majors  choose  to  study  at  one  of  a  number  of 
parmer  institutions  such  as  the  Universidad  de  Belgrano  (Argentina),  the  Universidad  de  San 
Francisco  de  Quito  (Ecuador)  or  at  the  Instituto  Tecnologico  y  de  Estudios  Superiores  de 
Occidente  (Mexico).  In  addition,  for  the  adventurous  student,  there  are  many  other  creative  study 
abroad  options  available,  all  of  which  can  be  discussed  with  student  advisors.  Native  speakers  of 
Spanish  are  in\'ited  to  complete  the  12-semester  hour  requirements  of  studv  abroad  in  courses  at 
Oglethorpe  or  through  cross  registration  at  one  of  the  Adanta  Regional  Consortium  for  Pligher 
Education  (ARCHE)  institutions. 

Many  students  who  complete  the  Spanish  major  at  Oglethorpe  go  on  to  carry  out 
graduate  programs  at  other  institutions  in  Spanish  language  and  literature,  linguistics,  Hispanic 
cultural  studies,  or  International  Relations.  Other  graduates  from  the  program  become  Spanish 
instructors  or  find  opportunities  in  corporate  or  non-profit  organizations,  where  thev  continue  to 
apply  their  language  skills  and  global  experiences.  Students  are  also  in\nted  to  combine  a  double 
major  in  Spanish  with  other  disciplines,  a  combination  which  greatiy  enhances  student 
marketabUit}'  after  graduation. 

Ail  smdents  with  pre\ious  study  or  experience  in  Spanish  must  take  a  language 
placement  examination.  Thev  will  be  placed  in  the  course  sequence  according  to  their  competence. 
Under  no  circumstance  should  students  with  past  experience  in  Spanish  place  themselves  in 
courses,  especially  at  the  elementary  level.  Students  are  not  eligible  to  enroll  in  elementary  and 
intermediate  courses  in  their  native  languages. 


193 


Major 

Students  who  major  in  Spanish  must  first  complete  the  following  requirements: 
SPN  201    Intermediate  Spanish 
SPN  301    Advanced  Spanish 
SPN  302  Introducdon  to  Hispanic  Literature 

Students  will  then  complete  a  semester  in  an  approved  study  abroad  program,  which 
should  include  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours.  Returning  students  must  complete  three  upper- 
level  (300  or  400)  courses  in  Spanish. 

Elementary  French  I  or  equivalent  as  determined  through  the  French  placement  test  is 
also  required.  It  is  recommended  that  this  requirement  be  completed  during  the  student's  first  tu'o 
years. 

The  degree  awarded  is  the  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
Minor 

A  minor  in  Spanish  consists  of  the  following  requirements: 
SPN  201    Intermediate  Spanish 
Three  upper-level  courses  (300  or  400) 

Certain  of  these  requirements  may  be  met  through  an  approved  study  abroad  program. 

SPN  101,  SPN  102.  Elementary  Spanish  I,  II 4  plus  4  hours 

These  courses  are  an  introduction  to  understanding,  speaking,  reading,  and  writing 
Spanish.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  acquiring  a  foundation  in  basic  grammar  as  well  as  on 
listening  comprehension  and  spoken  Spanish  through  class  activities,  tapes,  and  videos. 
Prerequisite:   None  for  SPN  101;  SPN  101  required  for  SPN  102,  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  201.  Intermediate  Spanish , 4  hours 

This  course  is  intended  to  review  basic  grammar  and  develop  more  complex  patterns  of 
written  and  spoken  Spanish.  Short  compositions,  readings  from  Spanish  and  Spanish-American 
literature  and  class  discussions  require  active  use  of  students'  acquired  knowledge  of  Spanish  and 
form  the  basis  for  the  expansion  of  vocabulary  and  oral  expression.  Prerequisite:  SPN  102  or 
placement  by  testing. 

SPN  301.  Advanced  Spanish 4  hours 

TWs  course  is  designed  to  improve  students'  skiUs  to  a  sophisticated  level  at  which  they 
are  able  to  discuss  and  express  opinions  in  both  oral  and  written  form.  Readings  of  essays  and 
short-stories  as  well  as  film  viewing  in  Spanish  are  used  as  the  basis  for  discussion,  introduction 
to  cultural  issues,  and  written  expression.  Frequent  writing  assignments.  Prerequisite:  SPN  20 lor 
placement  by  testing. 

SPN  302.  Introduction  to  Hispanic  Literature 4  hours 

This  course  offers  an  introduction  to  literary  analysis  based  on  a  rigorous  program,  of 
readings  from  Spanish  and  Spanish  American  Literatures.  It  is  a  skills-building  course  that 
familiarizes  students  with  the  lexicon  of  literary  criticism  in  Spanish  and  trains  diem  to  be  active 
readers  of  Hispanic  literature.  Students  read  and  analyze  (orally  and  in  writing)  representative 
works  of  the  four  fundamental  genres  of  literature:  Narrative,  Poetry,  Drama,  and  Essay.  Taught 
in  Spanish.  Prerequisite:   SPN  301  or  placement  by  testing. 


194 


SPN  305.  Spanish  for  International  Relations  and  Business 4  hours 

In  this  course  students  will  learn  vocabulary  appropriate  to  the  world  of  international 
relations  and  business  in  order  to  understand  both  oral  and  written  material  on  relevant  issues. 
Students  will  read  and  discuss  articles  and  newspapers  in  Spanish  and  explore  common  cross- 
cultural  clashes  and  misunderstandings  in  order  to  improve  intercultural  communications  as  a 
means  of  succeeding  in  the  global  marketplace.  When  possible,  there  will  be  Spanish-speaking 
guests  from  the  diplomatic  and  business  communides  of  Adanta.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite: 
SPN  301  or  placement  by  testing. 

SPN  401.  Special  Topics  in  Hispanic  Languages,  Literatures, 

and  Cultures 4  hours 

This  course  provides  the  opportunit}^  to  study  particular  aspects  of  the  languages, 
literatures  and  cultures  of  Spain,  Spanish  America  or  United  States  Hispanic  communities  not 
covered  in  the  other  courses.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  as  course  content  changes. 
Prerequisite:   SPN  301. 

SPN  403.  Political  Issues  in  Spanish  American  Literature  and  Film 4  hours 

The  social  and  political  upheavals  that  took  place  in  several  Spanish  American  countries 
during  the  20*  century  spawned  the  development  of  a  rich  literary  and  cinematic  corpus.  This 
course  wiU  examine  part  of  that  corpus  in  its  historical  and  cultural  context  and  how  political 
issues  are  aesthetically  elaborated  in  fiction,  poetry,  essay  and  film.  Among  the  topics  to  be 
studied  are  revolution,  testimony,  exile,  and  the  Other  as  a  figure  of  resistance.  Taught  in  Spanish. 
Prerequisite:   SPN  302. 

SPN  404.  Discourse  of  Golden-age  Spain 4  hours 

In  this  course,  students  will  analyze  Golden-age  Spanish  societ}'  through  the  literature 
produced  during  the  16*  and  17*  centuries,  the  two  epochs  that  encompass  the  Spanish  Siglos  de 
Oro.  Studied  texts  will  reveal  a  young  Spain  altogether  confident  about  its  present,  at  times 
insecure  about  its  future,  and  frequ.endy  ambivalent  about  its  diverse  past.  Prerequisite:  SPN  302. 

SPN  405.  20*-Century  Spanish  American  Literature 4  hours 

This  is  a  study  of  Spanish  American  literature  from  the  1930s  to  the  present,  focusing 
on  its  departure  from  the  Realist  tradition  and  its  adoption  of  experimentation,  self-reflection, 
parod};  magical  realism  or  the  fantastic.  Modern  and  post-modern  trends  will  be  examined. 
Readings  include  fiction  by  Borges,  Fuentes,  Cortazar,  Garcia  Marquez,  and  Puig.  Taught  in 
Spanish.  Prerequisite:   SPN  302. 

SPN  410.  The  Development  of  Latin  American  Cultures 4  hours 

This  course  introduces  students  to  the  diverse  cultural  heritage  of  Latin  America  pajdng 
special  attention  to  the  impact  and  consequences  of  the  encounter  between  European,  Native  and 
African  cultures  in  art,  politics,  and  religion.  Ivlanifestations  of  culmral  syncretism  and  diversit}' 
from  the  times  of  the  Spanish  conquest  and  colonization  to  the  post-colonial  polemics  of  cultural 
identit}'  will  be  examined.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite:   SPN  302. 


195 


Theatre 

Students  majoring  in  theatre  concentrate  their  efforts  in  the  areas  of  performance  and 
directing.  Additional  courses  in  theatre  history  and  stagecraft,  combined  with  Oglethorpe's 
internship  program,  offer  a  study  in  theatre  that  is  interactive  in  approach  and  broad  in  scope.  The 
department's  unique  relationship  with  the  Georgia  Shakespeare  Festival  also  provides  qualified 
students  with  performance  oppormnities  unparalleled  by  any  school  in  the  region.  Those  entering 
Oglethorpe  with  a  background  in  theatre,  as  well  as  students  with  an  interest  but  no  experience, 
wiU  find  ample  opportunities  in  the  theatre  program  to  develop  their  skills  and  expertise. 

The  Oglethorpe  University  theatre  program  is  dedicated  to  presenting  stimulating  and 
enjoyable  theatre  for  audiences  of  all  types  and  ages,  and  integrating  theatre  into  Oglethorpe 
University's  academic  curriculum.  Mounting  five  fuU  productions  per  school  year,  the  program 
pursues  an  artistic  poHcy  that  celebrates  the  diversity  of  its  dramatic  heritage  by  engaging  texts  of 
diverse  periods,  cultures,  and  st}'les.  Through  The  Playmakers  (the  theatre  program's  official 
performance  company),  laboratory  opportunities  are  provided  as  students  and  facult^'  come 
together  to  create  live  performance  events  for  the  campus  communit}'  and  the  city  of  Atianta. 

Major 

Smdents  pursuing  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  are  required  to  complete  the  following 
courses: 

THE  105   Beginning  Characterization 

THE  205   Intermediate  Characterization 

THE  210  Theatre  History  I:  Greeks  to  Restoration 

THE  220  Theatre  History  II:  Renaissance  to  20*  Century 

THE  305  Advanced  Characterization 

THE  310   Stagecraft 

THE  330  Directing  for  the  Stage  I 

THE  340  Directing  for  the  Stage  II 

THE  407   Internship  in  Theatre 
In  addition,  students  must  choose  two  from  among  the  following: 

ENG  202  Shakespeare 

ENG  306   Special  Topics  in  Drama 

THE  320  Special  Topics  in  Theatre 

THE  408   Independent  Study  in  Theatre 

Minor 

A  theatre  minor  serves  as  an  appropriate  complement  to  a  varietA'  of  majors  in 
communications  and  the  humanities.  Smdents  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 

THE  105   Beginning  Characterization 

THE  205   Intermediate  Characterization 

THE  310   Stagecraft 
Students  must  complete  one  of  the  follouing: 

THE  210  Theatre  History  I:  Greeks  to  Restoration 

THE  220  Theatre  History  II:  Renaissance  to  20*  Cenmry 
Students  must  complete  one  from  among  the  following: 

ENG  202  Shakespeare 

ENG  306  Special  Topics  in  Drama 

THE  320  Special  Topics  in  Theatre 

THE  407   Internsliip  in  Theatre 

196 


THE  105.  Beginning  Characterization 4  hours 

This  course  explores  the  physical  and  mental  foundations  necessary  for  successful  stage 
performance.  Students  will  be  expected  to  engage  in  hands-on  exercises,  physical  and  vocal  warm- 
ups,  and  performance  work  (both  individual  and  partnered)  throughout  the  semester.  The  basic 
principles  of  the  Stanislavski  method  will  be  explored  through  stage  combat,  mime,  movement, 
vocalization,  and  contemporary  characterization. 

THE  205.  Intermediate  Characterization 4  hours 

Intermediate  Characterization  is  a  studio  intensive  course  that  explores  the  methods  of 
20*-century  American  acting  teacher  Sanford  Meisner.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
students  with  an  in-depth  understanding  of  his  approach  to  acting,  which  builds  upon  tenets  put 
forth  by  Constandn  Stanislavski.  Meisner's  training  approaches  will  be  uncovered  through 
immersive  studio  exercises,  in-depth  scene  study  assignments,  and  review  and  discussion  of 
Meisner's  seminal  book  Sanford  Meisner  on  Acting,  as  well  as  other  related  literature.  Prerequisite: 
THE  105. 

THE  210.  Theatre  History  I:   Greeks  to  Restoration 4  hours 

An  in-depth  study  of  theatrical  history,  examining  not  only  the  theatrical  literature  of 
particular  periods,  but  the  staging  practices,  costuming,  social  customs  and  performance  st}'les  as 
well.  Periods  covered  include:  Greek,  Roman,  Medieval,  Elizabethan,  and  Restoration. 

THE  220.  Theatre  History  II:   Renaissance  to  20'^  Century 4  hours 

An  in-depth  smdy  of  theatrical  history,  examining  not  only  the  theatrical  literature  of 
particular  periods,  but  the  staging  practices,  costuming,  social  customs  and  performance  sts'les  as 
well.  Periods  and  styles  covered  include:  Renaissance,  Neo-classic,  Sentimental  Comedy,  Domestic 
Tragedy,  Melodrama,  and  Realism. 

THE  305.  Advanced  Characterization 4  hours 

This  course  affords  the  advanced  theatre  student  an  opportunit}'  to  explore  methods 
for  rehearsing  and  performing  texts  written  by  William  Shakespeare.  With  a  focus  on  the 
practical  demands  of  Shakespeare's  language,  the  course  addresses  technical,  stylistic,  historical 
and  interpretive  considerations  as  they  relate  to  the  feat  of  performance.  This  course  builds 
upon  the  student's  understanding  of  Stanislavkian  acting  with  the  assumption  that,  despite 
formal  differences,  Shakespearean  texts  can  be  approached  with  psvchological-reaHst  tactics. 
Prerequisite:   THE  205. 

THE  310.  Stagecraft 4  hours 

Stagecraft  provides  hands-on  experience  and  assignments  designed  to  physically  and 
mentally  engage  the  technician  and  designer.  This  class  will  focus  on  historical  perspective  as  well 
as  individual  research  and  design.  Students  will  be  evaluated  on  the  basis  of  a  mid-term 
examination,  written  assignments,  the  completion  of  a  minimum  number  of  practicum  hours  and 
a  final  design  project. 

THE  320.  Special  Topics  in  Theatre 4  hours 

This  course  will  be  a  study  of  a  selected  topic  in  theatre  and/or  film,  such  as  Feminist 
Theatre,  Shakespeare  in  Performance,  Gender  in  Performance,  The  Hero  in  American  FUm,  or 
Holl}'wood's  Treatment  of  Women.  Prerequisite:   THE  105  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 


197 


THE  330.  Directing  for  the  Stage  I 4  hours 

This  course  offers  the  intermediate  to  advanced  theatre  student  an  opportunity'  to 
explore  the  foundations  of  directing  texted  material  for  live  theatrical  performance.  The  primary 
focus  of  this  course  will  be  on  experiential  learning  rather  than  abstract  study.  The  course  provides 
practical  experience  with  the  three  preparatory  phases  of  directing:  research,  analysis  and 
conceptualization.  Prerequisite:  THE  205. 

THE  340.  Directing  for  the  Stage  II 4  hours 

This  course  serves  as  the  studio  practicum  for  Directing  for  the  Stage  I,  culminating  in 
performances  staged  as  part  of  the  Oglethorpe  Universit}'  theatre  season.  The  work  of  individual 
students  will  be  scheduled  accordingly.  All  student  work  will  be  evaluated  by  a  faculty  panel. 
Prerequisite:  THE  330. 

THE  407.  Internship  in  Theatre 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunit\'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult\'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  Internships  are  available 
at  most  of  the  147  Atianta  Coalition  for  Performing  Arts  member  theatres.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  facult}'  supervisor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 

THE  408.  Independent  Study  in  Theatre 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  smdy  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

Women's  and  Gender  Studies 

Wcjmens  and  Gender  Studies  is  intended  to  introduce  the  smdent  to  the  liistory  of 
women  and  to  the  effects  of  gender  on  the  forms  of  and  approaches  to  disciplinary  study  and 
practice. 

Minor 

Five  courses  must  be  completed,  one  of  which  must  be  either  Introduction  to  Women's 
Studies  —  Theory  or  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  —  History.  Students  must  select  courses 
from  at  least  three  different  disciplines  in  addition  to  courses  identified  as  W GS  courses.  Examples 
of  other  courses  applicable  to  the  minor  are  as  follows: 

CRS  390      Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies: 

Women  in  the  History  of  Rhetoric 
CRS  390      Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies: 

Gender  and  Communication 
ECO  424  Labor  Economics 
ENG  304  Images  of  Women  in  Literature 
ENG  312   Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture:  Gender  and 
Autobiography 


198 


ENG  312   Special  Topics  in  Literature  and  Culture:  Contemporary 

Women  Writers 
ENG  314  Special  Topics  in  Major  British  and  American  Authors:  Jane 

Austen 
PRE  404    Great  French  Actresses  and  Their  Film  Roles 
MUS  430    Special  Topics  in  Music:  Women  in  Music 
PSY  401      Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Gendering  (Social 

Constructions  of  Gender) 
PSY  401      Special  Topics  in  Psychology:  Psychology  of  Women 
SOC201     The  Family 
SPN  401     Special  Topics  in  Hispanic  Languages,  Literatures,  and 

Cultures:  Contemporary  Ladn  American  Women  Writers 
THE  320   Special  Topics  in  Theatre:  Feminist  Theatre 
THE  320  Special  Topics  in  Theatre:  The  Good,  the  Bad,  and  the 

Beautiful  —  Holl}^wood's  Treatment  of  Women 

WGS  301.  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  —  Theory 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  examine  the  diverse  theoretical  approaches  which  have 
evolved  as  scholars  and  activists  have  endeavored  to  incorporate  the  concerns  and  experiences  of 
diverse  groups  of  women  into  dominant  world  \'iews.  The  seminar  will  explore  the  issues  of  race, 
class,  and  gender,  paying  close  attention  to  how  these  variables  affect  the  development  of  women's 
identities  and  relationships. 

WGS  302.  Introduction  to  Women's  Studies  —  History 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  history  of  feminism.  By  examining  a  wide 
range  of  texts,  this  seminar  will  investigate  the  development  of  ideas,  which  have  come  to  be 
recognized  as  feminist-womanist  and  the  discipline  that  has  developed  into  women's  studies  in  the 
context  of  Western  civilization.  Included  will  be  Raine  Eisler's  The  Chalice  and  the  Blade,  which 
examines  the  position  on  women  in  the  beginnings  of  civilization,  Mary  Wollstonecrafts's 
Vindication  of  the  Rights  of  Women  (1792),  Mary  Beard's  Women  as  a  Force  in  History,  De  Beauvoir's 
The  Second  Sex,  Susan  Faludi's  Backlash,  and  Ellen  Carol  Dubois's  Unequal  Sisters:  A  Multi-Cultural 
Reader  in  U.S.  Women's  Histo/y. 

WGS  303.  The  Literature  and  History  of  Immigrant  and  Minority  Women 

in  America 4  hours 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  explore  the  experiences  of  immigrant  and  minorit}' 
women  in  North  America  from  the  interdisciplinary  perspectives  of  history,  literature,  and 
women's  studies.  Through  extensive  reading,  discussion,  and  research  this  seminar  will  attempt  to 
recapture  women's  sense  of  their  own  identities  in  relation  to  the  dominant  ideologies  of  race, 
class,  and  gender. 

WGS  304.  Women  Poets 4  hours 

This  course  is  a  survey  of  poetry  by  women,  from  ancient  Chinese,  Persian,  and  others 
in  translation,  to  medieval  Irish  and  Renaissance  English,  to  19*-  and  20*-century  Americans,  as 
well  as  Eastern  Europeans  and  Latin  Americans  in  translation.  Included  will  be  several  recent 
poets  such  as  Gwendolyn  Brooks,  Adrienne  Rich,  and  Mary  Oliver  in  order  to  discover  what 
themes,  images,  and  attitudes  seem  to  emerge  from  the  works.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR 
102. 


199 


WGS  305.  Special  Topics  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 4  hours 

This  course  is  intended  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  study  of  women  and  gender. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  intersection  of  gender  with  the  epistemological  foundations  of 
other  disciplines,  and  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  study  of  gender.  Courses  are  not  limited 
to,  for  example,  Southern  Women's  Literature  and  History,  but  will  often  be  under  the  same  rubric 
of  other  disciplines  such  as  are  listed  under  the  requirements  of  the  minor. 

WGS  400.  Independent  Study  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 1-4  hours 

Supervised  research  on  a  selected  topic.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration. 

FRE  404.  Great  French  Actresses  and  Their  Film  Roles 4  hours 

This  course  will  study  French  film  actresses  and  their  roles  in  an  attempt  to  understand 
better  the  simation  of  women  in  France  during  the  last  half  of  the  20*  cenmry.  Readings  from 
The  Second  Sex  by  Simone  de  Beauvoir,  written  at  the  outset  of  the  period  in  question,  provide  a 
counterpoint  to  the  cinematic  fiction.  Actresses  smdied  may  include  Isabelle  Adjani,  Arlett}', 
Fanny  Ardant,  Brigitte  Bardot,  Juliette  Binoche,  Sandrine  Bonaire,  Catherine  Deneuve,  Isabelle 
Huppert,  Miou-Miou,  Romy  Scheider,  and  Simone  Signoret.  The  course  is  conducted  in  English. 
Students  may  take  the  course  as  part  of  a  French  major  or  minor  and  complete  readings,  tests,  and 
written  work  in  French.  Prerequisite:  None  for  work  in  English,  FRE  302  for  work  in  French. 

WGS  407.  Internship  in  Women's  and  Gender  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  oppormnit\'  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  facult}'  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  Written 
work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of 
internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  facult}'  supervisor  and  qualification  for  the  internship 
program. 


200 


Writing 

Minor 

The  writing  minor  offers  two  options:  an  eclectic  selection  of  writing  courses;  or,  a 
literary  writing  focus. 

The  eclectic  option  encourages  students  to  learn  several  kinds  of  writing  according  to 
their  interests.  This  option  is  open  to  all  students  except  those  pursuing  a  minor  or  major  in 
Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies.  The  eclectic  option  consists  of  five  courses  beyond 
Narratives  of  the  Self  I  and  II,  one  of  which  may  be  an  internship: 

ARC   201     Seminar  for  Student  Tutors  (must  be  taken  four  times  to 

constitute  one  writing  minor  course) 
CRS  220       Investigative  Writing 
CRS  221       Persuasive  Writing 
CRS  240      Journalism 

CRS  340       Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions 
CRS  401       Internship  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Smdies  (writing- 
intensive  internship  supervised  by  communication  and 
rhetoric  studies  faculty  member) 
ENG  230    Creative  Writing 
ENG  231     Biography  and  Autobiography 
ENG  330    Writing  Poetry 

ENG  331     Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 
ENG  401     Internship  in  English  (writing-intensive  internship 

supervised  by  English  faculty  member) 
WRI  381       Independent  Smdy  in  Writing 
WRI391      Special  Topics  in  Writing 

A  second  option  is  a  literary  writing  focus  in  which  students  write  poetry,  tlction, 
nonfiction,  and  other  genres  that  may  be  offered  under  Special  Topics  in  Writing  or  Independent 
Study  in  Writing.  Students  majoring  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies  may  take  only  this 
option  for  the  writing  minor,  provided  that  no  course  is  used  both  for  the  communication  and 
rhetoric  studies  major  and  the  literary  writing  option.  The  writing  minor  with  focus  on  Literary 
writing  consists  of  five  of  the  following  courses,  one  of  which  may  be  an  internship: 

ENG  230     Creative  Writing 

ENG  231     Biography  and  Autobiography 

ENG  330    Writing  Poetry 

ENG  331     Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 

ENG  401     Internship  in  English 

WRI  381       Independent  Smdy  in  Writing 

WRI  391      Special  Topics  in  Writing 

ARC  201.  Seminar  for  Student  Tutors 1  hour 

Peer  tutors  at  the  Academic  Resource  Center  spend  two  hours  per  week  assisting  other 
smdents,  individually  or  in  groups,  with  course  material,  papers,  and  preparation  for  examinations. 
In  addition,  they  participate  in  support  and  training  meetings  with  the  ARC  directors  and  with 
instructors  of  the  courses  in  which  they  mtor.  They  discuss  how  to  work  with  texts  in  different 
disciplines,  encourage  smdy  group  members  to  help  each  other  learn,  and  foster  smdent 
engagement  with  and  assimilation  of  course  content.  Graded  on  a  satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  instructor  and  Associate  Provost  for  Smdent  Achievement. 


201 


CRS  220.  Investigative  Writing , 4  hours 

This  expository  writing  course  is  designed  to  develop  research  and  writing  skills. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  learning  a  wide  range  of  library  and  Internet-based  research  techniques  and 
purposefully  presenting  information  to  a  variety  of  audiences  in  appropriate  format  and  st}'le. 
Students  will  be  asked  to  define  their  own  investigative  projects,  and  to  analyze  and  revise  their 
own  writing.  This  course  is  recommended  for  freshmen  and  sophomores.  Prerequisite:  COR  101. 

CRS  221.  Persuasive  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  designed  to  develop  sophisticated  strategies  of  persuasion  for  analyzing 
and  generating  arguments  responsive  to  targeted  audiences  in  a  variety  of  contexts,  including  ci\ic, 
professional,  and  academic.  Students  will  learn  both  classical  and  contemporary  strategies  of 
persuasion.  Emphasis  will  be  on  presenting  clear,  coherent,  and  logical  arguments.  Students  will 
be  asked  to  define  their  own  projects  within  assigned  contexts.  Smdents  will  evaluate  their  own 
and  others'  writing  to  enable  the  revision  process.  This  course  is  open  to  sophomores,  juniors,  and 
seniors  only.  It  is  offered  in  the  fall  semester.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  230.  Creative  Writing 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  writing  poetry  and  prose  fiction.  The  smdent  will  be 
asked  to  submit  substantial  written  work  each  week,  keep  a  journal,  and  read  published  writers. 
Much  class  time  will  be  spent  discussing  student  and  published  work.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and 
COR  102. 

ENG  231.  Biography  and  Autobiography 4  hours 

This  course  is  an  introduction  to  biographical  and  autobiographical  writing  with  practice 
in  the  personal  narrative  as  well  as  other  forms  such  as  the  profile  and  the  interview.  Students  will 
submit  substantial  written  work  each  week  and  keep  a  journal.  The  class  uiU  follow  a  workshop 
format,  discussing  the  smdents'  and  published  work.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

CRS  240.  Journalism 4  hours 

This  course  teaches  the  fundamentals  of  journalistic  news  writing  and  reporting.  From 
interviews  to  the  Internet,  smdents  will  learn  how  to  gather  information  from  a  variet\"  of  sources 
and  write  stories  using  different  types  of  leads,  endings,  and  strucmres.  They  will  also  engage  in  a 
critique  of  today's  journalistic  practices.  This  course  is  offered  in  the  fall  semester.  Prerequisites: 
COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  330.  Writing  Poetry 4  hours 

In  weekly  assignments  smdents  will  try  free  verse  and  various  forms  in  the  effort  to 
discover  and  to  embody  more  and  more  truly  what  they  have  to  say.  Much  time  uiU  be  spent 
reading  published  poets,  responding  to  smdent  work  in  class,  and  trying  to  generate  language  that 
reveals  rather  than  explains  intangible  "meanings."  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and  COR  102. 

ENG  331.  Writing  Prose,  Fiction,  and  Nonfiction 4  hours 

Students  will  get  instruction  and  substantial  practice  in  writing  fictional  and 
nontlctional  prose  which  aims  at  getting  what  Henry  James  called  "a  sense  of  felt  life"  onto  the 
page.  The  class  will  follow  a  workshop  format  with  weekly  assignments,  journal  writing,  extensive 
discussion  of  smdent  work,  and  reading  of  published  examples.  Prerequisites:  COR  101  and 
COR  102. 


202 


CRS  340.  Writing  for  Business  and  the  Professions ^ 4  hours 

A  course  for  students  who  have  mastered  the  basic  skills  and  insights  of  writing  and 
who  wish  to  improve  their  ability  to  write  clear,  concise,  persuasive  prose  designed  for  audiences 
in  business  and  the  professions.  Students  are  required  to  write  a  variety  of  texts,  such  as  proposals, 
progress  reports,  recommendation  reports,  and  manuals.  Other  elements  of  the  course  may 
include  oral  presentations.  Prerequisite:   CRS  220,  CRS  221,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

WRI  381.  Independent  Study  in  Writing 1-4  hours 

Supervised  independent  writing  project.  Prerequisite:  Submission  of  a  proposed  outline 
of  study  that  includes  a  schedule  of  meetings  and  assignments  approved  by  the  instructor,  the 
division  chair,  and  the  Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President  prior  to  registration.  The  student  must 
be  pursuing  a  minor  in  writing  or  a  major  in  communication  and  rhetoric  studies. 

WRI  391.  Special  Topics  in  Writing 4  hours 

Study  of  a  selected  topic  in  the  field  of  writing,  such  as  Public  Relations  Writing, 
Scientific  and  Technical  Writing,  Oral  History,  and  The  Art  of  the  Essay.  The  topic  will  vary  from 
year  to  year  and  may  be  offered  by  communication  and  rhetoric  smdies  facult}'  or  English  facult}'. 
Prerequisite  for  special  topics  taken  with  communication  and  rhetoric  smdies  faculty:  CRS  101  or 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

CRS  401.  Internship  in  Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity'  to 
qualified  smdents.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  smdent  to  obtain  a  faculty  super\'isor  in 
the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of  academic 
credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled  meetings  with  the 
faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the  internship.  An 
internship  for  the  writing  minor  must  be  writing  intensive.  Written  work  should  total  five  pages  of 
academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit.  An  extensive  list  of  internships  is  maintained  by  the 
Career  Services  Office,  including  opportunities  at  CNN,  Fox  5,  WSB-TV,  Green  Olive  Media,  and 
The  Atlanta  journal  Constitution.  Smdents  are  strongly  encouraged  to  do  multiple  internships,  but 
only  4-semester  hours  can  be  applied  as  elective  credits  to  the  major.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty'  supervisor  and 
quaUtlcation  for  the  internship  program. 

ENG  401.  Internship  in  English 1-4  hours 

An  internship  is  designed  to  provide  a  formalized  experiential  learning  opportunity  to 
qualified  students.  The  internship  generally  requires  the  student  to  obtain  a  faculty-  super\dsor 
in  the  relevant  field  of  study,  submit  a  learning  agreement,  work  30  hours  for  every  hour  of 
academic  credit,  keep  a  written  journal  of  the  work  experience,  have  regularly  scheduled 
meetings  with  the  faculty  supervisor,  and  write  a  research  paper  dealing  with  some  aspect  of  the 
internship.  Written  work  should  total  five  pages  of  academic  writing  for  every  hour  of  credit. 
An  extensive  list  of  internships  is  maintained  by  the  Career  Services  Office,  including 
opportunities  at  Atlanta  Magai^ine,  The  Knight  Agency,  and  Peachtree  Publishers.  Graded  on  a 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory  basis.  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  the  faculty'  super\'isor  and 
qualification  for  the  internship  program. 


203 


University  College 


Three  of  Oglethorpe's  degrees  —  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies,  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration,  and  Master  of  Business  Administration  —  are  degrees  that  ma}'  be  earned 
in  programs  of  study  offered  through  University  CoUege.  These  distinctive  programs  are  offered 
with  the  working  professional  in  mind.  Information  on  these  programs  is  provided  in  the  University 
College  Bulletin  and  available  from  the  University  College  Office,  located  in  Goodman  Hall. 

Undergraduate  Program 

The  undergraduate  program  within  University'  College  offers  a  curriculum  for  the  adult 
learner  that  builds  on  the  foundation  of  a  liberal  arts  education  and  aims  to  enhance  the  smdent's 
skills  in  critical  thinking,  communication,  and  basic  academic  competencies.  The  underlving  \'ision 
of  the  College  reflects  the  two-fold  philosophical  and  institutional  mission  of  Oglethorpe 
University  and  its  commitment  to  "make  a  life  and  make  a  living."  The  degree  requirements 
include  general  education  requirements  designed  to  assure  that  each  graduate  acquires  a  broad 
comprehensive  liberal  education.  In  addition,  study  in  a  major  field  and  the  integration  of  theorv 
and  practice  provides  educational  experiences  that  develop  the  student's  chosen  career.  The  total 
experience  is  designed  to  be  of  lasting  benefit  as  a  source  for  personal  growth,  professional 
renewal,  and  career  advancement. 

Majors  offered  are:  Accounting  and  Business  Administration,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  degree;  Communications,  History,  Organizational  Management,  and 
Psychology,  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Liberal  Studies. 

Traditional  undergraduate  students  may  take  Universit}'  CoUege  courses  with  written 
permission  of  their  advisors  and  the  Universit)^  CoUege  administration.  Traditional  students  who 
take  University  CoUege  courses  are  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  set  forth  in  the  University 
College  Bulletin. 

Graduate  Program 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  Master  of  Business  Administration  program  is  to 
provide  graduates  with  the  expertise  necessary  to  become  effective,  professional  leaders  and 
managers  in  business  and  non-business  organizations.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  help  smdents 
acquire  an  understanding  of  the  context  in  which  modern  organizations  operate,  a  knowledge  of 
the  content  of  management  operations,  and  an  appreciation  of  the  interrelationships  involved. 
The  smdent  wiU  have  an  understanding  of  the  economic,  poUtical,  and  social  en\'ironments  in 
which  organizations  operate,  domesticaUy  and  internationaUy,  and  the  behavioral  skiUs  that  are 
essential  in  the  modern  organizational  environment. 


204 


Board  of  Trustees 


The  University  is  under  the  control  and  direction  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  Among 
the  responsibilities  of  the  Board  are  establishing  broad  institutional  policies,  contributing  and 
securing  financial  resources  to  support  adequately  the  institutional  goals,  and  selecting  the 
President. 


Officers 


Warren  Y.  Jobe 
Chair 


Harald  R.  Hansen 

Treasurer 


Belle  Turner  Lynch 

Vice  Chair/  Chair  Elect 


Susan  M.  Soper  '69 
Secretary 


Trustees 


G.  Douglass  Alexander  '68 
President 
Alexander  Haas  Martin  and  Partners 

Yetty  L.  Arp  '68 
Associate  Broker 
Southeast  Commercial  Properties 

A.  Diane  Baker  '77  (ex-officio) 
Attorney  at  l^w 
Atianta 

Kenneth  S.  Chestnut 
Principal 
The  Integral  Group  LLC 

Milton  C.  Clipper 

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Public  Broadcasting  Atianta 

Charles  G  DeNormandie  II,  CFP  '96 
Senior  Financial  Advisor 
American  Express  Financial  Advisors  Inc. 
IDS  Life  Insurance  Company 


William  A.  Emerson 

Retired  Senior  l-lce  President 
Merrill  Lynch  Pierce,  Fenner 

and  Smith 
St.  Petersburg,  Florida 

Norman  P.  Findley 

Executive  I  "ice  President,  Aiarketing 
Coca-Cola  Enterprises  Inc. 

Lewis  J.  Glenn  '71 

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Harry  Norman  Realtors 

Joel  Goldberg 
President 
The  Rich  Foundation 

William  R.  GoodeU 
President 
The  Robertson  Foundation 

Jack  Guynn 

President  and  Chief  Exemtive  Officer 
Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Atianta 


205 


James  J.  Hagelow  '69 

Managing  Director 
Marsh  USA  Inc. 


Stephen  E.  Malone  '73 
First  Vice  President 
Merrill  Lynch 


Harald  R.  Hansen 

Retired  Chairman,  President,  and 

Chief  Executive  Officer 
First  Union  Corporation  of  Georgia 

James  V.  Hartlage  Jr.  '65 
President 
Accumetric  Inc. 

Trishanda  L.  Hinton  '96 
A-ttornej 
King  &  Spalding  LLP 

W.  Jephtha  Hogan  '72  (ex-officio) 
First  Vice  President  Investments 
Salomon  Smith  Barney  Inc. 

Kenneth  K.  Hutchinson  '78 
Dentist 
Snellville,  Georgia 

Warren  Y.  Jobe 

Retired  Executive  T  Ice  President 
Georgia  Power  Company 

David  L.  Kolb 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief 

Executive  Officer 
Mohawk  Industries  Inc. 

Larry  D.  Large  (ex-officio) 
President 
Oglethorpe  University 

Roger  A.  LitteU  '68 

Investment  Management  and  Trust  Consultant 
Northwestern  Mutual  Trust  Company 

Belle  Turner  Lynch  '61 
Adanta 

Clare  (Tia)  Magbee  '56 
Adanta 


E.R.  Mitchell  Jr. 

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
E.R.  Mitchell  and  Company 

Bob  T.  Nance  '63 
President 
Nance  Carpet  and  Rug  Company  Inc. 

R.  D.  Odom 

President 

BellSouth  Network  Operations 

John  J.  Scalley 

Retired  Executive  I'^ice  President 
Genuine  Parts  Company 

Laura  Turner  Seydel  '86 
Trustee 
The  Turner  Foundation 

O.K.  Sheffield  '53 
Retired  I  Ice  President 
BankSouth,  N.A. 

Arnold  B.  Sidman 
Of  Counsel 

Chamberlain,  HrdUcka,  VCTiite, 
WiUiams  and  Martin 

Susan  M.  Soper  '69 

Communications:  Editing,  Writing, 

Consulting 
Adanta 

Timothy  P.  Tassopoulos  '81 

Senior  T  Ice  President  of  Operations 
Chick-fd-A  Inc. 


206 


Trustees  Emeriti 


FrankJin  L.  Burke  '66 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief 

Executive  Officer 
Bank  South,  N.A. 

Elmo  I.  Ellis 

Retired  l-^ice  President 

Cox  Broadcasting  Corporation 

George  E.  Goodwin 

Retired  Senior  Counselor 
Manning,  Selvage  and  Lee 

C.  Edward  (Ned)  Hansell 
Retired  Senior  Counselor 
Jones,  Day,  Reavis  and  Pogue 

Arthur  Howell 

Retired  Senior  Partner 
Alston  and  Bird 

J.  Smith  Lanier 

Retired  Chairman  and  Chief 

Executive  Officer 
J.  Smith  Lanier  and  Company 

James  P.  McLain 
Attorney 
McLain  and  Merritt,  P.C. 

Stephen  J.  Schmidt  '40 

Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Dixie  Seal  and  Stamp  Company 


207 


President's 
Advisory  Council 


The  President's  Advisory  Council  is  composed  of  business  and  professional  leaders. 
The  group  provides  a  means  of  two-way  communication  with  the  community'  and  serves  as  an 
advisory  group  for  the  President  of  the  University. 


Officers 


William  J.  Hogan 

Chair 


Raymond  S.  Willoch 

Vice  Chair 


Members 


Joselyn  Buder  Baker  '91 
Public  Affairs  Consultant 
Dowling,  Langley,  Ahmann 

Rowland  Cocks 

Chief  Operating  Officer 
Noble  Properties  Inc. 

Mona  Diamond 
Director 
ASLAN,  LLL 
Business  Development  and  Trade 

Paul  L.  Dillingham  (ex-officio) 
Ketired  Senior  Advancement  Officer 
Oglethorpe  University 

Harry  S.  Feldman  '75 
Chief  Executive  Officer 
Daycon  Products 
Upper  Marlboro,  Maryland 

Donna  C.  Findling  '96 
Regional  District  Manager 
Subaru  of  America 

Kevin  D.  Fitzpatrick  Jr.  '78 
Attorney 
Airline  Pilots  Association 


Marion  B.  Glover 
President 
Glover  Capital  Inc. 

Kenneth  R  Gould  '85 
President 
Kenneth  P.  Gould  and  Company  Inc. 

WiUiam  J.  (fep)  Hogan  '72 
First  \  "ice  President  Investment 
Salomon  Smith  Barney  Inc. 

Veronica  Holmes  '02 
Adanta 

Shane  Hornbuckle  '92 
Vice  President 
Van  Winkle  General  Contractors 

Robert  M.  Kane  '81 

r  'ice  President  of  Finance 
Southwire  Company 

Gail  Lynn  '77 
Vice  President 
Bank  of  America 


208 


Jin  Matsumoto  '74 

Senior  l^ice  President/  General 

Manager 
Mitsubishi  International  Corporation 

John  O.  MitcheU 
Retired  President 
Mitchell  Motors  Inc. 

WilUam  T.  MuUaUy  '02 

Senior  Vice  President  —  Investments 
Synovus  Securities 

Samuel  H.  Pettway 
Founding  Director 
BoardWalk  Consulting  LLC 

Thomas  W.  Phillips,  M.D.  '63 

Physician 
Atianta 

Brian  Sass  '84 

Chief  Executive  Officer 
BCS  Ventures  LLC 

Horace  E.  Shuman  '80 
Branch  Manager 
1  St  Metropolitan  Mortgage 

Scott  Sloan  '76 
President 
National  MegaForce  LLC 

Cathy  Appling  Vinson  '92 
Immigration  Attorney 
Atianta 

Raymond  S.  Willoch  '80 

Senior  Vice  President  Administration 

General  Counsel  and  Secretary 
Interface  Inc. 


209 


National  Alumni  Association 
Board  of  Directors 

As  the  primary  representatives  of  Oglethorpe  University's  alumni  body,  the  National 
Alumni  Association  Board  of  Directors  works  closely  with  the  Alumni  Office  to  achieve  the 
Association's  goal  of  establishing  and  encouraging  an  active  and  involved  alumni  network.  The 
purpose  of  this  network  is  to  build  mutually  beneficial  relationships  between  alumni,  students, 
and  the  University,  demonstrating  that  the  student  experience  is  just  the  beginning  of  a  lifelong 
relationship  with  Oglethorpe. 

President 

A.  Diane  Baker  '77 

Attorney  at  Lmw 


Directors 


William  C.  Aitken  '64 
Psychologist 

East  Virginia  Medical  School 
Virginia  Beach,  Virginia 

Brooke  N.  Bourdelat- Parks  '95 
FIRST  Postdoctoral  Fellow 
Emory  University 

Michael  A.  Burke  '83 

Interim  Chief  of  Mental  Health 
Emory  School  of  Medicine 

Laura  K.  Fowler  '84 
Public  Affairs  Specialist 
US  Environmental  Protection  Agency 

John  E.  Harms  '58 

Retired  Colonel,  United  States 

Marine  Corps 
Retired  Educational  Counselor 
Kailua,  Hawaii 

Antonio  V.  Lentini  '87 
Collections  Rjepresentative 
BellSouth  Advertising 


Lori  Green  LeRoy  '95 
Media  Relations  Consultant 
Roche  Diagnostic 
Indianapolis,  Indiana 

Mary  Louise  MacNeil  '51 
Retired  Research  Chemist 
Centers  for  Disease  Control  and 
Prevention 

Scott  M.  McKelvey  '91 
Controller 
Dynamix  Group  Inc. 

J.  Anthony  Paredes  '61 
Cultural  Anthropologist 
National  Park  Service  —  Soudieast 
Region 

David  R.  Pass  '98 

Director  of  Fund  Development 

and  Volunteers 
Bobby  Dodd  Institute 

Anita  Stevenson  Patterson  '97 

Associate  Director  of  Banking  Relations 
BellSouth  Corporation 


210 


David  M.  Ross  '93 

Copy  Editor 
Ernst  &  Young 

Eric  Scharff  '63 

Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Razzi  Ground  Effects 

Joseph  P.  Shelton  '91 
Eahor  Eauyer 
Fisher  &  Phillips  LLP 

Jennifer  Sisco  '96 

Honors  English  Teacher 
Linden  High  School 
Little  Falls,  New  Jersey 

Ex-Officio  Members: 

Christopher  A.  Ballar  '93 

President  of  the  Stormy  Petrel  Bar 

Association 
Attorney  at  Eaw 
Charles  A.  Tingle  Jr.,  PC 

Christian  Y.  Benton 
Faculty  V>£presentative 
Director  of  Accounting  Studies 
Oglethorpe  University 

John  W.  Wuichet  '90 

Immediate  Past  President  of  the  OU 

National  Alumni  Association  Board 
Principal 
Army  Environmental  Policy  Institute 

Senior  Class  President  (each  year) 


211 


The  Faculty 


(Year  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 


Keith  H.  Aufderheide  (1980) 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Wilmington  College 
Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Charles  L.  Baube  (1996) 
Associate  Professor  of  Biology 
B.A.,  Alfred  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  Universit}' 

Christian  Y.  Benton  (1999) 
Director  of  Accounting  Studies 
B.S.,  Universit}'  of  Maryland, 

College  Park 
M.A.,  Webster  University 
C.P.A.,  Maryland,  North  Carolina, 

South  Carolina 

Robert  A.  Blumenthal  (1989) 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
Associate  Provost  for  Academic  Affairs 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

James  A.  Bohart  (1972) 
Professor  of  Music 
B.S.,  M.M.,  Northern  Illinois  University 

William  L.  Brightman  (1975) 
Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington 

Ronald  L.CarUsle  (1985) 
Professor  of  Computer  Science 

and  Mathematics 
Director  of  Computer  Services 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
M.A.,  Atianta  University 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 


Johns.  Carton  (1998) 

Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Robert  B.  Carton  (2001) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  Duke  University 
M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Mario  A.  Chandler  (2001) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish 
B.A.,  Iowa  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Cassandra  C.  Copeland  (1999) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Auburn  University 

John  A.  Cramer  (1980) 
Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Wheaton  College 
M.A.,  Ohio  State  Universit}^ 
Ph.D.,  Texas  AandM  University 

Roarke  E.  DonneUy  (2003) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 
B.A.,  Lawrence  University 
M.S.,  Utah  State  Universit}' 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Washington 

Judith  Lynn  Gieger  (2002) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Education 
B.S.,  Millsaps  College 
M.A.,  M.A.T.,  Duke  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 


212 


Lynn  M.  Guhde  (2004) 

Associate  Professor  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  B.A.,  Slippery  Rock  State  College 
M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Stephen  B.  Herschler  (2001) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Politics 
B.A.,  Princeton  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Bruce  W.  Hetherington  (1980) 
Professor  of  Economics 
B.B.A.  Madison  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute 

Robert  B.  Hornback  (2000) 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin 

Rebecca  C.  Hyman  (1998) 
Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Virginia 

EHzabeth  C.  Johnson  (2000) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 
M.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

Kendra  A.  King  (2003) 
Assistant  Professor  of  Politics 
B.A.  Colby  CoUege 
Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Joseph  M.  Knippenberg  (1 985) 
Professor  of  Politics 
Director  of  Rich  Foundation  Urban 

Eeadership  Program 
Associate  Provost  for  Student 

Achievement 
B.A.,  James  Madison  College  of 

Michigan  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto 


Peter  J.  Kower  (2002) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Arizona  State  Universit}-,  Tempe 

M.I.M.,  American  Graduate  School  of 

International  Management, 

Thunderbird 
M.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  Denver 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus 

Alan  Loehle  (2001) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
M.F.A.,  Universit}'  of  Arizona 

Jay  Lutz  (1988) 
Professor  of  French 
Frances  I.  Eeraerts  76  Professor  of 

Foreign  Eanguage 
B.A.  Antioch  Universit}^ 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Nicholas  B.  Maher  (1998) 
Associate  Professor  of  Histofy 
Director  of  Honors  Program 
B.A.,  Universit}'  of  Michigan 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Chicago 

Alan  E.  Marks  (2004) 

Visiting  Associate  Professor  of 

Psychology 
B.A.,  Columbia  Universit}' 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Alexander  M.  Martin  (1993) 
Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  Cornell  Universit}' 
M.A.,  Columbia  Universit}- 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Pennsylvania 

McCarthy,  Jeanne  H.  (2004) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit}-  of 
Texas,  Austin 


213 


Douglas  McFarland  (1992) 
Associate  Professor  of  English 
Manning  M.  Pattillo  Professor  of 

Uberal  Arts 
B.A.,  Pomona  College 
M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 

Deborah  Merola  (2004) 
Associate  Professor  of  Theatre 
Director  of  the  Theatre  Program 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit}^  of 
California,  Berkeley 

Holly  Middlemis  (1999) 
Tecturer  in  Accounting 
B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Baylor  University 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

John  C.  Nardo  (2000) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Wake  Forest  University 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 


W.  Irwin  Ray  (1986) 

Director  of  Musical  Activities 
B.M.,  Samford  University 
M.C.M.,  D.M.A.,  Southern 
Baptist  Theological  Seminary 

Beth  Roberts  (2000) 

Vera  A.  Milner  Professor  of  Education 
Director  of  Master  of  Arts  in  Teaching  —  Early 

Childhood  Education  Program 
B.A.,  M.A.T.,  Ph.D.,  Emory  Universit}' 

Anne  Rosenthal  (1997) 

Associate  Professor  of  Communication  and 

KJjetoric  Studies 
B.A.,  Bethel  CoUege 
M.A.,  University  of  St.  Thomas 
Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Michael  K.  RuHson  (1982) 
Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of  Georgia 


PhilipJ.  Neu)ahr(1973) 
Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  Stanford  University 
M.Phil.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

CaroUne  R.  Noyes  (1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Education 

and  Psychology 
A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's 

College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

JohnD.  Orme  (1983) 
Professor  of  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Oregon 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 


Anne  A.  Salter  (2003) 
Director  of  the  Eibraty 
B.A.,  MLn.,  Emory  University 

Daniel  L.  Schadler  (1975) 
Professor  of  Biology 
A.B.,  Thomas  More  CoUege 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Universit}- 

Seema  Shrikhande  (2002) 

Assistant  Professor  of  Communication 

and  KJjetoric  Studies 
B.A.,  Elphinstone  College  -  India 
M.A.,  Bombay  University'  -  India 
M.A.,  University'  of  Pennsylvania 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  Universit\' 


Viviana  P  Plotnik  (1994) 
Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 
Licenciatura,  Universidad 

de  Belgrano  -  Argentina 
M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University 


W.  Bradford  Smith  (1993) 
Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  Universit}'  of  Michigan 
Ph.D.,  Emorv  Universit\' 


214 


Robert  Steen  (1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Japanese 

B.A.,  OberHn  CoUege 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Brad  L.  Stone  (1982) 
Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Brigham  Young  University 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  lUinois 

William  F.  Straley  (1990) 

Professor  of  Business  Administration 

and  Mathematics 
Director  of  Master  of  Business 

Administration  Program 
B.S.,  M.S.,  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State 

Universit}' 
Ph.D.,  Auburn  Universitv^ 


Victoria  L.  Weiss  (1977) 
Professor  of  English 
Director  of  Student  Success 
B.A.,  St.  Norbert  College 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  Universit)' 

Ginger  Williams  (2000) 

lecturer  in  Education  and  Director  of 

Field  Experiences 
B.S.Ed.,  Georgia  Southern  University 
M.Ed.,  Mercer  Universit}^ 


Jason  M.Wirth  (1994) 

Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A.,  College  of  the  Holy  Cross 
M.A.,  Villanova  Universit}- 
Ph.D.,  State  University-  of  New  York 


LindaJ.  Taylor  (1975) 
Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  Cornell  University 
Ph.D.,  Brown  Universit}' 


Monte  W  Wolf  (1978) 
Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Universit}'  of  California 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Southern  California 


PhiHp  D.  Tiu  (1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Universit}'  of  San  Carlos  - 

Philippines 
A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College 

J.  Dean  Tucker  (1988) 

Professor  and  Mack  A  Rik.ard  Chair 
in  Economics  and  Business 
Administration 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Ohio  State  Universit}' 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  Universit}' 


Alan  N.  Woolfolk  (1989) 
Professor  of  Sociology 
Director  of  Core  Curriculum 
B.S.,  M.A.,  Universit}'  of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  Universit}'  of  Oregon 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Pennsvlvania 

Philip  P.  Zinsmeister  (1 973) 
Professor  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Wittenberg  Universit}' 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Universit\'  of  Illinois 


James  M.  Turner  (1995) 

Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 


215 


Professors  Emeriti 


G.  Malcolm  Amerson  (1968) 
James  Edward  Oglethorpe 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Biology 
B.S.,  Berry  College 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Clemson  University 

Keith  E.  Baker  (1983) 

Director  Emeritus  of  Accounting 

Studies 
B.S.,  Youngstown  State  University 
M.A.,  University  of  Florida 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Barbara  R.  Clark  (1971) 
Professor  Emerita  of  English 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 
M.P.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 
C.P.A.,  Georgia 

Charlton  H.Jones  (1974) 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Business 

Administration 
B.S.,  Universit}'  of  Illinois 
M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Nancy  H.  Kerr  (1983) 

Provost  and  Professor  Emerita  of 

Psychology 
B.A.,  Stanford  University 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

J.  Brien  Key  (1965) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  History 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College 

M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

David  K.  Mosher  (1972) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Harvard  University 
B.S.A.E.,  Ph.D.,  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology 


Ken  Nishimura  (1964) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy 
A.B.,  Pasadena  College 
M.Div.,  Asbury  Theological  Seminar)' 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

Philip  R  Palmer  (1964) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Studies 
A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of 
New  Hampshire 

WiUiam  O.  Shropshire  (1979) 
Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 
B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee  University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

T.  LavonTalley  (1968) 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ed.D,  Auburn  Universit}' 

David  N.  Thomas  (1968) 
Professor  Emeritus  of  History 
A.B.,  Coker  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  North  Carolina 
D.H.,  Francis  Marion  College 

Louise  M.  VaUne  (1978) 

Professor  Emerita  of  Education 
B.S.,  Universit}'  of  Houston 
M.Ed.,  Universit}'  of  Georgia 
Ed.D,  Auburn  Universit\' 

Martha  H.  Vardeman  (1966) 
Professor  Emerita  of  Sociology 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Auburn  Universit}- 
Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Alabama 


216 


University  Officers 


(Year  of  appointment  in  parentheses) 


Larry  D.  Large  (1999) 
President 

B.S.,  Portland  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Christopher  Ames  (2001) 

Provost  and  Senior  Vice  President 
B.A.,  Universit}'  of  Texas,  Austin 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 

John  A.  Boland  III  (2004) 

Interim  Vice  President  for  B/isiness 

and  Finance 
B.S.,  The  Citadel 

Timothy  Doyle  (2003) 

Vice  President  for  Student  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Students 
B.A.,  Wabash  CoUege 
M.A.,  Emory  University 

Manning  M.  Pattillo  Jr.  (1975) 
Honorary  Chancellor 
B.A.,  University  of  the  South 
A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Universit)'  of   Chicago 
LL.D.,  LeMoyne  College 
LL.D,  St.  John's  University 
L.H.D.,  University  of  Detroit 
L.H.D,  College  of  New  Rochelle 
L.H.D.,  Park  College 
Litt.D,  St.  Norbert  College 
D.C.L.,  The  Universit}'  of  the  South 
LL.D,  Oglethorpe  University' 


David  J.  Rhodes  (2003) 
Vice  President  for  Enrollment 
B.A.,  Thiel  CoUege 
M.B.A.,  Heidelberg  College 

Peter  A.  Rooney  (2004) 

Vice  President  for  Development  and 

Alumni  Illations 
B.A.,  Rhodes  College 

Donald  S.  Stanton  (1988) 
President  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Western  Maryland  CoUege 
M.Div,  Wesley  Seminary 
M.A.,  The  American  University 
Ed.D,  University  of  Virginia 
L.H.D,  Columbia  CoUege 
LL.D,  Western  Maryland  CoUege 
Litt.D,  Albion  CoUege 
Litt.D,  Oglethorpe  University 


217 


Academic  Affairs 


Christopher  Ames 

Provost  and  Senior  T  ^ice  President 
B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 


Nancy  A.  Keita 
Assistant  Registrar 
B.A.,  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State 
University 


Susan  A.  Bacher 
Registrar 

B.A.,  Tift  CoUege 
M.S.W,  University  of  Georgia 

Robert  A.  Blumenthal 

Associate  Provost  for  Academic  Affairs 
Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University 

Karen  S.  Carter 

Director  of  University  College 
B.B.A.,  Kennesaw  State  University 
M.P.A.,  Georgia  College  and  State 
University 

Tricia  Clayton 
Reference  Librarian 
B.A.,  University  of  Virginia 
M.A.,  M.L.S.,  Indiana  University 

Jeffrey  H.  Collins 

Director  of  Oglethorpe  University 

Students  Abroad 
B.A.,  Baylor  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Arlington 

M.  Christine  Foster-Cates 

Universit)'  College  Academic  Advisor 
B.A.,  Utica  College  of  Syracuse 

University 
M.Ed.,  Seattle  University 

Holly  M.  Frey 

Library  Assistant  —  Technical  Services 
B.A.,  Emory  University 


Chantae  R.  King  '03 

Media  Coordinator  and  Faculty 

Services  Secretary 
B.S.,  Oglethorpe  University' 

Joseph  M.  Knippenberg 
Associate  Provost  for  Student 


Professor  of  Politics 

Director  of  Rich  Foundation  Urban 

Feadership  Program 
B.A.,  James  Madison  College  of 

Michigan  State  Universit}' 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Universit}'  of  Toronto 

Gina  Laney 

Associate  Director  of  University 

College 
B.S.W,  Universit}'  of  Georgia 
M.S.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 

Tonia  M.  Minor 

Assistant  Director  of  University  College 
B.A.,  M.A.,  Virginia  Pol}technic  Institute 
and  State  Universit}' 

Stephanie  L.  Phillips  '90 

Library  Assistant  —  Circulation  and 

Interlibrary  Foans 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  Universit\' 
M.A.,  Universit\'  of  Vermont 

Kerry  Reid 

University  College  Operations 
Coordinator 


218 


Penelope  M.  Rose  '65 

Ubraty  Assistant  —  Periodicals/ Serials 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Anne  A.  Salter 

Director  of  the  Ubrary 

B.A.,  MLn.,  Emory  Universit}^ 

Jo  Ann  Santoro 

Secretary  for  Faculty  Services 
B.A.,  WeUesIey  CoUege 

David  A.  Stockton 

Technical  Services  Ubrarian 

B.A.,  M.S.L.S.,  University^  of  North 

CaroHna 

Pamela  G.  Tubesing 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Provost 

and  Senior  Vice  President 
A.B.,  Indiana  University 

RoseMary  Watkins 

Director  of  Learning  Resources  Center 
B.A.,  University  of  South  Alabama 
E.M.R.A.,  University  of  San  Francisco 

Joanne  R.  Yendle 

Ubraty  Assistant  —  Circulation  and 

Archives  Specialist 
A.B.,  Manhattanville  College 

Judy  Zahn 

Circulation  Manager 

B.S.,  Dr.  Martin  Luther  College 


219 


Business  Affairs 


John  A.  Boland  III 

Interim  Vice  President  for  Business 

and  Finance 
B.S.,  The  Citadel 

Georgann  Billetdeaux 
Director  of  Finance 
B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 
M.A.,  College  of  Notre  Dame 
of  Maryland 

Jewel  R.  Bolen 

Director  of  Data  Processing 

Kami  T.  Bush  '01 

Help  Desk  Specialist  in  Information 

Technology  Services 
B.S.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Carol  E.  Carter 

Director  of  Human  Resources 

B.S.,  Clayton  College  and  State  Universit)' 

M.S.,  Troy  State  University 

Thomas  J.  Couch 

Director  of  Certification  Programs 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

Karen  G.  Davis 
Staff  A.ccountant 

Rus  Drew 

Director  of  Campus  Safety 
B.S.,  Bellevue  University 

Kate  E.  Fitzpatrick  '01 
University  Receptionist 
B.A.L.S.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Renae  Glass 

Office  Manager  for  Physical  Plant 

Eric  Huret 

Internet  Services  Manager 


Donna  F.  Johnson 

Assistant  Director  of  the  Business  Office 
Jim  R.  Ledbetter 

Director  of  the  Physical  Plant 

Betsy  Lee 

Business  Manager  of  Certification  Programs 
B.A.,  University  of  Georgia 
M.A.C.C,  Universit}'  of  Georgia 

Vicki  Miller 

Interim  Assistant  to  che  Vice  President 
of  Business  and  Finance  and  the 
Director  of  Human  Resources 

B.A.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 

Sheryl  D  Murphy 

Assistant  Bookstore  Manager 
B.A.,  Drake  Universit}' 

Kathleen  D.  Nason  '99 

Associate  Director  of  Car?pus  Safety 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  Universit}' 

Marcus  Pett}' 

Operations  Supervisor  of  Campus  Safety 
B.A.,  Clark  Atlanta  Universit}' 

Adrina  G.  Richard 
Director  of  Auxiliary 
Services  I  Purchasing 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 

Jennifer  Richards  '04 

Server  Administrator  in  Information 

Technology  Services 
A.S.,  Gordon  College 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  Universits" 

Valyncia  Smith  '04 

Business  Office  Administrator 
B.S.,  Oglethorpe  University' 


220 


Virginia  R.  Tomlinson  '93 

Director  of  Information  Technology 

Services 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 


Charles  M.  Wingo 
bookstore  Manager 
B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology 


Development  and  Alumni  Relations 


Peter  A.  Rooney 

Vice  President  for  Development  and 

Alumni  Relations 
B.A.,  Rhodes  College 

Aimee  Ahmed 

Development  Officer  for 

Corporations  and  Foundations 
B.A.,  Agnes  Scott  College 

Mary  Crosby 

Alumni  Relations  Coordinator 
B.A.,  University  of  Arizona     ■ 

Therese  D'Agostino 

Assistant  to  the  Yice  President  for 

Development  and  Alumni  Relations 
B.S.,  Northern  Michigan  Universit)'- 

Mark  DeLong  '03 

Gift  Processing  and  Stewardship 

Manager 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

William  T.  Doerr 

Director  of  Development  Services 
A.M.,  Andrew  College 
B.A.,  High  Point  University 
M.P.A.,  Columbus  State  University 


Barbara  Bessmer  Henry  '85 
Director  of  Alumni  Relations 
B.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

George  Kopec 

Research  and  Records  Manager 
B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Lindsey  S.  Mann 

Coordinator  of  Annual  Fund 
B.A.,  Hollins  University 


221 


Enrollment  Management 


David  J.  Rhodes 

I  Ice  President  for  Enrollment 
B.A.,  Thiel  College 
M.B.A.,  Heidelberg  College 

Patrick  N.  Bonones 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 

B.P.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

Angle  Conner 

Financial  Aid  Coordinator 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Janet  Grant 

Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
A.A.,  Interboro  Institute 

Deborah  B.  Kirby 
Admission  Assistant 
B.A.,  Southern  Adventist  University 

Carl  Lubbe  '03 
Admission  Counselor 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Ruth  Meyer 

Assistant  Director  of  Admission 
B.A.,  Lynchburg  College 
B.S.,  Liberty  University 

Karen  Prestage 
Prospect  Coordinator 
B.S.,  Grambling  State  University 

Tacoma  Robinson 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Vice 
President  for  Enrollment 

Christopher  R.  Summers  '03 
Admission  Counselor 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 


222 


Marketing  and  Public  Relations 


Rebecca  A.  Whicker 

Executive  Director  of  Marketing  and 

Public  Relations 
B.S.,  Kennesaw  State  University 

J.  Heath  Coleman  '95 

Director  of  Conference  and  Event 

Planning 
B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

Kathleen  C.  Guy 

Director  of  Museum  Operations 
A.B.,  Washington  University 

Thomas  Namey  '02 

Executive  Producer  and  Editor  oj 

Digital  Media 
B.S.,  B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 


Lloyd  Nick 

Director  of  Oglethorpe  University 

Museum  of  Art 
B.F.A.,  Hunter  College 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Lisa  Reams 

Special  Events  Coordinator 
B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee 


President's  Staff 


Larry  D.  Large 
President 

B.S.,  Portland  State  Universit}^ 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon 

Janet  H.  Maddox 

Director  of  Institutional  Research 
Special  Assistant  to  the  President 
B.A.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 

La-Shena  K.  Tatum  '02 
Assistant  to  the  President 
B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Oglethorpe  Universit}^ 


223 


Student  Affairs 


Timothy  M.  Doyle 

I'^ice  President  for  Student  Affairs  and 

Dean  of  Students 
A.B.,  Wabash  CoUege 
M.A.,  Emory  University 

Jon  Akin 

Head  Soccer  Coach 

BA.,  Saint  Leo  University 

Natalie  Dietz  '98 

Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Students 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Chapel  Hill 

Denise  Gilbert 

Director  of  Dining  Services  /  Bon  Appetit 
B.A.,  Edinboro  University 

Daniel  Giordano  '02 
Head  Volleyball  Coach 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 

B.  Steven  Green  '92 
Intramurals  Coordinator 
B.A.,  Oglethorpe  University 
B.M.,  Georgia  State  University 

Adam  Grier 
Athletic  Trainer 
B.A.,  Georgia  Southern  University 

Cathy  Grote 

Director  of  Health  Services 

A.A.S.,  Raymond  Walters  College 

Peter  Howell 

Head  Men 's  and  Women 's  Tennis  Coach 
B.A.,Vanderbilt  Universit}' 


Bonnie  L.  Kessler 

University  Psychologist  and  Director 

of  the  Counseling  Center 
B.A.,  Emory  University 
M.A.,  Georgia  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Universit}' 

Lisa  Litdefield 

Director  of  Career  Services 

B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University, 

EdwardsviUe 
M.A.,  M.S.,  Georgia  State  University 

Joe  LoCascio 

Director  of  Residence  Life 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Candace  Maddox 

Residence  Ufe  Coordinator  for  Student  Actimties 
B.A.,  M.Ed.,  Universit\'  of  Georgia 

James  C.  Owen 

Head  Men's  and  Women's  Golf  Coach 

B.S.,  Berry  College 

M.Ed.,  Georgia  State  Universit}' 

Philip  Ponder  " 

Head  Men 's  Basketball  Coach 
B.A.,  LaGrange  CoUege 

Ron  Sattele  ' 

Head  Women's  Basketball  Coach 
B.S.,  Villanova  Universir\' 


224 


Janelle  Smith 

Administrative  Coordinator  for 

Student  Affairs  and  Freshman  Advocate 
A.S.,  Jackson\'ille  State  University 

Robert  L.  Unger 

Head  Cross  Country  and  Track  Coach 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
M.A.,  Universit}'  of  Chicago 

Chadwick  Yarborough 

Manager  /  Technical  Director  for  the 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 
B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina 
M.F.A.,  Ohio  Universit)' 


225 


Index 


Academic  Advising 70 

Academic  Calendar 4 

Academic  Departments 102 

Academic  Dismissal 73 

Academic  Good  Standing 73 

Academic  Load 78 

Academic  Regulations  and  Policies 69 

Academic  Resource  Center 83 

Access  to  Student  Records 79 

Accounting  Programs 102 

Administration 217 

Admission 25 

Allied  Health  Studies 106 

American  Smdies  Programs 106 

Antivirus  Policy 23 

AP  (Advanced  Placement  Credit) 32 

Application  for  Admission 26 

Application  for  Financial  Assistance 40 

Art  Programs 107 

Athletics 62 

Adanta  Regional  Consortium  for 

Higher  Education  (ARCHE) 20,  70 

Auditing  Courses 75 

Biology  Programs 113 

Biopsychology  Major , 116 

Board  of  Trustees 205 

Business  Administration  Programs 118 

Business  Administration  and 

Behavioral  Science  Major 122 

Business  Administration  and 

Computer  Science  Major 123 

Campus  Facilities 17 

Campus  Visit 27 

Career  Services 86 

Chemistry  Programs 124 

Class  Attendance 71 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination 

Program 31 

Commencement  Exercises 76 

Communication  and  Rhetoric  Studies  Programs.... 127 
Community'  Life  -  See  Student  Affairs 

Computer  Facilities  and  Services 22 

Computer  Science  Minor 131 

Computer  Use  Policy 22 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 18 

Core  Credits  for  Study  Abroad 98 

Core  Curriculum 93 

Core  Equivalencies  for  Transfer  Students 98 

Counseling  Services 59 

Course  Substitutions 74 

Credit  by  Examination 31 

Cross  Registration 70 

Crypt  of  Civilization 13,  19 

Dean's  List 75 

Degrees 100 


Degrees  With  Honors  Thesis 77 

Degrees  With  Latin  Academic  Honors 76 

Disability  Access 18 

Disability'  Programs  and  Services 84 

Discriminatory  and  Harassment  Policy 63 

Dorough  Field  House 18 

Double  Major  Policy 77 

Drop  and  Add 71 

Dual  Degree  Programs: 

Art 112 

Engineering 141 

Environmental  Studies 146 

Early  Admission 30 

Economics  Programs 133 

Education  Programs 136 

E-mail  and  Computer  Use  Policy 22 

Emerson  Student  Center 18 

Endowed  Professorships/Funds 48 

Engineering  Program 141 

English  Programs 142 

Environmental  Studies  Program 146 

Experiential  Education 85 

Faculty 212 

Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 

(FERPA) 79 

Fees  and  Costs 52 

Final  Examinations "^4 

Financial  Assistance 35 

First- Year  Experience 82 

Foreign  Language  Progi'ams 14"^ 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 96 

Fraternities 62 

French  Programs 148 

Fresh  Focus 82 

Freshman  Forgiveness  Policy 74 

General  Science  Courses 151 

German  Courses 152 

Goodman  Hall 18 

GoslinHaU 19 

Grade  Appeal  Policy 75 

Grading 72 

Graduate  Education 137 

Graduation  Exercises 76 

Graduation  Requirements ^6 

Greek  Courses 152 

Greek  Organizations 21,  62 

Health  Ser\nces 58 

Hearst  HaU 19 

History  Programs 153 

History  of  C^glethorpe 1 1 

Home— Schooled  Students 31 

Honor  Code 79 

Honors  and  Awards 65 

Honors  Program 86 

Housing  and  Meals 58 


226 


IB  (International  Baccalaureate  Credit) 32 

Individually  Planned  Major 158 

Individually  Planned  IVIinor 159 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 159 

International  Exchange  Partnerships 89 

International  Students 29,  58 

International  Studies  Major 160 

International  Studies-Asia 

Concentration  Major 162 

Internships  -  See  Experiential  Education 85 

Intramural  and  Recreational  Sports 62 

Japanese  Minor 163 

Joint  Enrollment 29 

Latin  Academic  Honors 76 

Latin  Courses 165 

Learning  Resources  Center 84 

Library  (I.owry  Hall) 20 

Lupton  HaD 19 

Major  Programs  and  Requirements 100 

Mathematics  and  Computer  Science 

Major 169 

Mathematics  Programs 166 

Meals 58 

Minor  Programs  and  Requirements 101 

Mission 7 

Museum  of  Art 19 

Music  Minor 170 

Music  Performance 170 

National  Alumni  Association 

Board  of  Directors 210 

Non-Traditional  Students 30 

Normal  Academic  Load 78 

The  O  Book. 59 

Oglethorpe  Student  Association 60 

Oglethorpe  LIniversit}'  Students  Abroad 

(OUSA) 89 

Orientation 58 

Part-Time  Fees 53 

Personal  Development 59 

Philosophy  Programs 171 

Physics  Programs 176 

Policies: 

Antivirus 23 

Disability'  Programs  and  Services 84 

Discriminatory  and  Sexual  Harassment 63 

Double  Major 77 

E-mail  and  Computer  Use 22 

Freshman  Forgiveness 74 

Grade  Appeal 75 

Re-activation 73 

Residency  Requirement 28,  76,  138 

Tuition  Refund 53 

Politics  Programs 179 

Pre-law  Studies  183 

Pre-medical  Studies 183 


Preregistration 70 

President's  Advisory  Council 208 

Presidents  of  the  Universit)- 15 

Probation  and  Dismissal 73 

Professional  Option 184 

Psychology  Programs 184 

Re-activation  Policy 73 

Re-admission 31 

Refund  PoUcy 53 

Registration 70 

Repetition  of  Courses 73 

Residence  Halls 21 

Residency  Requirement 28,  76,  138 

Rich  Foundation  Urban  Leadership 

Program 90 

Robinson  Hall 20 

Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  Option 74 

Schmidt  Sport  and  Recreation  Center 20 

Scholarships 42 

Second  Baccalaureate  Degree 77 

Semester  System 78 

Senior  Transitions 83 

Sexual  Harassment  PoUcy 63 

Sheffield  Alumni  Suite 20 

Social  Work  Program 189 

Sociology  Programs 189 

Sophomore  Choices 82 

Sororities 62 

Spanish  Programs 193 

Special  Status  Admission 30 

Student  Affairs 57 

Student  Organizations 60 

Student  Re-activation  Policy 73 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 59,  60 

Study  Abroad 89 

Teacher  Education  Programs 137 

Theatre  Programs 196 

Tradition,  Purpose,  and  Goals 8 

Traer  Residence  Hall 21 

Transfer  Students 27 

Transient  Students 30 

Tuition  and  Costs 51 

Tutoring  (ARC) 83 

Universits'  College 204 

UniversiU'  Officers  and  Staff. 217 

Urban  Leadership  Program 90 

Withdrawal  from  a  Course 71 

Withdrawal  from  the  L-niversits' 71 

Women's  and  Gender  Studies  Minor 198 

Writing  Minor 201 


227 


OGLETHORPE 


4484  Peachtree  Road,  N.E. 

Atlanta,  GA  30319-2797 

(404)261-1441 


UNIVERSITY 


B^AA^.cE°?'yf 


W/NOSOR 


Directions  to  Campus 

From  1-85 

Take  Exit  89,  North  Druid  Hills  Road. 
Go  north  about  2  miles  to  Peachtree 
Road  and  turn  right  (north).  Go  about 
1  mile  on  Peachtree.  Oglethorpe  is 
on  the  left. 


From  1-285 

Take  Exit  31 -A,  Peachtree  Industrial 
Blvd.,  and  go  south  about  4  miles. 
The  campus  is  on  the  right. 
Or,  take  Exit  29,  Ashford-Dunwoody 
Road,  and  go  south  to  the  end.  Turn 
right  on  Peachtree  Road.  Oglethorpe 
is  on  the  right. 


Legend  for  Campus  Map 


1.  MacConnell  Gate  House 

2.  Lupton  Hall 

3.  Phoebe  Hearst  Hall 

4.  Crypt  of  Civilization 

5.  Goodman  Hall 

6.  Traer  Residence  Hall 

7.  Philip  Weltner  Library 

8.  Oglethorpe  University  Museum  of  Art 

9.  J.  Mack  Robinson  Hall 

10.  Goslin  Hall 

1 1 .  Emerson  Student  Center 


12.  Dining  Hall  22. 

13.  Swimming  Pool  23. 

14.  Dempsey  Residence  Hall  24. 

15.  Jacobs  Residence  Hall  25. 

16.  Alumni  Residence  Hall  26. 

17.  Residence  Hall  27. 

18.  Residence  Hall  28. 

19.  Schmidt  Residence  Hall  29. 

20.  J. P.  Salamone  Memorial  Soccer  Field     30. 

21.  Lanier  House  (President's  home,  31. 
not  pictured) 


Greek  Row 

PATH  Academy 

Conant  Performing  Arts  Center 

Track 

Tennis  Courts 

Dorough  Field  House 

Schmidt  Center 

Anderson  Field  (Baseball) 

Hermance  Stadium 

Maintenance  Building